AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 22, 1996
AMENDMENT NO. 1
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
DELAWARE 6211 94-2844166 (STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.) INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) FOUR EMBARCADERO PLACE 2400 GENG ROAD PALO ALTO, CA 94303 (415) 842-2500 |
COPIES TO:
THOMAS A. BEVILACQUA KENNETH L. GUERNSEY THOMAS J. LIMA KARYN R. SMITH VALERIE J. HORWITZ JONATHAN S. DICKSTEIN BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP ONE MARKET, SPEAR STREET TOWER COOLEY GODWARD CASTRO HUDDLESON & TATUM SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 ONE MARITIME PLAZA, 20TH FLOOR (415) 442-0900 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111 --------------- (415) 693-2000 |
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT PROPOSED MAXIMUM PROPOSED MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF SECURITIES TO BE TO BE OFFERING PRICE AGGREGATE OFFERING REGISTRATION REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) PER SHARE(2) PRICE(2) FEE(3) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Common Stock, par value $.01 per share......... 5,364,750 $12.00 $64,377,000 $22,199 |
(1) Includes 699,750 shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEMS ON FORM S-1
ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN FORM S-1 REGISTRATION LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1.Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus.. Outside Front Cover Page 2.Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus........................... Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages 3.Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges...... Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Inside Front Cover Page 4.Use of Proceeds........................... Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds 5.Determination of Offering Price........... Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting 6.Dilution.................................. Dilution Principal and Selling 7.Selling Security Holders.................. Stockholders Outside Front Cover Page; 8.Plan of Distribution...................... Underwriting Prospectus Summary; 9.Description of Securities to be Registered.............................. Capitalization; Description of Capital Stock 10.Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.... Management 11.Information with Respect to the Registrant.............................. Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Business; Management; Certain Transactions; Principal and Selling Stockholders; Description of Capital Stock; Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Experts; Additional Information; Consolidated Financial Statements 12.Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities............................. Not Applicable |
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A + +REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE + +SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY + +OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT + +BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR + +THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE + +SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE + +UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF + +ANY SUCH STATE. + |
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 22, 1996
[E*TRADE LOGO]
4,665,000 SHARES
COMMON STOCK
Of the 4,665,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 4,000,000 shares are being sold by E*TRADE Group, Inc. ("E*TRADE" or the "Company") and 665,000 shares are being sold by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information relating to the method of determining the initial public offering price.
THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO TO SELLING PUBLIC COMMISSIONS COMPANY(1) STOCKHOLDERS - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Per Share.............. $ $ $ $ - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total(2)............... $ $ $ $ |
(1)Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $1,745,000.
(2) The Company and a Selling Stockholder have granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 699,750 shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If such option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, Proceeds to Company and Proceeds to Selling Stockholders will be $ , $ , $ and $ , respectively.
The Common Stock is offered by the Underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of such shares will be made through the offices of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC ("Robertson, Stephens & Company"), San Francisco, California, on or about , 1996.
ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
HAMBRECHT & QUIST
DEUTSCHE MORGAN GRENFELL
The date of this Prospectus is , 1996
JOIN THE ELECTRONIC TRADING REVOLUTION
WWW.ETRADE.COM
[GRAPHIC OF GLOBE WITH CIRCLING RINGS]
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S WEB SITE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE PART OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
E*TRADE: INNOVATION, TECHNOLOGY, SERVICE, VALUE
E*TRADE is a leading provider of cost-effective, secure online discount brokerage services, offering its customers a combination of innovation, technology, service and value.
Its services feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, the ability to create personalized environments reflecting users' individual needs and interests and unbundled services for cost-effective pricing.
Customers can access E*TRADE through the Internet, direct modem link, online service providers America Online and CompuServe and touch-tone telephone. Automated order placement, portfolio tracking, related market information and news are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
ELECTRONIC
COMMERCE
THE INTERNET: INNOVATIVE BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
Just as the microprocessor changed computing, the emergence of the Internet as a tool for communication and commerce is driving a revolution in online transactions and information services, providing organizations and individuals around the world with new ways of conducting business.
SOLUTIONS
[collage graphic/photos, including computer hardware, globe in palm]
TECHNOLOGY
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE: FASTER, LESS EXPENSIVE, MORE CONVENIENT
With the proliferation of personal computers and modems and the rise of the Internet, companies that have traditionally conducted business in person, through the mail or by telephone are utilizing electronic commerce. Consumers are recognizing that self-directed online transactions can be faster, less expensive and more convenient than transactions conducted through a human intermediary.
E*TRADE'S MISSION: TO BE A RECOGNIZED LEADER IN ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
E*TRADE offers electronic access virtually anywhere, at any time, thereby shifting the financial services paradigm from a business hours only, intermediary-based model to one in which consumers have ultimate control over when and where they initiate transactions. The Company's technology can be adapted to other aspects of electronic commerce. Leveraging this technology and its position as a leading provider of online discount brokerage services, E*TRADE's mission is to be a recognized leader in electronic commerce.
INNOVATION
[collage graphic/photos, including globe in palm, clock, money, person with briefcase]
NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR THAT INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
UNTIL , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Summary................................................................... 4 Risk Factors.............................................................. 7 Use of Proceeds........................................................... 19 Dividend Policy........................................................... 19 Capitalization............................................................ 20 Dilution.................................................................. 21 Selected Consolidated Financial Data...................................... 22 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations............................................................... 23 Business.................................................................. 32 Management................................................................ 54 Certain Transactions...................................................... 64 Principal and Selling Stockholders........................................ 66 Description of Capital Stock.............................................. 69 Shares Eligible for Future Sale........................................... 72 Underwriting.............................................................. 74 Legal Matters............................................................. 76 Experts................................................................... 76 Additional Information.................................................... 76 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................ F-1 |
The Company intends to mail to all of its stockholders an annual report containing financial statements audited by its independent accountants for each fiscal year and quarterly reports containing unaudited summary information for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
E*TRADE (R) is a registered trademark of the Company. TELE*MASTER(TM), among other marks, is an additional common law trademark of the Company. This Prospectus also includes trademarks of entities other than the Company.
SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including "Risk Factors," and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Investors should consider carefully the information discussed under the heading "Risk Factors."
THE COMPANY
E*TRADE Group, Inc. ("E*TRADE or the "Company") is a leading provider of cost-effective, secure online discount brokerage services. The Company offers automated order placement, portfolio tracking and related market information, news and other information services 24 hours a day, seven days a week by means of the Internet, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, direct modem access, touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television. E*TRADE's proprietary transaction processing technology enables it to offer highly automated, easy-to-use and cost-effective services that empower its customers to take control of their own financial transactions. Further, the Company's technology can be adapted to provide information and transaction processing services related to other aspects of electronic commerce, such as the processing of insurance transactions and electronic cash transfers. See "Business--Strategic Relationships and Business Development."
Advancements in telecommunications and information technology have fundamentally altered the way individuals conduct business. Just as the microprocessor dramatically changed the way individuals use computers, the emergence of the Internet as a tool for communications and commerce is bringing about a revolution in the world of financial transactions and information services. This phenomenon is providing individual investors with direct access to information and transaction processing capabilities once available only through full-commission securities brokerage firms. As a result, consumers are increasingly taking direct control over their personal investment transactions, not simply because they are able to, but because they find it more convenient and cost-effective than relying on full-commission or even traditional discount brokers.
E*TRADE provides its customers with the ability to place orders for stock trades and other investment transactions directly, and at a lower, more predictable transaction cost than traditional full-commission or discount brokerage firms. The Company's services feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, the ability to create "personalized environments" reflecting users' individual needs and interests, accessibility from virtually anywhere at any time via multiple gateways, unbundled services for cost-effective pricing and highly secure services through the use of encryption and authentication technology.
The Company had over 73,000 accounts as of June 30, 1996, with an average monthly growth in accounts of 11% since January 1, 1996, and had an average daily trading volume of approximately 8,000 transactions in June 1996, as compared to 4,200 transactions in December 1995, representing an average monthly growth of 11% over that period. The Internet is the Company's most rapidly growing gateway, with trading volume increasing from approximately 1,300 Internet trades for the first full week the Company offered trading through the Internet (the week ended February 23, 1996) to over 10,900 for the week ended June 28, 1996.
E*TRADE's objective is to leverage its leading position as a provider of electronic brokerage and information services through automation, innovation, technology, service and value. The Company's strategy to accomplish this objective includes continued aggressive marketing of its electronic brokerage services to further establish E*TRADE's brand name recognition and increase its share of the electronic brokerage market, continual broadening of the functionality of its services and enhancement of its customers' online experience, leveraging the benefits of its highly automated services to enhance their cost-effectiveness, establishing additional strategic relationships with online service, software and information service providers, and expanding into international markets and new electronic commerce applications.
In June 1996, SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. ("SOFTBANK"), an affiliate of SOFTBANK Corporation, purchased Preferred Stock which will convert automatically upon the completion of this offering into 670,800 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate price of $9.0 million, or $13.42 per share (the "SOFTBANK Investment"). As a result, SOFTBANK will own approximately 2.2% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock upon the completion of this offering. SOFTBANK Corporation is Japan's largest distributor of computer software, peripherals and systems, as well as Japan's largest publisher of computer- related magazines and books. See "Certain Transactions."
The Company was incorporated in California in 1982 and will be reincorporated in Delaware prior to the commencement of this offering. Its principal corporate offices are located at Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303, and its telephone number is (415) 842-2500. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Prospectus to "E*TRADE" or the "Company" refer to E*TRADE Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, E*TRADE Securities, Inc., its principal broker-dealer subsidiary ("E*TRADE Securities"), its other subsidiaries and its predecessor California corporation. The Company's World Wide Web ("Web") site is located at http://www.etrade.com. Information contained in the Company's Web site shall not be deemed to be part of this Prospectus.
THE OFFERING
Common Stock offered by the Company........ 4,000,000 shares Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders.............................. 665,000 shares Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering.................................. 28,392,597 shares(1) Use of Proceeds............................ To repay debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. See "Use of Proceeds." Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol..... EGRP |
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
(in thousands, except per share and operating data)
NINE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ----------------------------------------- --------------- 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: Total revenues.......... $ 832 $ 848 $ 2,974 $10,905 $23,340 $15,149 $34,483 Pre-tax income (loss)... (108) (283) 103 244 4,309 3,590 (2,224) Net income (loss)....... (110) (285) 99 785 2,581 2,150 (1,334) Net income (loss) per share(2)............... $ (0.01) $ (0.01) $ -- $ 0.03 $ 0.10 $ 0.08 $ (0.05) Shares used to compute per share data(2)...... 23,954 24,954 26,803 26,312 26,608 25,577 28,550 OPERATING DATA: Average customer trades per day................ -- 12 194 869 2,335 1,926 5,606 |
JUNE 30, 1996 ------------------- AS ACTUAL ADJUSTED(3) ------- ----------- CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and equivalents........................................ $15,409 $52,251 Total assets................................................ 29,685 66,527 Long-term obligations....................................... 1,860 27 Stockholders' equity........................................ 22,379 61,554 |
(footnotes on following page)
(footnotes from preceding page)
(1) Excludes 5,619,840 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 1996. See "Management--Associate Benefit Plans" and Notes 5 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price per share of $11.00 and the receipt and application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
Except as set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements or as otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus (i) gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the completion of this offering, (ii) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option and (iii) reflects the filing of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the reincorporation of the Company in Delaware in July 1996 and the related conversion of each share of Common Stock of the Company into 60 shares of Common Stock of the Delaware corporation and adjustment of the conversion ratio of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock so that each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into 60 shares of Common Stock.
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the following risk factors should be considered in evaluating the Company and its business before purchasing shares of the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MANAGEMENT OF A CHANGING BUSINESS
The Company has experienced substantial changes in and expansion of its business and operations since it began offering electronic brokerage services in 1992 and expects to continue to experience periods of rapid change. The Company's past expansion has placed, and any future expansion would place, significant demands on the Company's administrative, operational, financial and other resources. The Company expects operating expenses and staffing levels to increase substantially in the future. In particular, the Company intends to hire a significant number of additional skilled personnel in 1996 and later years, including persons with experience in both the computer and brokerage industries, and, in particular, persons with Series 7 or other broker-dealer licenses. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain additional highly qualified senior managers and technical persons in the future. The Company also expects to expend resources with respect to future expansion of its accounting and internal management systems and the implementation of a variety of new systems and procedures. In addition, the Company expects that future expansion will continue to challenge the Company's ability to hire, train, motivate and manage its associates. If the Company's revenues do not increase in proportion to its operating expenses, the Company's management systems do not expand to meet increasing demands, the Company fails to attract, assimilate and retain qualified personnel, or the Company's management otherwise fails to manage the Company's expansion effectively, there would be a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business--Associates" and "Management."
The rapid growth in the use of the Company's services has strained its ability to adequately expand technologically. The haste required in acquiring new equipment and applications may result in less rigorous testing and validation of hardware and software, which could lead to performance problems. In addition, the Company relies on a number of third parties to process its transactions, including online access providers, back office processing organizations, services providers and market makers, all of which will need to expand the scope of the operations they perform for the Company. Any backlog caused by a third party's inability to expand at the rate necessary to meet the Company's needs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. As trading volume increases, the Company may have difficulty hiring, training and integrating qualified personnel at the necessary pace, and the shortage of licensed personnel could cause a backlog in the processing of orders requiring review, exposing the Company not only to unsatisfied customers, but also to liability for transactions that were ordered but not executed on a timely basis.
RISKS OF SYSTEMS FAILURE
The Company receives and processes trade orders principally through the Internet, online services and touch-tone telephone. This method of trading is heavily dependent on the integrity of the electronic systems supporting it. Orders placed from the close of the stock markets one day until the opening the next business day must be processed through the Company's system in a short period of time prior to the opening of the stock markets. Heavy stress placed on the Company's systems during peak trading times could cause the Company's systems to operate at unacceptably low speed or fail. Any significant degradation or failure of the Company's systems or any other systems in the trading process (e.g., online service providers, record keeping and data processing functions performed by third parties and third-party software such as Internet browsers), even for a short time, could cause customers to suffer delays in trading. Such delays could cause substantial losses for customers and could subject the Company to claims from customers for losses, including litigation
claiming fraud or negligence. The Company has experienced such systems failures and degradation in the past and, most recently, experienced two such failures in May 1996. In order to promote customer satisfaction and protect the E*TRADE brand name, the Company has compensated customers for verifiable losses arising in connection with such systems failures. The Company sustained losses in excess of $1.7 million for such systems failures in May 1996. Notwithstanding these payments, the Company is aware of electronic third-party communications in which a potential class action lawsuit against the Company relating to such systems failures is discussed. Any such lawsuit would require the attention of senior management and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. During a systems failure, the Company may be able to take orders by telephone. However, under applicable regulations, all Company associates accepting telephone orders must have securities brokers' licenses. An adequate number of personnel with securities brokers' licenses may not be available to take calls in the event of a systems failure. There can be no assurance that the Company's network structure will operate appropriately in the event of a sub-system, component or software failure or that, in the event of an earthquake, fire or any other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act of God or act of war, the Company will be able to prevent an extended systems failure. Any systems failure that causes interruptions in the Company's operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, the Company has recently received adverse publicity in the financial press primarily relating to systems failures. See "Business--E*TRADE Processing Technology."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SECURITIES BUSINESS; CONCENTRATION OF SERVICES
Substantially all of the Company's revenues in recent years have been from electronic brokerage services, and the Company expects its electronic brokerage services to continue to account for substantially all of its revenues for the foreseeable future. E*TRADE, like other securities firms, is directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance and substantial fluctuations in volume and price levels of securities and futures transactions. In October 1987 and October 1989, the stock market suffered two of the largest declines in history. As a result of these declines, many firms in the industry suffered financial losses, and the level of individual investor trading activity decreased. Reduced trading volume and prices have historically resulted in reduced transaction revenues. In periods of low volume, the Company's profitability would be adversely affected because certain expenses, consisting primarily of salaries and benefits, computer hardware and software costs and occupancy expenses, remain relatively fixed. Severe market fluctuations in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Certain of the Company's competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may be better positioned to withstand such a downturn in the securities industry. See "-- Substantial Competition."
E*TRADE's brokerage business, by its nature, is subject to various other risks, including customer default and employees' misconduct and errors. In addition, to the extent E*TRADE permits customers to purchase securities on margin, the Company is subject to risks inherent in extending credit, especially during periods of rapidly declining markets in which the value of the collateral held by the Company could fall below the amount of a customer's indebtedness. Under specific regulatory guidelines, the borrowing and lending of securities by E*TRADE are accompanied, respectively, by the disbursement and receipt of cash deposits. Failure to maintain cash deposit levels at all times at least equal to the value of the related securities can subject E*TRADE to risk of loss, should there be sharp changes in market values of substantial amounts of securities and parties to the borrowing and lending transactions fail to honor their commitments. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON IMPROVED CUSTOMER SERVICE OPERATIONS
The Company believes that providing an effective customer service team to handle customer needs is critical to its success. The Company's customer service capacity has been and may continue to be severely strained at times. During the three months ended June 30, 1996, the Company's customer service department serviced approximately 80% of its inquiries through telephone calls and approximately 20% through e-mail. This department handles only non-revenue interactions with customers needing extra assistance and generally
is not involved in order processing. The Company frequently has fallen far short of its target response time for customer service calls, with callers waiting over 20 minutes during peak times. Continued sub-optimal customer service could damage the E*TRADE name and lead some customers to transfer their business to other, less congested online brokers, limit their trading activity or refrain from electronic trading entirely. Although the Company is addressing the problem through significant investments in technology and personnel and recently experienced a meaningful improvement in the time required to respond to customer service calls, such attempts have remained short of targeted response times. Even if the Company is able to remedy its current capacity problems, on any given day a surge of activity could cause the Company to fail to provide adequate customer service. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to remedy its customer service capacity constraints, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Customer Service."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ENTERING NEW MARKETS
One element of the Company's strategy is to leverage the E*TRADE brand and technology to enter new markets. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully adapt its proprietary processing technology to provide information and transaction processing services in other markets or that, if successful with such adaptation, it will compete successfully in any such new markets. E*TRADE Securities plans, subject to regulatory approval, to establish investment banking operations, raising public and private equity capital for companies over the Internet and other electronic media. In addition, the Company's strategy is to pursue opportunities, through its subsidiary E*TRADE Online Ventures, Inc. ("E*TRADE Online Ventures"), to increase the Company's customer base and the transaction value and number of products and services offered to the Company's customers. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its pursuit of these opportunities or that such pursuit will not divert management attention or inefficiently utilize Company resources. See "Business--Strategic Relationships and Business Development."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONVERSION TO SELF-CLEARING OPERATIONS
The Company implemented self-clearing operations in July 1996. Clearing services include the confirmation, receipt, settlement and delivery functions involved in securities transactions. Prior to its conversion to self-clearing operations, the Company cleared all of its customer trades as a fully- disclosed correspondent of Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. ("Herzog"), a broker- dealer that provides clearing services. Because clearing for itself is a new area of operations for the Company, there can be no assurance that the Company will perform these operations as accurately and efficiently as they have been performed by third parties. Self-clearing securities firms are subject to substantially more regulatory control and examination than the Company has experienced in the past. Errors in performing clearing functions or reporting could lead to civil penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). Self-clearing operations, especially where conducted by firms such as the Company, without significant prior experience, involve substantial risks of losses due to clerical errors related to the handling of customer funds and securities. Errors in the clearing process also may lead to civil liability for actions in negligence brought by parties who are financially harmed as a result of such errors. Any liability that arises as a result of self-clearing operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Clearing operations have accounted for a significant portion of the Company's cost of services, and there can be no assurance that clearing for itself will not result in significantly higher clearing costs in the future. During the Company's transition to self-clearing operations, it ran conversion tests to verify the accuracy of its internal systems, while at the same time continuing to incur substantial expenses to Herzog for clearing services. There can be no assurance that such activities accurately tested the reliability of the Company's clearing operations. The failure of the Company to perform self- clearing operations accurately and cost-effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Operations."
As a self-clearing firm, the Company assumes direct responsibility for the possession and control of customer securities and other assets and the clearance of customer securities transactions. Having this responsibility requires the Company to record on its balance sheet the customer receivables and customer payables to the Company that are a result of customer margin loans (i.e., loans made to customers that are
collateralized by securities in the customers' margin accounts at the Company) and customer free credit balances (i.e., customer cash balances maintained by the Company), respectively. In addition, to the extent that the Company's customer debit balances exceed customer free credit balances, the Company must obtain financing for any excess debit balance. As a result, effective upon conversion to its self-clearing operations, the Company recorded receivables from customers, payables to customers and collateralized bank loans, which has had a significant effect on the Company's total assets and total liabilities. The Company recorded receivables from customers of $185 million and payables to customers of $113 million. In addition, as a self-clearing firm, the Company contracted with a third-party service bureau, Beta Systems, Inc., a subsidiary of Thomson Information Services, Inc. ("Beta Systems"), for its customer record keeping and data processing services. The Company previously relied on Herzog and its data processor for these services. The Company is one of Beta Systems' largest customers and is receiving certain services from Beta Systems that are in addition to and unlike the services Beta Systems provides to any of its other customers. There can be no assurance that Beta Systems will be able to provide these services in an efficient, cost-effective manner and will be able to adequately expand its services to meet the Company's needs. A loss in the availability of these services from Beta Systems and the inability of the Company to make alternative arrangements in a timely manner, if at all, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
POTENTIAL LOSS OF FUTURE ORDER FLOW PAYMENTS
The Company has arrangements with various Nasdaq market makers, third market firms and exchanges to receive cash payments in exchange for routing trade orders to these firms for execution. This practice of receiving payments for order flow is widespread in the securities industry. Under applicable SEC regulations, receipt of these payments requires disclosure of such payments by the Company to its customers. The revenues received by the Company under these arrangements for the year ended September 30, 1995 and the nine months ended June 30, 1996 amounted to 20% and 22% of total revenues, respectively. There can be no assurance that these revenues will continue at their present levels or that the Company will be able to continue its present arrangements and terms for such payments for order flow. In addition, there can be no assurance that payments for order flow will continue to be permitted by the SEC, the NASD or other regulatory agencies, courts or governmental units. Loss of any or all of these revenues could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business-- Operations."
SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS; LOSS IN QUARTER ENDED
JUNE 30, 1996
The Company expects to experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that may be caused by many factors, including the following: the timing of introductions or enhancements of online brokerage services and products by the Company or its competitors; market acceptance of online brokerage services and products; the pace of development of the market for online commerce; changes in trading volume in the securities markets; trends in the securities markets; changes in pricing policies by the Company or its competitors; changes in strategy; the success of or costs associated with acquisitions, joint ventures or other strategic relationships; changes in key personnel; seasonal trends; the extent of international expansion; the mix of international and domestic sales; changes in the level of operating expenses to support projected growth; and general economic conditions.
Due to the foregoing factors, quarterly revenues and operating results are difficult to forecast, and the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results will not necessarily be meaningful and should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance. It is likely that the Company's future quarterly operating results from time to time will not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
In connection with its transition to self-clearing operations, the Company began hiring consultants, in fiscal 1995, to perform clearing functions that previously were performed by Herzog. As a consequence, the Company has incurred not only significant nonrecurring costs associated with the hiring and training of its associates, but also ongoing personnel and other costs associated with its transition to self-clearing operations and the integration of its own systems. At the same time, the Company continued to incur expenses to Herzog for clearing operations through June 1996.
As a result of the costs associated with the Company's conversion to self- clearing operations and its recent systems failures, the Company incurred a loss of $2.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 1996. See "-- Risks of Systems Failure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business--Operations."
SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION
The market for electronic brokerage services, particularly over the Internet, is new, rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and the Company expects competition to continue and intensify in the future. E*TRADE encounters direct competition from other discount brokerage firms providing either touch-tone telephone or online brokerage services, or both. Discount brokerage firms generally effect transactions for their customers on an "execution only" basis, without offering other services such as portfolio valuation, investment recommendations and research. These competitors include such discount brokerage firms as Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. ("Charles Schwab"), Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc., Waterhouse Securities, Inc., Quick & Reilly, Inc. ("Quick & Reilly"), Pacific Brokerage Services, Inc., National Discount Brokers (a subsidiary of Sherwood Securities Corp.), Lombard Institutional Brokerage, Inc., firms owned by TransTerra Co. (including All- American Brokers, also known as eBroker) and PC Financial Network (a division of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation), among others. The Company also encounters competition from established full-commission brokerage firms such as Dean Witter Reynolds Inc., Paine Webber Incorporated, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") and Smith Barney, Inc., among others. In addition, the Company competes with financial institutions, mutual fund sponsors and other organizations, some of which provide electronic brokerage services.
There are virtually no barriers to entry in the market in which the Company
operates. Many of the Company's competitors have longer operating histories
and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources
than the Company. In addition, many of these competitors offer a wider range
of services and financial products than the Company, and thus may be able to
respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies and
customer requirements. Many current and potential competitors also have
greater name recognition and more extensive customer bases that could be
leveraged, thereby gaining market
share to the Company's detriment. Such competitors may be able to undertake
more extensive promotional activities, offer more attractive terms to
customers than the Company and adopt more aggressive pricing policies,
possibly even sparking a price war in the electronic brokerage business.
Moreover, current and potential competitors have established or may establish
cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance
their services and products. For example, Charles Schwab's One-Source mutual
fund service and similar, more complete services may discourage potential
customers from using the Company's brokerage services. Accordingly, it is
possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and
rapidly acquire significant market share.
The general financial success of companies within the securities industry over the past several years has strengthened existing competitors. Management believes that such success will continue to attract new competitors to the industry, such as banks, software development companies, insurance companies, providers of online financial and information services and others, as such companies expand their product lines. Commercial banks and other financial institutions have become a competitive factor in the securities industry by offering their customers certain corporate and individual financial services traditionally provided by securities firms. The current trend toward consolidation in the commercial banking industry could further increase competition in all aspects of the Company's business. Commercial banks generally are expanding
their securities activities, as well as their activities relating to the provision of financial services. While it is not possible to predict the type and extent of competitive services that commercial banks and other financial institutions ultimately may offer or whether administrative or legislative barriers will be repealed or modified, brokerage firms such as the Company may be adversely affected by such competition or legislation. Particularly as financial services and products proliferate, to the extent the Company's competitors are able to attract and retain customers on the basis of the convenience of one-stop shopping, the Company's business or its ability to grow could be adversely affected. In many instances, the Company is competing with such organizations for the same customers. In addition, competition among financial services firms exists for experienced technical and other personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures faced by the Company will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business-- Competition."
EARLY STAGE OF MARKET DEVELOPMENT; DEPENDENCE ON ONLINE COMMERCE AND THE INTERNET
The market for electronic brokerage services, particularly over the Internet, is at an early stage of development and is rapidly evolving. As is typical for new and rapidly evolving industries, demand and market acceptance for recently introduced services and products are subject to a high level of uncertainty. With respect to the Company, this uncertainty is compounded by the risks that consumers will not adopt online commerce and that an appropriate infrastructure necessary to support increased commerce on the Internet will fail to develop, in each case, to a sufficient extent and within an adequate time frame to permit the Company to succeed.
Sales of many of the Company's services and products will depend upon the adoption of the Internet by consumers as a widely used medium for commerce and communication. The Internet may not prove to be a viable commercial marketplace because of inadequate development of the necessary infrastructure, such as a reliable network backbone, or timely development of complementary services and products, such as high speed modems and high speed communication lines. The Internet has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant growth in the number of users and amount of traffic. There can be no assurance that the Internet infrastructure will continue to be able to support the demands placed on it by this continued growth. In addition, the Internet could lose its viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased levels of Internet activity or due to increased governmental regulation. Moreover, critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet (including security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility and quality of service) remain unresolved and may negatively affect the growth of Internet use or the attractiveness of commerce and communication on the Internet. Because global commerce and online exchange of information on the Internet and other similar open wide area networks are new and evolving, there can be no assurance that the Internet will prove to be a viable commercial marketplace. If critical issues concerning the commercial use of the Internet are not favorably resolved, if the necessary infrastructure is not developed, or if the Internet does not become a viable commercial marketplace, the Company's business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.
Adoption of online commerce, particularly by those individuals that have historically relied upon traditional means of commerce, will require a broad acceptance by such individuals of new and substantially different methods of conducting business. Moreover, the Company's brokerage services over the Internet involve a new approach to securities trading and, as a result, intensive marketing and sales efforts may be necessary to educate prospective customers regarding the uses and benefits of the Company's brokerage services and products. For example, consumers who already obtain brokerage services from more traditional full-commission brokerage firms, or even discount brokers, may be reluctant or slow to change to obtaining brokerage services over the Internet. Moreover, the security and privacy concerns of existing and potential users of the Company's services may inhibit the growth of online commerce generally, and online brokerage trading in particular, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Background."
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; DELAYS IN INTRODUCTION OF NEW SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
The information and financial services and communications industries are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in customer requirements, frequent new service and product introductions and enhancements, and emerging industry standards. The introduction of services or products embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices can render existing services or products obsolete and unmarketable. The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to develop leading technologies, enhance its existing services and products, develop new services and products that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of its prospective customers, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. The development of new services and products or enhanced versions of existing services and products entails significant technical risks. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in effectively using new technologies, adapting its services and products to emerging industry standards, developing, introducing and marketing service and product enhancements, or new services and products, or that it will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of these services and products, or that its new service and product enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. If the Company is unable, for technical or other reasons, to develop and introduce new services and products or enhancements of existing services and products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, or if new services and products do not achieve market acceptance, the Company's business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected. See "Business--Strategy," "--Brokerage and Information Services and Products" and "--E*TRADE Processing Technology."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ENCRYPTION TECHNOLOGY
A significant barrier to online commerce and communication is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. The Company relies on encryption and authentication technology, including public key cryptography technology licensed from RSA Data Security, Inc. ("RSA"), to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of confidential information. There can be no assurance that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments will not result in a compromise or breach of the RSA or other algorithms used by the Company to protect customer transaction data. If any such compromise of the Company's security were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Brokerage and Information Services and Products."
DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
The Company's success and ability to compete are dependent to a significant
degree on its proprietary technology. The Company relies primarily on
copyright, trade secret and trademark law to protect its technology. The
Company has no patents. Effective trademark protection may not be available
for the Company's trademarks. Although the Company has registered the
trademark "E*TRADE" in the United States and certain other countries, and has
certain other registered trademarks, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to secure significant protection for these trademarks. It
is possible that competitors of the Company or others will adopt product or
service names similar to "E*TRADE," thereby impeding the Company's ability to
build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion.
Notwithstanding the precautions taken by the Company, it may be possible for a
third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's software or
other proprietary information without authorization or to develop similar
software independently. Policing unauthorized use of the Company's technology
is difficult, particularly because the global nature of the Internet makes it
difficult to control the ultimate destination or security of software or other
data transmitted. The laws of other countries may afford the Company little or
no effective protection of its intellectual property. There can be no
assurance that the steps taken by the Company will prevent misappropriation of
its technology or that agreements entered into for that purpose will be
enforceable. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
the Company's intellectual
property rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversions of resources, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business-- Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights."
RISK OF INFRINGEMENT
The Company may in the future receive notices of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that claims for infringement or invalidity (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against the Company. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management's attention and resources or require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. There can be no assurance that such licenses would be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and the assertion or prosecution of any such claims could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary Rights."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's success has been, and will be, dependent to a large degree on its ability to retain the services of its existing executive officers and to attract and retain qualified additional senior and middle managers and key personnel in the future. The Company does not have "key person" life insurance policies on any of its officers or associates. The loss of the services of any of the key personnel or the inability to identify, hire, train and retain other highly qualified technical and managerial personnel, including qualified customer service personnel, in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Competition for such personnel is intense. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain qualified technical and managerial personnel in the future, and the failure of the Company to do so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Associates" and "Management."
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The securities industry in the United States is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among broker-dealers, use and safekeeping of customers' funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. The Company is required to comply with many complex laws and rules to which it previously has not been subject as a fully-disclosed broker-dealer, including rules relating to possession and control of customer funds and securities, margin lending and execution and settlement of transactions.
Additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by the SEC, the NASD, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the various stock exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations, or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, may directly affect the mode of operation and profitability of broker-dealers. The SEC, the NASD or other self-regulatory organizations and state securities commissions may conduct administrative proceedings, which can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. The Company's ability to comply with all applicable laws and rules is dependent in large part upon the establishment and maintenance of a compliance system reasonably designed to ensure such compliance, as well as the Company's ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. The Company's growth has placed considerable strain on its ability to ensure such compliance, and it has experienced recent turnover in its compliance personnel. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers is the protection of customers and the securities markets, rather than protection of creditors and stockholders of
broker-dealers. The Company could in the future be subject to disciplinary or other actions due to claimed noncompliance, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
The Company has initiated an aggressive marketing campaign designed to bring brand name recognition to E*TRADE. All marketing activities by E*TRADE Securities are regulated by the NASD, and all such marketing materials are required by the NASD to be reviewed by E*TRADE Securities' compliance officer prior to release. The Company has in the past been requested by the NASD to discontinue the use of certain marketing materials. The NASD can impose certain penalties, including censure, fine, suspension of all advertising the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees for violations of the NASD's advertising regulations. The Company does not currently solicit orders from its customers or make investment recommendations. However, if the Company were to engage in such activities, it would become subject to additional rules and regulations governing, among other things, the suitability of recommendations to customers and sales practices.
It is the Company's intent to expand its business in United States securities to other countries through the Internet and other gateways. For the nine months ended June 30, 1996, the Company received approximately 2.5% of its commission revenues from customers with addresses in over 60 foreign countries. In order to expand its services globally, E*TRADE Securities must comply with the regulatory controls of each specific country in which it conducts business. E*TRADE Securities is regulated in the United States primarily by the NASD and the SEC. The varying compliance requirements of other national regulatory jurisdictions will impose a limit to the Company's rate of international expansion.
There can be no assurance that other federal, state or foreign agencies will not attempt to regulate the Company's online and other electronic activities. The Company anticipates that it may be required to comply with record keeping, data processing and other regulatory requirements as a result of proposed federal legislation or otherwise, and the Company may be subject to additional regulation as the market for online commerce evolves. Because of the growth in the electronic commerce market, Congress has held hearings on whether to regulate providers of services and transactions in the electronic commerce market, and federal or state authorities could enact laws, rules or regulations affecting the Company's business or operations. The Company also may be subject to federal, state and foreign money transmitter laws and state and foreign sales and use tax laws. If enacted or deemed applicable to the Company, such laws, rules or regulations could be imposed on the Company's activities or its business, thereby rendering the Company's business or operations more costly or burdensome, less efficient or even impossible, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
Due to the increasing popularity of the Internet, it is possible that laws and regulations may be enacted with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy, pricing, content and quality of products and services. The Telecommunications Act of 1996, which was enacted in January 1996, prohibits the transmission over the Internet of certain types of information and content. Although certain of these prohibitions have been held unconstitutional by a federal trial court, that ruling is expected to be appealed, and, in any event the increased attention focused upon these liability issues as a result of the Telecommunications Act could adversely affect the growth of Internet and private network use. In addition, the adoption of other laws or regulations may reduce the rate of growth of the Internet, which could in turn decrease the demand for the Company's services or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Government Regulation; Net Capital Requirements."
EFFECT OF NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The SEC, the NASD and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities brokers, including the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (the "Net Capital Rule"), which governs both E*TRADE Securities and E*TRADE Capital, Inc. (formerly ET Execution Services), a non-operational broker-dealer subsidiary of E*TRADE Group, Inc.
("E*TRADE Capital"). Net capital is the net worth of a broker or dealer (assets minus liabilities), less certain deductions that result from excluding assets that are not readily convertible into cash and from conservatively valuing certain other assets. Failure to maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by the NASD and other regulatory bodies and ultimately could require the firm's liquidation. In addition, a change in the net capital rules, the imposition of new rules or any unusually large charge against net capital could limit those operations of the Company that require the intensive use of capital, such as trading activities and the financing of customer account balances, and also could restrict the Company's ability to withdraw capital from its brokerage subsidiaries, which in turn could limit the Company's ability to pay dividends, repay debt and redeem or purchase shares of its outstanding stock. A significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against net capital could adversely affect the ability of the Company to expand or even maintain its present levels of business, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Government Regulation; Net Capital Requirements."
As of June 30, 1996, E*TRADE Securities was required to maintain minimum net capital of $250,000 and had total net capital of approximately $13.9 million, or approximately $13.6 million in excess of the minimum amount required. In February 1996, E*TRADE Capital, then doing business as ET Execution Services, undertook to act as guarantor pursuant to an agreement between the Company and Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. This undertaking caused E*TRADE Capital to fall short of its minimum net capital requirement and thus be in violation of the Net Capital Rule through May 30, 1996 when E*TRADE Capital was released from the guarantee. The Company has reported the violation of E*TRADE Capital to the SEC and the NASD and is awaiting their decisions. There can be no assurance that either or both the SEC or the NASD will not impose a penalty upon E*TRADE Capital, including fines, restrictions on business activities or suspension of trading activities, or that the imposition of any such penalty will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, there can be no assurance that a violation of the Net Capital Rule will not occur in the future. See "Business--Government Regulation--Net Capital Requirements."
FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FINANCING
The Company currently anticipates that its available cash resources and credit facilities, combined with the net proceeds to the Company from this offering, will be sufficient to meet its presently anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the Company may need to raise additional funds in order to support more rapid expansion, develop new or enhanced services and products, respond to competitive pressures, acquire complementary businesses or technologies or respond to unanticipated requirements. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, the percentage ownership of the stockholders of the Company will be reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution in net book value per share, or such equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the Company's Common Stock. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available when needed on terms favorable to the Company, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to develop or enhance its services and products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Dilution" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS, JOINT VENTURES AND OTHER STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS
While the Company has no current agreements or negotiations underway with respect to any potential acquisitions, the Company may make acquisitions of other companies or technologies in the future, and the Company regularly evaluates such opportunities. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of acquired operations and products, diversion of management's attention to other business concerns, amortization of acquired intangible assets and potential loss of key employees of acquired companies. The Company has no experience in assimilating acquired organizations into the Company's operations. No assurance can be given as to the ability of the Company to integrate successfully any
operations, personnel, services or products that might be acquired in the future, and the failure of the Company to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
The Company has established a number of strategic relationships with online service providers and software and information service providers. A significant number of such relationships have only recently been entered into. There can be no assurance that any such relationships will be maintained, that if such relationships are maintained, they will be successful or profitable, or that the Company will develop any new such relationships. See "Business-- Strategic Relationships and Business Development."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL STRATEGY
A component of the Company's strategy is its planned increase in efforts to
attract more international customers. To date, the Company has limited
experience in providing brokerage services internationally. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to market successfully its services
and products in international markets. In addition, there are certain risks
inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the
heavily regulated brokerage industry, such as unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and
managing foreign operations, political instability, fluctuations in currency
exchange rates, reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some
countries, seasonal reductions in business activity during the summer months
in Europe and certain other parts of the world, and potentially adverse tax
consequences, any of which could adversely impact the success of the Company's
international operations. There can be no assurance that one or more of such
factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future
international operations, if any, and, consequently, on the Company's
business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business--Strategy"
and
"--Marketing."
MANAGEMENT'S DISCRETION AS TO USE OF UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS
The Company has designated only limited specific use for the net proceeds from the sale of Common Stock described in this Prospectus. The Company expects to use approximately $2.3 million of the net proceeds to repay debt and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. Consequently, the Board of Directors and management of the Company will have broad discretion in allocating a significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
CONCENTRATION OF STOCK OWNERSHIP
Upon the completion of this offering, the Company's present directors (including the director emeritus) and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 53.0% of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have veto power with respect to any stockholder action or approval requiring a majority vote. Such concentration of ownership also may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions Affecting Stockholders."
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the offering. The initial offering price will be determined by negotiation among the Company, representatives of the Selling Stockholders and the representatives of the Underwriters based upon several factors. For a discussion of the factors to be taken into account in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting." The market price of the Company's Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new software, services or products by the Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts or other events or factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology and services companies and that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price for a company's securities, securities class action litigation
often has been instituted. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Sales of substantial numbers of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following this offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock. Upon the completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding
an aggregate of 28,392,597 shares of Common Stock, based upon the number of
shares outstanding as of June 30, 1996. Of these shares, all of the shares sold
in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"). The
remaining 23,727,597 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders (the
"Restricted Shares") are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted Shares may be sold in the public
market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration
under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. As a result of
contractual restrictions and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
(i) approximately 933,060 Restricted Shares will be eligible for immediate sale
on the date of this Prospectus; (ii) approximately 569,820 Restricted Shares
will be eligible for sale 90 days after the date of this Prospects; (iii)
approximately 12,627,450 Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale upon
expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus; and (iv) the remainder of the Restricted Shares will be eligible
for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective two-
year holding periods. Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the
holders (or their permitted transferees) of approximately 13,663,560 shares of
Common Stock, these holders are entitled to certain rights with respect to the
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See "Description of
Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $8.83 per share. To the extent that outstanding options or warrants to purchase the Common Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution."
EFFECTS OF CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
The Company's Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to an additional 868,484 shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences and privileges of those shares without any further vote or action by the Company's stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock. While the Company has no present intention to issue shares of Preferred Stock, such issuance, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with the possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company and entrenching existing management. In addition, such Preferred Stock may have other rights, including economic rights, senior to the Common Stock, and, as a result, the issuance thereof could have a material adverse effect on the market value of the Common Stock. The Company is also subject to the anti- takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which restricts certain "business combinations" with "interested stockholders" for three years following the date the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the Board of Directors approves the business combination. By delaying and deterring unsolicited takeover attempts, these provisions could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Company's Common Stock. Certain other provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Restated Bylaws, including elimination of the ability of stockholders to act by written consent, a staggered Board of Directors and advance notice for stockholder proposals and director nominations , may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or management of the Company, which could adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately $39.2 million ($43.9 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
The principal purposes of the offering are to increase the Company's working capital and equity base, to provide a public market for its Common Stock, to permit future acquisitions using cash or publicly tradeable Common Stock and to facilitate future access to public capital markets. The net proceeds will be used to repay approximately $2.3 million of debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes, which will include capital expenditures, increasing capacity and funding potential acquisitions. The loan being repaid was obtained in February 1996 from Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc. to provide financing for equipment purchases. The loan can be drawn in installments of a minimum of $100,000 and with a maximum outstanding of $2.5 million. The loan bears an interest rate equal to 2.70% over the 30-day commercial paper rate as published in the Wall Street Journal and was 8.2% at June 28, 1996.
The Company continues to evaluate potential acquisition opportunities; however, none are presently under active consideration. Pending such uses, the Company will invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital stock. The Company currently intends to retain all of its earnings, if any, for use in its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, the success of the Company's business activities, capital requirements, the general financial condition and future prospects of the Company, general business conditions and such other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1996 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect the
automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into
7,890,960 shares of Common Stock upon the completion of this offering and
(iii) on such pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company
of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial
public offering price of $11.00 per share and the receipt and application of
the estimated net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
JUNE 30, 1996 -------------------------- PRO AS ACTUAL FORMA ADJUSTED ------- ------- -------- (in thousands) Current portion of long-term obligations(1)......... $ 523 $ 523 $ 23 ======= ======= ======= Long-term obligations, net of current portion(1).... $ 1,860 $ 1,860 $ 27 ======= ======= ======= Stockholders' equity: Preferred Stock, issuable in series, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, 131,516 shares outstanding, actual; no shares outstanding, pro forma and as adjusted.............................. 1 -- -- Common Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 16,501,637 shares outstanding, actual; 24,392,597 shares outstanding, pro forma; and 28,392,597 shares outstanding, as adjusted(2)...... 165 244 284 Additional paid-in capital ......................... 22,448 22,370 61,505 Retained earnings (deficit)......................... (235) (235) (235) ------- ------- ------- Total stockholders' equity...................... 22,379 22,379 61,554 ------- ------- ------- Total capitalization.......................... $24,762 $24,762 $61,604 ======= ======= ======= |
(2) Excludes 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, options to purchase 54,000 of which were outstanding as of June 30, 1996, and also excludes 5,565,840 shares of Common Stock as of June 30, 1996 reserved for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Company's 1993 Stock Option Plan and 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan. Also excludes 650,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan. See "Management--Associate Benefit Plans" and Notes 5 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
DILUTION
The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1996 was $22.4 million, or $0.92 per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of the Company's total assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Common Stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and after deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1996 would have been $61.6 million, or $2.17 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.25 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $8.83 per share to purchasers of Common Stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............. $11.00 Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1996....................................................... $0.92 Increase per share attributable to new stockholders......... 1.25 ----- Pro forma net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1996 after the offering.......................................... 2.17 ------ Dilution per share to new stockholders....................... $ 8.83 ====== |
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1996, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid to the Company and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new stockholders purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share and before the deduction of estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses):
SHARES PURCHASED(1) TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE ------------------------------------------ PRICE NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE ------------ --------------------- ------- --------- Existing stockholders(1)... 24,392,597 85.9% $35,629,502 44.7% $ 1.46 New stockholders........... 4,000,000 14.1 44,000,000 55.3 11.00 ------------ ------- ----------- ----- Total.................... 28,392,597 100.0% $79,629,502 100.0% ============ ======= =========== ===== |
(1) Sales by the Selling Stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to 23,727,597 shares, or 83.6% (23,487,597 shares, or 81.4%, if the Underwriters' over- allotment option is exercised in full) of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new stockholders to 4,665,000 shares, or 16.4% (5,364,750 shares, or 18.6%, if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
The foregoing assumes no exercise of options to purchase Common Stock after June 30, 1996. As of June 30, 1996, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 5,619,840 shares of Common Stock under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, 1993 Stock Option Plan and 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share. To the extent that any of these options or other options granted after June 30, 1996 are exercised, there will be further dilution to new stockholders. See "Management--Associate Benefit Plans" and Notes 5 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated selected consolidated financial data for the Company. The consolidated statement of income data for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the consolidated balance sheet data at September 30, 1994 and 1995 have been derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data are qualified by the more detailed consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with such consolidated financial statements and notes and the discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of income data for the year ended September 30, 1992 and the consolidated balance sheet data at September 30, 1993 has been derived from audited financial statements not included in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement of income data for the year ended September 30, 1991 and for the nine months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 and the consolidated balance sheet data at September 30, 1991 and 1992 and June 30, 1996 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. The results of operations for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year.
NINE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------------------------------------- ----------------- 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ------------------ ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA: (in thousands, except per share data) Revenues Transaction revenues... $ 184 $ 327 $ 2,158 $ 9,548 $20,835 $ 13,592 $ 30,208 Computer services...... 455 480 709 953 1,425 911 1,794 Interest and other..... 193 41 107 404 1,080 646 2,481 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total revenues....... 832 848 2,974 10,905 23,340 15,149 34,483 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Cost of services Cost of services....... 470 579 1,973 6,796 12,678 8,011 21,105 Self-clearing start-up costs................. -- -- -- -- 141 85 1,844 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total cost of services............ 470 579 1,973 6,796 12,819 8,096 22,949 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Operating expenses Selling and marketing.. 17 116 282 998 2,466 1,539 5,749 Technology development. 189 176 216 335 943 538 1,322 General and administrative........ 264 260 400 2,532 2,803 1,386 6,687 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total operating expenses............ 470 552 898 3,865 6,212 3,463 13,758 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total cost of services and operating expenses............ 940 1,131 2,871 10,661 19,031 11,559 36,707 -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Pre-tax income (loss).... (108) (283) 103 244 4,309 3,590 (2,224) Income tax expense (benefit)............... 2 2 4 (541) 1,728 1,440 (890) -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Net income (loss).... $ (110) $ (285) $ 99 $ 785 $ 2,581 $ 2,150 $ (1,334) ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== Net income (loss) per share................... $ (0.01) $ (0.01) $ -- $ 0.03 $ 0.10 $ 0.08 $ (0.05) ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== Shares used to compute per share data.......... 23,954 24,954 26,803 26,312 26,608 25,577 28,550 ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== |
SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------------------------------ JUNE 30, 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- (in thousands) CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and equivalents....... $ 50 $ 48 $ 36 $ 692 $ 9,624 $15,409 Total assets............... 140 226 728 2,163 14,164 29,685 Long-term obligations...... 1,085 1,165 1,310 64 45 1,860 Stockholders' equity (deficiency).............. (1,022) (1,107) (788) (92) 11,148 22,379 |
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
E*TRADE is a leading provider of cost-effective, secure electronic brokerage services. Founded in 1982, the Company operated initially as a service bureau, providing automated online stock trading services to various brokerage firms, including Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc., Quick & Reilly and, through an agreement with Bank of America for Charles Schwab. In 1992, the Company formed E*TRADE Securities and began to offer retail brokerage services, with automated order placement now available 24 hours a day, seven days a week by means of the Internet, direct modem access, online service providers America Online Inc. ("America Online") and CompuServe, Inc. ("CompuServe"), touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television.
The Company's revenues consist principally of transaction revenues, which include securities brokerage commissions and payments based on order flow (described below), interest and certain other fees related to the Company's product offerings. The Company has experienced substantial growth in its revenues since the inception of E*TRADE Securities. At the end of fiscal 1992, the Company was processing slightly over 100 trades per day, and by September 30, 1995, the end of the Company's most recent fiscal year, the Company was processing in excess of 3,800 trades per day. By June 30, 1996, the Company's average daily trade volume had grown to 8,000 trades per day. Although increases in the overall activity in the securities markets have contributed to the Company's growth, the Company believes that its growth has also been due in part to the success of its advertising campaign to bring brand name recognition to the E*TRADE name, the launch of Internet access to E*TRADE and the continuing successful integration of new system developments.
The Company uses other broker-dealers to execute its customers' orders and, in recent years, has derived a significant portion of its revenues from these broker-dealers for such order flow. The revenues received by the Company under these arrangements for the year ended September 30, 1995 and the nine months ended June 30, 1996 amounted to 20% and 22% of total revenues, respectively. There can be no assurance that these revenues will continue at their present levels or that the Company will be able to continue its present relationships and terms for such payments for order flow. In addition, there can be no assurance that payments for order flow will continue to be permitted by the SEC, the NASD or other regulatory agencies, courts or governmental units. Loss of any or all of these revenues could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
The Company is making significant investments in systems technology and has designed a "hot" back-up site in Rancho Cordova, California. The Rancho Cordova site will become fully operational in late July 1996. This new facility will support systems, network and transaction redundancy between the Company's Palo Alto and Rancho Cordova data centers, thereby providing a fully operational system in the event of a service interruption at either facility. The Company also is making significant investments in its customer service department. The Company's customer service capacity has been severely strained at times and the Company is seeking to address this problem through significant investments in technology and personnel. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Management of a Changing Business, "--Risks of System Failure" and "--Dependence on Improved Customer Service Operations."
The Company implemented self-clearing operations in July 1996. Clearing services include the confirmation, receipt, settlement and delivery functions involved in securities transactions. Prior to its
conversion to self-clearing operations, the Company cleared all of its customer trades as a fully-disclosed correspondent of Herzog. In the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company began hiring and training associates to perform the clearing functions that previously were performed by Herzog. As a consequence, the Company has incurred not only significant non-recurring costs associated with the hiring and training of its associates, but also ongoing personnel and other costs associated with the transition to self-clearing operations and the integration of its own systems. At the same time, the Company continued to incur expenses to Herzog for clearing operations through June 1996. The Company believes that its conversion to self-clearing operations is a strategic investment in the Company's future that will allow the Company to realize significant future savings, although there can be no assurance in that regard. See "Risk Factors--Risks of Systems Failures" and "--Risks Associated with Conversion to Self-clearing Operations."
As a self-clearing firm, the Company assumes direct responsibility for the possession and control of customer securities and other assets and the clearance of customers securities transactions. Having this responsibility requires the Company to record on its balance sheet the customer receivables and customer payables to the Company that are a result of customer margin loans (i.e., loans made to customers that are collateralized by securities held in the customers' margin accounts at the Company) and customer free credit balances (i.e., customer cash balances maintained by the Company), respectively. In addition, to the extent that the Company's customer debit balances exceed customer free credit balances, the Company must obtain financing for any excess debit balance. As a result, effective upon conversion to its self-clearing operations, the Company recorded receivables from customers, payables to customers and collateralized bank loans, which has had a significant effect on the Company's total assets and total liabilities. The Company recorded receivables from customers of $185 million and payables to customers of $113 million. The difference between receivables from customers and payables to customers is being financed through a combination of corporate resources, settlement facilities and customer collateralized bank loans. In connection with the transition to self-clearing operations, the Company obtained bank financing to finance its customer balances. In addition, as a self-clearing firm, the Company contracted with a third-party service bureau, Beta Systems, for its customer record keeping and data processing services. The Company previously relied on Herzog and its data processor for these services. A loss in the availability of these services from Beta Systems and the inability of the Company to make alternative arrangements in a timely manner, if at all, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Conversion to Self-clearing Operations."
The Company's transaction revenues have grown from $327,000 in fiscal 1992, the first year that the Company began to offer retail brokerage services, to $20.8 million in fiscal 1995. Transaction revenues include securities brokerage transactions and, since late fiscal 1994, payments based on order flow. Computer service revenues have grown from $480,000 in fiscal 1992 to $1.4 million in fiscal 1995, and are comprised primarily of fees for the time customers are connected to the Company online. Interest and other revenues have grown from $41,000 in fiscal 1992 to $1.1 million in fiscal 1995. The Company previously participated in the interest spread on its customer debit and credit balances through its clearing agreement with Herzog. The Company began receiving fees on its customers' assets invested in money market accounts in September 1994. Other revenues represent the Company's return on its investment in Roundtable Partners LLC, a consortium of broker-dealers that provides the Company with an alternative broker-dealer through which to route its customers' orders for execution. The Company also participates in the operating results of Roundtable Partners LLC as an equity owner.
The Company's cost of services has grown from $579,000 in fiscal 1992 to $12.8 million in fiscal 1995. Cost of services includes clearing fees paid to the Company's clearing broker, system maintenance and communication expenses, and expenses related to the Company's order operations and customer service departments. In connection with its conversion to self-clearing operations, the Company incurred ongoing expenses such as payroll and systems expenditures.
Selling and marketing expenses have grown from $116,000 in fiscal 1992 to $2.5 million in fiscal 1995 and consist primarily of the costs associated with the actual placement expenses as well as the creative development of advertising.
Technology development expenses have grown from $176,000 in fiscal 1992 to $943,000 in fiscal 1995 and consist of payroll and consulting costs associated with the development and enhancement of the Company's product offerings.
General and administrative expenses have grown from $260,000 in fiscal 1992 to $2.8 million in fiscal 1995 and consist primarily of facilities costs, equipment and maintenance expenses, as well as corporate management costs, including accounting, human resources and other administrative expenses.
The Company has experienced substantial changes in and expansion of its business and operations since it began offering electronic brokerage services in 1992 and expects to continue to experience periods of rapid change. The Company's past expansion has placed, and any future expansion would place, significant demands on the Company's administrative, operational, financial and other resources. The Company expects operating expenses and staffing levels to increase substantially in the future. In particular, the Company intends to hire a significant number of additional skilled personnel in 1996 and later years, including persons with experience in both the computer and brokerage industries, and, in particular, persons with Series 7 or other broker-dealer licenses. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain additional highly qualified senior managers and technical persons in the future. The Company also expects to expend resources with respect to future expansion of its accounting and internal management systems and the implementation of a variety of new systems and procedures. In addition, the Company expects that future expansion will continue to challenge the Company's ability to hire, train, motivate and manage its associates. If the Company's revenues do not increase in proportion to its operating expenses, the Company's management systems do not expand to meet increasing demands, the Company fails to attract, assimilate and retain qualified personnel, or the Company's management otherwise fails to manage the Company's expansion effectively, there would be a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Management of a Changing Business," "Business--Associates" and "Management."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the percentage of total revenues represented
by certain items on the Company's consolidated statements of income for the
periods indicated:
NINE MONTHS YEAR ENDED ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------------- ------------ 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Revenues Transaction revenues...................... 72.6% 87.6% 89.3% 89.7% 87.6% Computer services......................... 23.8 8.7 6.1 6.0 5.2 Interest and other........................ 3.6 3.7 4.6 4.3 7.2 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total revenues.......................... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Cost of services Cost of services.......................... 66.3 62.3 54.3 52.9 61.2 Self-clearing start-up costs.............. -- -- 0.6 0.6 5.4 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total cost of services.................. 66.3 62.3 54.9 53.5 66.6 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Operating expenses Selling and marketing..................... 9.5 9.2 10.6 10.2 16.7 Technology development.................... 7.3 3.1 4.0 3.6 3.8 General and administrative................ 13.4 23.2 12.0 9.0 19.4 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total operating expenses................ 30.2 35.5 26.6 22.8 39.9 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total cost of services and operating expenses..................... 96.5 97.8 81.5 76.3 106.5 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Pre-tax income (loss) ...................... 3.5 2.2 18.5 23.7 (6.5) Income tax expense (benefit)................ 0.2 (5.0) 7.4 9.5 (2.6) ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Net income (loss)....................... 3.3% 7.2% 11.1% 14.2% (3.9)% ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== |
Nine Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
Revenues
Transaction revenues increased 122% to $30.2 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $13.6 million for the comparable period in 1995. Of that amount, payments for order flow increased 167% to $7.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $2.8 million for the comparable period in 1995. The increase in transaction revenues was primarily the result of the rise in the number of securities transactions processed by the Company, offset in part by reductions in the commission rates charged for certain transactions. The average revenue per securities transaction was $31.76 for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 compared with $36.16 during the same period in the prior year. Computer services revenues increased 97% to $1.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $911,000 for the comparable period in 1995, primarily due to an increase in the amount of connect time utilized by customers. Interest and other revenues increased 284% to $2.5 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $646,000 for the comparable period in 1995. The increase was largely due to an increase in customer margin debt of 181% to $135 million, an increase in customer free credit balances of 330% to $77 million and an increase in customer money market fund balances of 85% to $317 million.
Cost of Services
Cost of services increased 163% to $21.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $8.0 million for the comparable period in 1995, due to both the increase in the number of securities transactions processed by the Company and the increase in customer service calls following the May 1996 systems failures. Self-clearing start-up costs increased to $1.8 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $85,000 for the comparable period in 1995. The Company incurred these expenses as it continued to hire associates and utilize consultants in preparation of the conversion to self-clearing operations.
Operating Expenses
Selling and marketing expenses increased 274% to $5.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $1.5 million for the comparable period in 1995. This increase reflects the brand name advertising campaign that was initiated by the Company during the nine months ended June 30, 1996, as well as the advertising costs associated with the launch of the Company's Web site in February 1996. The Company expects that these expenses will fluctuate as a percent of revenue from period to period.
Technology development expenses increased 146% to $1.3 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $538,000 for the comparable period in 1995. This increase was attributable to an acceleration of the Company's development efforts associated with the launch of the Web site in February 1996, as well as the work associated with designing and implementing the Company's "hot" back-up site in Rancho Cordova, California.
General and administrative expenses increased 382% to $6.7 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 from $1.4 million for the comparable period in 1995. This increase was a result of increased costs associated with personnel additions in the finance, human resources, facilities and compliance departments, a $3.0 million increase in customer claims and bad debt reserves, a relocation to larger facilities and an increased use of consultants by the Company. The increase in personnel and the Company's relocation to new facilities were undertaken to accommodate the growth experienced during the period.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Income tax benefit represents federal and state income taxes at an effective rate of 40.0% for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 40.1% income tax expense for the comparable period in 1995.
Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1995 and 1994
Revenues
Transaction revenues increased 118% to $20.8 million for fiscal 1995 from $9.5 million for fiscal 1994. The increase was attributable to an increase in the number of securities transactions processed by the
Company. The average revenue per securities transaction increased to $31.61 in fiscal 1995 from $29.68 in fiscal 1994 because of the initiation of order flow payments partially offset by reductions of the base commission rate charged to customers for securities transactions late in fiscal 1994. Computer services revenues increased 50% to $1.4 million for fiscal 1995 from $953,000 for fiscal 1994. The increase was due to an increase in amount of connect time utilized by customers. Interest and other revenues increased 167% to $1.1 million for fiscal 1995 from $404,000 for fiscal 1994. The increase was largely due to an increase of 172% in customer margin debt to $68.9 million, an increase of 85% in customer credit balances to $18.7 million and an increase of 160% in customer money market fund balances to $209.4 million.
Cost of Services
Cost of services increased 87% to $12.7 million for fiscal 1995 from $6.8 million for fiscal 1994. The increase was largely attributable to an increase in the Company's payments to its clearing broker and, to a lesser extent, modest increases in brokerage operations and quotation expenses. Self-clearing start-up costs were $141,000 for fiscal 1995, as the Company began to utilize consultants in preparation of its conversion to self-clearing operations. No such expenses were incurred in fiscal 1994.
Operating Expenses
Selling and marketing expenses increased 147% to $2.5 million for fiscal 1995 from $998,000 for the comparable period in fiscal 1994. This increase was due to increased expenditures on advertising placements, creative development and collateral materials.
Technology development expenses increased 181% to $943,000 for fiscal 1995 from $335,000 for the comparable period in fiscal 1994. This increase was attributable to activities associated with enhancing the Company's existing product offerings, as well as costs associated with the development of the Company's Web site, which was launched in February 1996.
General and administrative expenses increased 11% to $2.8 million for fiscal 1995 from $2.5 million for the comparable period in fiscal 1994. In fiscal 1994, the Company settled claims in the amount of $850,000 made by its former clearing broker. Excluding this claim, fiscal 1995 general and administrative expenses increased 67% over fiscal 1994. This increase was a result of additional expenses incurred for customer bad debts, claims resulting from a systems failure in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995 and increases in the number of corporate associates needed to accommodate the growth experienced by the Company during the period.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense represents the provision for federal and state income taxes at an effective rate of 40.1% for fiscal 1995. The Company recorded a net income tax benefit of $541,000 for fiscal 1994, due to full recognition of net operating loss carryforwards generated in prior years.
Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1994 and 1993
Revenues
Transaction revenues increased 342% to $9.5 million for fiscal 1994 from $2.2 million for fiscal 1993. The increase was attributable to an increase in the number of securities transactions processed by the Company. Computer services revenues increased 34% to $953,000 for fiscal 1994 from $709,000 for fiscal 1993. This increase was due to an increase in the connect time access charges utilized by the customers. Interest and other revenue increased 279% to $404,000 for fiscal 1994 from $107,000 for fiscal 1993. The increase was due to an overall increase in customer margin debit and free credit balances.
Cost of Services
Cost of services increased 245% to $6.8 million for fiscal 1994 from $2.0 million for fiscal 1993. This increase was attributable to increases in clearing fees and communication expenses.
Operating Expenses
Selling and marketing expenses increased 253% to $998,000 for the fiscal 1994 from $282,000 for fiscal 1993. This increase was a result of increased advertising expenses. Technology development expenses increased 55% to $335,000 for fiscal 1994 from $216,000 for fiscal 1993. This increase was a result of additional resources being applied to product development. General and administrative expenses increased 532% to $2.5 million for fiscal 1994 from $401,000 for fiscal 1993. This increase was attributable to increases in customer claims and bad debt reserves as well as the $850,000 settlement in fiscal 1994 noted above.
QUARTERLY RESULTS
The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data for the seven quarters ended June 30, 1996. In the opinion of the Company's management, this unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements contained herein and includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
THREE MONTHS ENDED ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, JUNE 30, 1994 1995 1995 1995 1995 1996 1996 ------------ --------- -------- ------------- ------------ --------- -------- (dollars in thousands) Revenues Transaction revenues.. $3,272 $4,206 $6,114 $7,243 $7,329 $ 9,160 $13,719 Computer services..... 267 280 364 514 455 624 715 Interest and other.... 162 204 280 434 644 666 1,171 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total revenues...... 3,701 4,690 6,758 8,191 8,428 10,450 15,605 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Cost of services Cost of services...... 2,049 2,480 3,482 4,667 4,373 5,855 10,877 Self-clearing start-up costs................ 2 39 44 56 166 469 1,209 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total cost of services........... 2,051 2,519 3,526 4,723 4,539 6,324 12,086 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Operating expenses Selling and marketing. 459 578 502 927 1,127 2,391 2,231 Technology development.......... 63 65 410 405 253 359 710 General and administrative....... 415 438 533 1,417 1,042 1,058 4,587 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total operating expenses........... 937 1,081 1,445 2,749 2,422 3,808 7,528 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total cost of services and operating expenses. 2,988 3,600 4,971 7,472 6,961 10,132 19,614 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Pre-tax income (loss)... 713 1,090 1,787 719 1,467 318 (4,009) Income tax expense (benefit).............. 286 437 717 288 589 133 (1,612) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Net income (loss)... $ 427 $ 653 $1,070 $ 431 $ 878 $ 185 $(2,397) ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Revenues Transaction revenues.. 88.4% 89.7% 90.5% 88.4% 87.0% 87.7% 87.9% Computer services..... 7.2 6.0 5.4 6.3 5.4 6.0 4.6 Interest and other.... 4.4 4.3 4.1 5.3 7.6 6.3 7.5 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total revenues...... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Cost of services Cost of services...... 55.4 52.9 51.5 57.0 51.9 56.0 69.7 Self-clearing start-up costs................ -- 0.8 0.7 0.7 2.0 4.5 7.7 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total cost of services........... 55.4 53.7 52.2 57.7 53.9 60.5 77.4 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Operating expenses Selling and marketing. 12.4 12.3 7.4 11.3 13.4 22.9 14.3 Technology development.......... 1.7 1.4 6.1 4.9 3.0 3.4 4.6 General and administrative....... 11.2 9.3 7.9 17.3 12.3 10.1 29.4 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total operating expenses........... 25.3 23.0 21.4 33.5 28.7 36.4 48.3 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Total cost of services and operating expenses. 80.7 76.7 73.6 91.2 82.6 96.9 125.7 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Pre-tax income (loss)... 19.3 23.3 26.4 8.8 17.4 3.1 (25.7) Income tax expense (benefit).............. 7.8 9.4 10.6 3.5 7.0 1.3 (10.3) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- Net income (loss)... 11.5% 13.9% 15.8% 5.3% 10.4% 1.8% (15.4)% ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= |
The Company expects to experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that may be caused by many factors, including the following: the timing of introductions or enhancements of online brokerage services and products by the Company or its competitors; market acceptance of online brokerage services and products; the pace of development of the market for online commerce; changes in trading volume on the securities markets; trends in the securities markets; changes in pricing policies by the Company or its competitors; changes in strategy; the success of or costs associated with acquisitions, joint ventures or other strategic relationships; changes in key personnel; seasonal trends; the extent of international expansion; the mix of international and domestic sales; changes in the level of operating expenses to support projected growth; and general economic conditions.
Due to the foregoing factors, quarterly revenues and operating results are difficult to forecast, and the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results will not necessarily be meaningful and should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance. It is likely that the Company's future quarterly operating results from time to time will not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock. During fiscal 1995, in connection with its transition to self-clearing operations, the Company began hiring consultants to perform clearing functions that previously were performed by Herzog. As a consequence, the Company has incurred not only significant non-recurring costs associated with the hiring and training of its associates, but also ongoing personnel and other costs associated with the transition to self-clearing operations and the integration of its own systems, while still incurring expenses to Herzog for clearing operations.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Since inception, the Company has financed its activities through cash provided by operations, the private placement of Common Stock and Preferred Stock and, to a lesser extent, equipment financing. In September 1995, the Company privately placed $12.3 million of convertible Preferred Stock, of which $3.8 million was used to repurchase and retire outstanding Common Stock from existing stockholders. In April 1996, the Company sold an additional 20,336 shares of convertible Preferred Stock for $2.8 million. In June 1996, the Company sold an additional 11,180 shares of convertible Preferred Stock to SOFTBANK for $9.0 million.
In February 1996, the Company obtained $2.5 million in equipment financing from Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. to finance the purchase of equipment and facilities at the Company's new corporate headquarters in Palo Alto, California. In May 1996, the Company obtained $100 million in authorized financing, to be collateralized by customer securities, which became available in July 1996 upon completion of its conversion to self- clearing operations. In addition, the Company has entered into numerous agreements with other broker-dealers to provide financing for the Company's stock loan activities.
The Company currently anticipates that its available cash resources and credit facilities, combined with the net proceeds to the Company from this offering, will be sufficient to meet its presently anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the Company may need to raise additional funds in order to support more rapid expansion, develop new or enhanced services and products, respond to competitive pressures, acquire complementary businesses or technologies or respond to unanticipated requirements. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, the percentage ownership of the stockholders of the Company will be reduced, stockholders may experience additional dilution in net book value per share, or such equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the Company's Common Stock. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available when needed on terms favorable to the Company, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to develop or enhance its services and products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated
requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $(4.1) million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $3.1 million for the comparable period in 1995. The cash provided by (used in) operating activities of both periods was primarily the result of net income (loss), respectively, which for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was reduced by an increase in deposits with clearing organizations and other long-term assets. Cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $(112,000), $891,000 and $3.4 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The increases were due to higher net income during the periods.
Cash used in investing activities was $2.1 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 compared to $1.3 million for the comparable period in 1995 and was $114,000, $124,000 and $1.7 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The increases were primarily a result of additional purchases of office facilities, equipment and leasehold improvements.
Cash provided by financing activities was $12.0 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 compared to cash used in financing activities of $703,000 for the comparable period in 1995. The Company sold stock and received the proceeds from exercised warrants in the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and retired long-term notes payable in the comparable period in 1995. Cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $215,000, ($111,000) and $7.3 million in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The increases and decreases in each fiscal period are the net result of the issuance and retirement of Company securities, respectively.
The Company expects that it will have $10.0 million of capital expenditures through June 30, 1997.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, in fiscal 1997. SFAS No. 123 establishes accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value based method of accounting for stock based employee compensation plans. Under SFAS No. 123, the Company may either adopt the new fair-value based accounting method or continue the intrinsic value based method and provide pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123 had been adopted. The Company plans to adopt only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123; therefore, such adoption will have no effect on the Company's consolidated net income or cash flows.
The Company is also required to adopt SFAS No. 121, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, in fiscal 1997. SFAS No. 121 establishes the accounting and reporting requirements for recognizing and measuring impairment of long-lived assets to be either held and used or held for disposal. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 121 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
BUSINESS
The following discussion of the Company's business contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
E*TRADE Group, Inc. ("E*TRADE or the "Company") is a leading provider of cost-effective, secure online discount brokerage services. The Company offers automated order placement, portfolio tracking and related market information, news and other information services 24 hours a day, seven days a week by means of the Internet, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, direct modem access, touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television. E*TRADE's proprietary transaction processing technology enables it to offer highly automated, easy-to-use and cost-effective services that empower its customers to take control of their own financial transactions. Further, the Company's technology can be adapted to provide information and transaction processing services related to other aspects of electronic commerce, such as the processing of insurance transactions and electronic cash transfers. See "--Strategic Relationships and Business Development."
E*TRADE provides its customers with the ability to place orders for stock trades and other investment transactions directly, and at a lower, more predictable transaction cost than traditional full-commission or discount brokerage firms. The Company's services feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, the ability to create "personalized environments" reflecting users' individual needs and interests, accessibility from virtually anywhere at any time via multiple gateways, unbundled services for cost-effective pricing, and highly secure services through the use of encryption and authentication technology.
The Company had over 73,000 accounts as of June 30, 1996, with an average monthly growth in accounts of 11% since January 1, 1996, and had an average daily trading volume of approximately 8,000 in June 1996, as compared to 4,200 transactions in December 1995, representing an average monthly growth of 11% over that period. The Internet is the Company's most rapidly growing gateway, with trading volume increasing from approximately 1,300 Internet trades for the first full week the Company offered trading through the Internet (the week ended February 23, 1996) to over 10,900 for the week ended June 28, 1996.
E*TRADE's objective is to leverage its leading position as a provider of electronic brokerage and information services through automation, innovation, technology, service and value. The Company's strategy to accomplish this objective includes continued aggressive marketing of its electronic brokerage services to further establish E*TRADE's brand name recognition and increase its share of the electronic brokerage market, continual broadening of the functionality of its services and enhancement of its customers' online experience, leveraging the benefits of its highly automated services to enhance their cost-effectiveness, establishing additional strategic relationships with online service, software and information service providers, and expanding into international markets and new electronic commerce applications.
BACKGROUND
Advancements in telecommunications and information technology have fundamentally altered the way individuals conduct business. For example, the development of the microprocessor and the personal computer revolutionized the way individuals use computers by providing inexpensive and powerful capabilities to them. Consumers have embraced the personal computer and expressed strong preferences for the convenience and control it provides. In a similar fashion, consumers also have begun using a variety of other electronic devices such as the automatic teller machine ("ATM") and the facsimile machine, which are now seen as valuable tools for expediting and controlling transactions and eliminating human intermediaries.
Just as the microprocessor changed the use of computers, the emergence of the Internet as a tool for communications and commerce is driving a revolution in the world of financial transactions and information
services. Consumers are rapidly embracing the Internet because it is simple to access, makes vast amounts of information available instantaneously, and allows individuals to communicate with one another regardless of location. With the proliferation of personal computers and modems and the development of easy-to-use Web browsers, use of the Internet grew to 56 million users worldwide by the end of 1995, according to International Data Corporation, which estimates that the number will reach approximately 200 million by the end of 1999.
The Emergence of Electronic Commerce
The Internet and online services have provided organizations and individuals with innovative ways of conducting business. With the emergence of the Internet as a globally accessible, fully interactive and individually addressable communications and computing medium, companies that have traditionally conducted business in person, through the mail or over the telephone are increasingly utilizing electronic commerce. Increased use of credit cards, ATMs, the incidence of electronic funds transfers and online banking and bill paying has automated, simplified and reduced the costs of financial transactions for consumers, businesses and financial institutions. Consumers are showing strong preferences for transacting certain types of business--such as paying bills, buying insurance, booking airline tickets and trading securities--electronically, rather than in person or over the telephone. These transactions are being streamlined through online commerce and can now be performed directly by individuals virtually anywhere at any time. Consumers have accepted and even welcomed self-directed online transactions because such transactions can be faster, less expensive and more convenient than transactions conducted through a human intermediary.
Development of Online Brokerage Services
In the past, the individual investor could access the financial markets only through a full-commission broker, who would give investment advice and place trades. With the deregulation of brokerage commissions in 1975 and the resulting unbundling of brokerage services, investors began to realize that they could separate financial advisory services from securities trading. This brought about the advent of the discount brokerage firm, which provided an alternative investment approach by completing trades at a reduced cost.
With the emergence of electronic brokerage services, investors are being given the ability to further unbundle the costs associated with the human interaction required by full-commission and traditional discount brokerage firms. By requiring personnel to handle each transaction, most traditional brokerage firms restrict their customers' access to trading and information to the availability of the person processing the transaction. In addition, although full-commission and discount brokerage firms are able to offer electronic trading services, their continued reliance on personnel, branch offices and the associated infrastructure for a major part of their business prevents them from reducing their cost structure to the lower level achievable through an all electronic model. As a result of these factors, online brokerage accounts are gaining popularity, and Forrester Research, Inc. reports that by the year 2000, over $46 billion of financial assets is expected to be managed on the Internet.
The Company believes that a shift in demographics and societal norms is fundamentally altering the way consumers manage their personal financial assets. The Company also believes that consumers are increasingly taking direct control over their personal financial affairs, not simply because they are able to do so, but because they find it more convenient and less expensive than relying on financial intermediaries. Investors want the flexibility to transact business at times and places that are convenient for them. In addition, the broad availability of financial information online has dramatically narrowed the gap between the resources available to the individual investor and the institutional investor. Individual investors have become increasingly sophisticated and knowledgeable about investing, having experienced greater access to stock quotes, company financial information, investment advice and other investment information on the Web or through other online services. As investors obtain even more access to investment information, the Company believes they
will desire greater control over their financial decisions and seek alternative ways to invest more conveniently and cost-effectively and with less interaction with brokers and other financial services professionals. The Company believes that this trend has created a growing opportunity to provide online trading services that are easy to access, easy to use, cost-effective and secure.
THE E*TRADE SOLUTION
E*TRADE uses its proprietary processing technology to provide consumers with easy-to-use and cost-effective online securities brokerage services. E*TRADE's service is accessible through multiple gateways: the Internet, direct modem access, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television. The Company offers order placement services 24 hours a day, seven days a week, thereby shifting the financial transactions paradigm from a business hours only, intermediary- based model to one in which consumers have the ultimate control over where and when they initiate transactions.
The Company's services are highly automated, with most customer orders being entered, processed and confirmed electronically and without human intervention. By avoiding the inefficiencies and personnel requirements and associated costs of non-automated order entry and processing, the Company is able to provide its services at a lower cost than traditional full-commission or discount brokerage firms. The Company's technology is based on a modular architecture which is scalable to handle increasing transaction volumes. Modular architecture allows for application programs to be quickly modified in response to changing business requirements. In addition, a modular architecture which utilizes multiple components and tiers is designed to scale quickly without requiring fundamental changes to the application programs. The Company's first target market for the application of its proprietary processing technology is the electronic brokerage industry. However, this technology can be adapted to provide information and transaction processing services related to other electronic commerce applications.
E*TRADE empowers its customers to take control of their own financial transactions through the following features:
. User-Friendly Web Trading Interface. Through its easy-to-use graphical trading interface, E*TRADE has made online trading simple, fast and fun. Consumers accessing E*TRADE for the first time are able to understand quickly the wide variety of services available and how to access those services. The barriers to first-time trading online have been reduced, enabling new users to feel just as comfortable trading online as technologically savvy early adopters. The look and feel of the graphical user interface on the Web is being replicated on other gateways.
. Personalized Environments. Customers are able to create "personalized environments," including personalized watch lists and portfolios for tracking securities. A customer's trading experience is enhanced with portfolio, account and market information readily available prior to initiating a trade. The Company plans to enable customers to customize further their user interfaces by allowing them to select the market indicators, portfolio views and value-added information services, including news, charts and market analysis, that are most valuable to them.
. Anywhere Any Time Access. By maintaining multiple gateways through which customers may access E*TRADE virtually anywhere at any time, the Company can increase the number of customers served and transactions processed. As depicted below, customers are able to trade securities through the Internet, direct modem access, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television.
CONNECT ANYWHERE, ANY TIME
E*TRADE Transacts Business Through Multiple Gateways
[Graphical depiction of multiple gateways with E*TRADE logo]
. Cost-effective Services. By unbundling the services that many full- commission and discount brokerage firms include in their high transaction costs, the Company is able to offer customers just the services that they want at lower costs. The Company, through its proprietary processing technology, is able to charge a lower price, yet provide value-added products and services.
. Secure Operations. The Company believes that account security is one of the key factors for success in the brokerage industry. By offering highly secure services through the use of encryption and authentication technology, the Company has achieved a leadership position in the secure provision of online brokerage services.
The Company believes that the robust processing technology that it has developed for the provision of online electronic brokerage services can be adapted for the provision of additional services within that market segment, as well as for application to other aspects of electronic commerce.
STRATEGY
The Company's objective is to be a leader in the provision of commercial transaction processing services through automation, innovation, technology, service and value. The key elements of the Company's strategy to accomplish this objective include the following:
. Enhance E*TRADE Brand Awareness. The Company intends to continue to aggressively market its online brokerage services to further establish E*TRADE's brand name recognition through media reports, both in print and on television, and through advertisements in mass market publications.
. Increase Electronic Brokerage Market Share. Through aggressive mass market advertising, the Company intends to raise consumer awareness and generate new accounts to increase its share of the electronic brokerage market. The Company's brokerage accounts increased from over 39,000 at January 1, 1996 to over 73,000 at June 30, 1996, representing an average monthly growth in accounts of 11% during that period.
. Continue to Broaden Service Offerings. The Company continually strives to increase the functionality of its services, as well as to offer new services that enhance its customers' online experience. For example, the Company currently provides portfolio tracking and records management, market data and access to delayed quotes through the Internet at no additional cost, while real-time quotes can be obtained online for a small fee. The Company recently entered into an agreement with Quote.com to provide current news and charting capabilities to the Company's customers expected to be available by August 1996. In addition, the Company intends to expand its existing services to include immediate access to research reports and company financial information and an automatic deposit program. The Company also plans to adapt its proprietary processing technology to provide additional online brokerage services, such as mutual fund trading, fixed income securities trading, 401(k) plan administration and stock option plan management. In addition, E*TRADE Securities intends to commence, subject to regulatory approval, investment banking operations, raising public and private equity capital for companies over the Internet and other electronic media.
. Leverage Benefits of Highly Automated Operations. The Company's services are highly automated, with most customer orders being entered, processed and confirmed electronically and without human intervention. By avoiding the inefficiencies, personnel requirements and associated costs of non- automated order entry and processing, the Company is able to provide its services at a lower cost than traditional full-commission and discount brokerage firms. The Company continually seeks ways to automate other aspects of its business, such as the customer new account application, lead fulfillment cashiering and customer service functions. In addition, the Company recently implemented self-clearing operations, which it expects will further reduce the cost of providing its services to customers.
. Develop and Maintain Strategic Relationships. In order to enhance accessibility of its services and provide new service offerings, the Company has established strategic relationships with online service providers CompuServe and America Online, whose subscribers are potential consumers for online brokerage services, as well as certain software and information service providers. The Company believes that these relationships help build E*TRADE's brand name recognition and enable the low-cost acquisition of additional customers. E*TRADE also seeks to develop and maintain alternative distribution channels through the expansion of its service bureau business.
. Leverage E*TRADE Brand and Technology to Enter New Markets. E*TRADE seeks to capitalize on its brand name recognition by leveraging its branded proprietary processing technology to provide other individual and business-to-business clients with electronic services. E*TRADE's proprietary processing technology, while currently used for the processing of online brokerage transactions, can be adapted to provide information and transaction processing services related to other electronic commerce applications.
. Penetrate International Customer Base. The Internet, America Online and CompuServe permit the Company's customers to access its system without regard to geographic location. Although E*TRADE currently has no marketing program directed specifically at consumers outside the United States, it already has over 400 accounts for customers with addresses in over 60 foreign countries, and it plans to increase its marketing efforts to attract more international customers. The Company plans to create "localized" user interfaces using local languages and offering services tailored to regional requirements and customs. The Company has been discussing possible alliances with local institutions such as brokers and banks to make the portfolio tracking, purchase and sale, and funds transfer processes easier for foreign investors, to facilitate the handling of foreign securities, and to ensure the Company is in compliance with local laws and regulations.
The Company's strategy involves substantial risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in implementing its strategy or that its strategy, even if implemented, will lead to successful achievement of the Company's objectives. If the Company is unable to implement its strategy effectively, the Company's business, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected.
BROKERAGE AND INFORMATION SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
The Company's consumer services are based on proprietary processing technology and are designed to meet the needs of individuals who make their own investment decisions. The Company's services include fully automated stock and option order processing via personal computer or touch-tone telephone, online investment portfolio tracking and financial market news and information. The Company offers its services to consumers through a broad range of electronic access points, including the Internet, direct modem access, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, touch-tone telephone and, to a lesser extent, interactive television. All records are maintained on one centralized system, so that customers have access to current account information and can place orders through multiple gateways.
The Company continually strives to increase the functionality of its services, as well as to offer new services that enhance its customers' online trading experiences. The Company's services give consumers increased control of their personal investments by providing a direct link to the financial markets through a customized user interface. The Company's existing and anticipated services and product offerings include those described below:
Stock and Option Trading
Customers can directly place orders to buy and sell Nasdaq and exchange- listed securities, as well as equity options, through the E*TRADE automated order processing system. E*TRADE supports a range of order types, including market orders, limit orders (good-till-cancelled or day), stop orders and short sales. System intelligence automatically checks the parameters of an order, together with the customer's buying power and positions held, prior to executing an order. All trade transaction and portfolio records are automatically updated to reflect trading activity. Buy and sell orders placed when the markets are closed are automatically submitted prior to the next day's market opening. Account holders receive electronic notification of order executions, printed trade confirmations and detailed monthly statements. Customers also receive annual reports, which are distributed by E*TRADE as received from the respective companies and proxy statements from those companies that supply them to E*TRADE for distribution.
Customer payments are received through the mail or federal wire system and are credited to customer accounts upon receipt. The Company is currently reviewing various electronic funds transfer systems. The Company intends to implement a "frequent trader" program in which high-volume customers are given credit for a number of free trades or free access to services that are ordinarily priced separately, such as real-time quotes and market data. In addition, the Company is exploring the provision of mutual fund trading capabilities in the future.
All listed market orders (subject to certain size limitations) are executed at the National Best Bid/Offer ("NBBO") at the time of receipt by the third market firm or exchange. The NBBO is a dynamically updated representation of the combined highest bid and lowest offer quoted across all United States stock exchanges and market makers registered in a specific stock. Eligible orders are exposed to the marketplace for possible price improvement, but in no case are orders executed at a price inferior to the NBBO. Limit orders are executed based on an indicated price and time priority. All Nasdaq market orders (subject to certain size limitations) are executed at the Best Bid/Offer (Inside Market) at the time of receipt by the market-maker.
Market Data
During trading hours, E*TRADE continually receives a direct feed of detailed quote data, market information and news. Customers can create their own personal lists of stocks and options for quick access to current pricing information. E*TRADE provides its customers free access 20-minute delayed data, including quotes, major market indices, most active issues, and largest gainers and losers for the major exchanges. Users are alerted when there is current news on an identified stock and when a stock has reached a user- defined price threshold.
Upon placing an order, the customer is provided with a real-time bid and ask quote, at no extra charge. For $30 per month, individual investors can obtain unlimited real-time quotes and market data on the
Company's system. The Company's Web site provides links to other business and financial Web sites, including the CNN Financial Network and the SEC's EDGAR database, which provides access to SEC filings of public companies. The Company is expanding its existing services to include immediate access to breaking news, charts and company financial information.
Portfolio Tracking and Records Management
Customers have online access to a listing of all their portfolio assets held through E*TRADE, including data on the date of purchase, cost basis, current price and current market value. The system automatically calculates unrealized profits and losses for each asset held. Detailed account balance and transaction information includes cash and money fund balances, buying power, net market portfolio value, dividends paid, interest earned, deposits and withdrawals. Brokerage history includes all orders, changes and cancellations. Tax records include total short-term or long-term gain/loss and commissions paid. Customers can also create "shadow" portfolios to include any number of financial instruments a customer is interested in tracking --for example, portfolio assets held at another firm. These shadow portfolios can include stocks, options, bonds and mutual funds.
Cash Management Services
The Company provides certain cash management services to its customers. For example, uninvested funds earn interest in a credit interest program or can be invested in one of five money market funds. In addition, the Company provides limited checking services through a commercial bank and is exploring the expansion of these services. The Company plans to expand its cash management offerings to include electronic funds transfer via the Internet and an automatic deposit program to allow scheduled periodic transfers of funds into customers' accounts.
Account Security
The Company uses a combination of proprietary and industry standard security measures to protect customers' assets. Customers are assigned unique account numbers, user identifications and passwords that must be used each time they log on to the system. The Company relies on encryption and authentication technology, including public key cryptography technology licensed from RSA, to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect the secure exchange of information. Telephone transactions are secured through a personal identification number (PIN)--the same technology used in ATMs. A second level of password protection is used prior to order placement.
Access and Delivery of Services
The Company's services are widely accessible through multiple gateways, with automated order placement available 24 hours a day, seven days a week by personal computer. In addition, customers can access E*TRADE by touch-tone telephone and, in a limited number of markets, through interactive television.
Personal Computer. Customers using personal computers can access the E*TRADE system through the Internet, online service providers CompuServe and America Online, or direct modem access. Accessing the E*TRADE Web site via the Internet offers the customer platform independence. The Company's Web site combines an easy-to-use graphical user interface with the trading capabilities that experienced investors demand. The Web-based system also includes direct links to many investment-related resources on the Web. Alternatively, accessing E*TRADE by dialing directly through a modem offers an efficient method for connecting to the trading system independent of either the Internet or a proprietary online service.
Touch-tone Telephone. TELE*MASTER, E*TRADE's interactive voice response system, provides a convenient way for customers to access quote information, place stock and options trades, review account balances and check messages through any touch-tone telephone.
Interactive Television. GTE MainStreet, an interactive television system operated by GTE Corporation, is available as a gateway to the Company's brokerage service. GTE MainStreet has been on the air over certain cable television franchises on a pilot basis for approximately four years and is now operational in three test
markets. Revenues and volume of trades through GTE MainStreet represent an immaterial portion of the Company's business.
E*TRADE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
The E*TRADE engine is a proprietary transaction processor that automates traditionally labor-intensive transactions. Because it was custom-tailored for electronic marketplace use, the E*TRADE engine provides customers with efficient service and has the added advantage of being scalable and adaptable as usage increases and service offerings are expanded. Beyond these features, the design of the E*TRADE engine and related software allows for rapid expansion of network and computing capacity without interrupting service or requiring replacement of existing hardware or software. Although the E*TRADE engine can be adapted to provide information and transaction processing services related to electronic commerce applications other than brokerage, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully adapt its technology to other markets or that, if successful with such adaptation, it will compete successfully in any such new markets.
[Graphical depiction of E*TRADE engine showing gateway servers; interface server and automated transaction processor]
The E*TRADE Engine
The E*TRADE transaction processing engine includes a wide variety of functions and services that allow customers to open and monitor brokerage accounts and to place orders for equity and option transactions. The engine also has been structured so that it can be adapted for use by other service providers, enabling them to integrate E*TRADE's transaction processor into their own front-end applications to create or expand their electronic services.
E*TRADE's core technology, developed over a period of several years, is comprised of three parts: the graphical user interface that the customer sees; the interface server that connects the customer to the processor; and the automated processor that processes the transactions.
. Graphical User Interface ("GUI"). E*TRADE's GUI environment is based on Netscape's Secure Commerce Server and today can run on any Netscape- enabled computer. It is also being adapted to a second Internet browser, Microsoft Internet Explorer. E*TRADE's GUI connects to the interface server through a bank of Sun Sparc servers. These "gateway servers" provide a round-robin method
for load balancing and offer immediate scalability. Access is restricted through the use of secured network servers and routers and by requiring two applications of passwords--one for access to the secured Web site, and a second before an order is placed.
. The Interface Server. The Interface Server's primary function is to provide access to an efficient, standard transaction processor from all gateways. The server enables communications through multiple platforms and allows different platforms to communicate with each other. Beyond these features, the Interface Server also has been designed to be scalable and portable and runs in an environment that is both fully redundant and secure.
. The Automated Processor. The core of the E*TRADE engine is the Automated Processor, designed to provide the highest degree of automation for all E*TRADE transactions. The Automated Processor was written for the Digital Equipment Corporation ("DEC") hardware and operating system to rapidly read data files, process transactions and transmit information back to the customer. Because of this, the Company is able to process approximately 80% of its transactions without any manual intervention. Dual facilities that run independently share load balancing and provide redundancy, as well as scalability. The proprietary nature of the system, along with internal security from DEC and user ID and password protection at the application level, provide security for the Automated Processor. Internet access to the processor is through the Company's Web site, which restricts access through the use of secured network servers and routers.
The Company maintains an internal development staff to continually enhance its software and develop new services and transactions. The Company's software is designed to be versatile and adaptable, so that the E*TRADE engine can be configured to meet the differing demands of strategic relationships or individual customer needs.
The Company is establishing a remote back-up data center in Rancho Cordova, California. This facility will replace the current back-up facility in Palo Alto, California, in late July 1996. This new facility will support systems, network and transaction redundancy between the Company's Palo Alto and Rancho Cordova data centers, thereby providing a fully operational system in the event of a service interruption at either facility. To provide for system continuity during short outages, the Company also has equipped its computer facilities with uninterruptible power supply units as well as back-up generators.
STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
The Company recently formed a subsidiary, E*TRADE Online Ventures, with the objective of leveraging its transaction-processing capabilities, access to online consumers and brand name recognition into growth and diversification opportunities. E*TRADE Online Ventures continues the Company's focus on strategic alliances and represents a new emphasis on acquisitions and internal development of new businesses. These efforts are designed to expand the Company's core business, offer new products and services to its online customers and diversify its customer base and revenue stream by providing transaction processing services in areas outside its core business.
Core Business Expansion
With the objective of expanding the Company's core business, E*TRADE Online Ventures has secured or is actively pursuing alliances with (i) Internet access and service providers, (ii) Internet software providers, (iii) providers of home and online banking services, (iv) financial advisors and money managers, (v) electronic commerce and currency companies and (vi) other companies either requiring an efficient operation or wanting to offer new services to their established customer bases. Although the focus with these alliances is on utilizing the Company's brand name, private branding opportunities are considered on occasion. The Company intends that these alliances will increase its core customer base, trading volume and operational efficiency and will further enhance its brand name recognition.
To date, the Company has concentrated principally on securing alliances with online service providers. While a majority of the Company's customers access its services directly through the Internet, direct modem access or touch-tone telephone, many go through online service providers CompuServe and America Online. Strategic relationships with such service providers allow the Company to access a greater number of potential customers and allow the online service providers to offer their subscribers a broader range of service options.
America Online. America Online and the Company have had a [LOGO business relationship for over nine years. The Company is APPEARS negotiating a non-exclusive agreement with America Online to HERE] place E*TRADE in America Online's new Investment Area, currently scheduled for release in mid-summer 1996. E*TRADE |
would receive a more prominent presence, accessible through an icon to an upgraded graphical user interface. E*TRADE's current non-graphical, ASCII interface through the America Online service can be accessed only through a key word search. There can be no assurance that the Company will reach agreement with America Online on terms favorable to the Company, or at all, or that, absent a formal written agreement with America Online, the Company's relationship with America Online will continue on the same basis as it has in the past, or at all.
CompuServe. CompuServe and the Company have had a non-exclusive [LOGO contractual relationship for over ten years. Initially, APPEARS CompuServe served as an access point for the Company's service HERE] bureau business. The Company's current agreement with CompuServe permits CompuServe customers to open brokerage |
accounts with E*TRADE and access those accounts either through CompuServe or via the Company's TELE*MASTER service. The economics of this relationship were recently restructured in a three-year contract to provide for the Company to pay CompuServe a fee for these trades. The Company has also entered into a three-year network agreement with CompuServe Network Services for the provision of network access for the Company's customers who wish to access E*TRADE using direct modem software.
Data Broadcasting Corporation. Data Broadcasting Corporation [LOGO ("DBC"), a provider of financial and sports information to APPEARS individual investors, has entered into an agreement with the HERE] Company whereby DBC will provide direct access to E*TRADE's services from its own Internet Web site and that of the brand labeled quote sites it provides to others. GTE Corporation. The Company entered into an agreement with GTE [LOGO Corporation ("GTE") in 1989 to develop an online interactive APPEARS television brokerage service that would be made available HERE] through GTE MainStreet, an interactive television system operated by GTE over certain cable television franchises. GTE |
MainStreet has been on the air on a pilot basis for approximately four years and is now operational in three test markets. The volume of trades through GTE MainStreet and associated revenues represent an immaterial portion of the Company's business.
Intuit. The Company has signed a letter of intent for a [LOGO strategic relationship with Quicken Investment Services, Inc., APPEARS a subsidiary of Intuit, Inc. ("Intuit"), pursuant to which the HERE] services of Intuit would permit Intuit users to download information from E*TRADE to the Intuit software resident on an |
Intuit user's personal computer. In addition, it is intended that these same users will be able to link to E*TRADE for the purpose of entering orders for trades via their E*TRADE accounts. There can be no assurance that the Company will reach a definitive agreement with Intuit on terms favorable to the Company, or at all.
New Products and Services
E*TRADE Online Ventures is also pursuing opportunities to increase the
number of products and services offered to E*TRADE customers. These include
(i) other investment products, including mutual funds, additional fixed income
securities and foreign securities, (ii) electronic cash, (iii) preferred
vendor relationships, and (iv) insurance. The Company intends to provide its
customers with electronic means to apply for and process various products,
including life, homeowners and auto insurance. The Company intends to offer
electronic transfer of funds which will allow them to fund their accounts or
purchase products and services provided by E*TRADE by electronic means. In
addition, E*TRADE Securities intends to commence, subject to regulatory
approval, investment banking operations, raising public and private equity
capital for companies over the Internet and other electronic media. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its pursuit of these
opportunities or that such pursuit will not divert management attention or
inefficiently utilize Company resources.
Significant relationships formed to date are as follows:
Baseline. The Company signed an agreement with Baseline [LOGO Financial Services in June 1996 to provide company APPEARS information and earnings estimates to E*TRADE's Internet HERE] customers. Baseline information provides customers with access to a wide array of fundamentals, First Call earnings |
estimates and historical prices on over 7,500 stocks. Available to customers free of charge from the "Information Resources" area of the E*TRADE web site, Baseline information can be used to examine a company's statistics prior to making investment decisions.
LOGO
CyberCash. The Company has signed a memorandum of [LOGO understanding for a strategic relationship with CyberCash, APPEARS Inc. ("CyberCash"), pursuant to which E*TRADE would use the HERE] software and services of CyberCash to permit E*TRADE customers to perform direct deposits into their E*TRADE |
accounts via the Internet from accounts at third-party institutions. There can be no assurance that the Company will reach a definitive agreement with CyberCash on terms favorable to the Company, or at all.
National Processing Company. The Company has signed a letter [LOGO of intent with National Processing Company ("NPC") to APPEARS provide the ability for E*TRADE's Internet customers to HERE] initiate, over the Web, funds transfers from checking accounts at third-party institutions into their E*TRADE |
accounts. This service would be made available to E*TRADE customers free of charge. There can be no assurance that the Company will reach a definitive agreement with NPC on terms favorable to the Company, or at all.
Quote.com. Quote.com and the Company signed an agreement in [LOGO June 1996 to provide value-added information to E*TRADE APPEARS Internet customers. Quote.com will provide current news and HERE] charting capabilities that are directly linked to E*TRADE customers' stock watch and quote lookup features. News |
provided includes Reuters News, PR Newswire and BusinessWire. Charts
provided include intra-day, daily and weekly price graphs. These services
are being integrated into E*TRADE's Web site and will be free to E*TRADE
customers.
LOGO
Alternative Distribution Channels Through Service Bureau Business
The Company began as an online brokerage transaction service bureau and seeks to develop and maintain alternative distribution channels through the expansion of its service bureau business. The Company's service bureau business permits third-party institutions' customers to place brokerage orders, access their accounts and access other resources online using the E*TRADE system. The Company has relationships with Quick & Reilly and Bank of America to offer online services to their customers. The advantage of this type of relationship is that the Company is able to provide its services to a greater number of customers at little added cost, eliminating the necessity to deal directly with customer service and other administrative responsibilities of providing direct service.
A significant number of the Company's strategic relationships have only recently been entered into. There can be no assurance that any such relationships will be maintained, that if such relationships are maintained, they will be successful or profitable, or that the Company will develop any new such relationships.
The information and financial services and communications industries are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in customer requirements, frequent new service and product introductions and enhancements, and emerging industry standards. The introduction of services or products embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices can render existing services or products obsolete and unmarketable. The Company's future success will depend, in part, on its ability to develop leading technologies, enhance its existing services and products, develop new services and products that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of its prospective customers, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a timely and cost-effective basis. The development of new services and products or enhanced versions of existing services and products entails significant technical risks. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in effectively using new technologies, adapting its services and products to emerging industry standards, developing, introducing and marketing service and product enhancements, or new services and products, including those identified above, or that it will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction or marketing of these services and products, or that its new service enhancements will adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. If the Company is unable, for technical or other reasons, to develop and introduce new services and products or enhancements of existing services and products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, or if new services and products do not achieve market acceptance, the Company's business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.
Substantially all of the Company's revenues in recent years have been from electronic brokerage services, and the Company expects its electronic brokerage services to continue to account for substantially all of its revenues for the foreseeable future. E*TRADE, like other securities firms, is directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance and substantial fluctuations in volume and price levels of securities and futures transactions. In October 1987 and October 1989, the stock market suffered two of the largest declines in history. As a result of these declines, many firms in the industry suffered financial losses, and the level of individual investor trading activity decreased. Reduced trading volume and prices have historically resulted in reduced transaction revenues. In periods of low volume, the Company's profitability would be adversely affected because certain expenses, consisting primarily of salaries and benefits, computer hardware and software costs and occupancy expenses, remain relatively fixed. Severe market fluctuations in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Certain of the Company's competitors with more diverse product and service offerings may be better positioned to withstand such a downturn in the securities industry. See "-- Competition."
MARKETING
The Company's marketing strategy is based on an integrated marketing model which employs a mix of communications media. The goals of the Company's marketing programs are to increase E*TRADE's brand name recognition and to attract new customers. The Company pursues these goals through direct-response advertising, marketing through its own Web site, an aggressive public relations program and co-marketing. All communications by E*TRADE Securities with the public are regulated by the NASD. See "--Government Regulation; Net Capital Requirements."
Direct Response Advertising; Web Site Marketing
The Company's advertising focuses on marketing online trading as a better way of initiating transactions, building awareness of the E*TRADE brand and selling the benefits of E*TRADE services. Advertising is
increasingly directing interested prospects to the Company's Web site for additional information, as opposed to generating primarily telephone-based inquiries. Print advertisements are placed in a broad range of business, technology and financial publications, including the Wall Street Journal, Investor's Business Daily, Forbes, Forbes ASAP, Barron's, SmartMoney and Wired. E*TRADE also advertises regularly on CNBC and on national business radio networks. The Company believes its aggressive advertising program has contributed to significant growth in new accounts, based on the increase in the number of accounts following the launch of new advertising campaigns.
At the Web site, prospective customers can get detailed information on the Company's services, use an interactive demonstration system, request additional information and complete an account application online. Since May 1, 1996, a majority of the Company's new accounts have been generated through the Internet. The Company believes its increasing Internet focus is resulting in decreased customer acquisition costs. The Company may capitalize on the popularity of its Web site by selling advertising to third parties who are interested in targeted marketing. The Company regards this revenue as additional income, raised without a significant increase in overall costs and with no increase in capital costs.
Public Relations Program
The Company aggressively pursues public relations opportunities to build brand awareness. This campaign has resulted in appearances on The Today Show, CNN and CNBC, in addition to profiles in Business Week, Time, the Financial Times, Investor's Business Daily and the Wall Street Journal. There are links to E*TRADE's home page from more than 900 sites on the Web, which the Company believes is a significant factor in increasing brand awareness and generating leads, as consumers increasingly look to the Internet as a key source of information and commercial activity. The Company also actively seeks speaking opportunities at industry conferences and events.
Co-marketing/Promotion
The Company has established a number of significant co-marketing relationships to promote its products. These include participation in Netscape's in-box promotional offer for the Netscape Navigator browser available through retail outlets, Apple Computer's in-store interactive demonstrations and links with a number of Web-based information providers. The Company intends to enter into additional co-marketing relationships as a component of its marketing strategy.
E*TRADE is also developing a virtual shopping mall of software, services and products that will help individuals make informed investment decisions. Through E*TRADE's Web site, customers would be able to purchase or subscribe to products available from this mall at special discount prices. Goods and services offered would be reviewed and selected for inclusion by E*TRADE based on overall perceived "best value" within specified product categories. Companies selected for inclusion in return would promote E*TRADE's services through their Web sites and/or marketing materials. There can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in developing a virtual shopping mall or that if developed it will be successful or profitable.
International Customer Base
The Company's customers are able to trade securities online from anywhere in the world. The Internet, America Online and CompuServe permit the Company's customers to access its system without regard to geographic location. Although E*TRADE currently has no marketing program directed specifically at consumers outside the United States, it has over 400 accounts for customers with addresses in over 60 foreign countries, who open accounts directly with the Company. The Company expects its international customer base to grow with the continued proliferation of the Internet and increasing free trade, although there can be no assurance in that regard.
A component of the Company's strategy is its planned aggressive increase in marketing efforts to attract more international customers. The Company plans to create "localized" user interfaces using local languages and offering services tailored to regional requirements and customs. The Company has been discussing possible alliances with local institutions such as brokers and banks to make the portfolio tracking, purchase and sale and funds transfer processes easier for foreign investors, to facilitate the handling of foreign securities, and to ensure the Company is in compliance with local laws and regulations. In addition, the Company recognizes the revenue potential of providing online trading services for the purchase of foreign securities and plans to pursue this market in the future.
To date, the Company has limited experience in providing brokerage services internationally. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to market successfully its services and products in international markets. In addition, there are certain risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the heavily regulated brokerage industry, such as unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, political instability, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, seasonal reductions in business activity during the summer months in Europe and certain other parts of the world, and potentially adverse tax consequences, any of which could adversely impact the success of the Company's international operations. There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future international operations, if any, and, consequently, on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
The Company believes that providing an effective customer service team to
handle customer needs is critical to its success. The Company's customer
service organization helps customers get online, handles product and service
inquiries and addresses all brokerage and technical questions. The customer
service team also makes welcome calls to verify the satisfaction of its
customers. The Company's customers have access to a toll-free number from 9:00
a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday. The Company's current
policy specifies that customer service associates have or obtain a securities
broker's license.
The Company believes that it can further enhance the quality of its customer service by leveraging currently available technology. For example, current interactive voice response ("IVR") technology has the capability of allowing customers to request forms from their touch-tone telephones and immediately receive them via fax. The Company believes that these "faxes-on-demand" have resulted in a reduction of about 5% of the Company's current call volume. By July 1996, key portions of the help text currently available on the Company's Internet site will be available on the IVR system, accessible by those customers whose access is telephonic rather than personal-computer based. The Company expects to continue to enhance this IVR capability and is exploring additional self-help options over the Internet. Also in development is an "electronic trouble ticket," which will allow customers to obtain answers via the Internet or touch-tone telephone to most system-related access questions. The Company believes that broadening the access of the most frequently asked questions regarding terms, procedures and policies will result in a substantial reduction in the number of customer service calls received by the Company.
The Company's customer service capacity has been and may continue to be severely strained at times. During the three months ended June 30, 1996, the Company's customer service department serviced approximately 80% of its inquiries through telephone calls and approximately 20% through e-mail. This department handles only non-revenue interactions with customers needing extra assistance and generally is not involved in order processing. The Company frequently has fallen far short of its target response time for customer service calls, with callers waiting over 20 minutes during peak times. Continued sub-optimal customer service could damage the E*TRADE name and lead some customers to transfer their business to other, less congested online brokers, limit their trading activity or refrain from electronic trading entirely. Although the Company is addressing the problem through significant investments in technology and personnel and has recently experienced a meaningful improvement in the time required to respond to customer service
calls, such attempts have fallen short of increased requirements thus far, as growth in inquiries has, over certain periods, exceeded the growth in the Company's capacity to handle such volumes. The training received by new and current associates now emphasizes efficient call handling and reduced call processing times.
The Company has contracted with external vendors, allowing for potential outsourcing of certain customer calls during peak call times, without the Company having to pay for such excess capacity in house. On certain high volume days, such vendors have already handled as much as 15% of the Company's daily customer inquiries, generally achieving response times of a few seconds; however on any given day a surge of activity could cause the Company to fail to provide adequate customer service. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to remedy its customer service capacity constraints, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
The Company's previous investments in customer service were primarily personnel-driven. The Company's new focus on customer independence and technology has successfully resulted in fewer inquiries to E*TRADE personnel per trade than in the past. The impact of these efforts can already be seen in the service levels reached. Wait times and average speed of answer have dropped significantly since the implementation of the new investments in technology, people, training and out-sourcing.
OPERATIONS
Clearing
The Company implemented self-clearing operations in July 1996. Clearing operations include the confirmation, receipt, settlement and delivery functions involved in securities transactions. Performing its own clearing operations will allow E*TRADE Securities to retain free credit balances and securities for use in margin lending activities subject to SEC and NASD rules. Prior to its conversion to self-clearing operations, the Company cleared all of its customer trades as a fully disclosed correspondent of Herzog. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Conversion to Self-clearing Operations."
Since the Company's conversion to self-clearing operations, customers' securities typically are held by the Company in nominee name on deposit at one or more of the recognized securities industry depository trust companies, to facilitate ready transferability. The Company collects dividends and interest on securities held in nominee name and makes the appropriate credits to the customer's account. The Company also facilitates exercise of subscription rights on securities held for customers. The Company arranges for the transmittal of proxy and tender offer materials and issuer reports to customers. E*TRADE Securities' operations department relies upon certificate counts and microfilming procedures as deterrents to theft of securities and, as required by the NASD and certain other regulatory authorities, carries fidelity bonds covering loss or theft.
Self-clearing operations, especially where conducted by firms such as the Company, without significant prior experience, involve substantial risks of losses due to clerical errors related to the handling of customer funds and securities. Errors in the clearing process also may lead to civil liability for actions in negligence brought by parties who are financially harmed as a result of such errors. Any liability that arises as a result of self-clearing operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Clearing operations have accounted for a significant portion of the Company's cost of services, and there can be no assurance that clearing for itself will not result in significantly higher clearing costs in the future. During the Company's transition to self-clearing operations, it ran conversion tests to verify the accuracy of its internal systems, while at the same time continuing to incur substantial expenses to Herzog for clearing services. There can be no assurance that such activities accurately tested the reliability of the Company's clearing operations. The failure of the Company to perform self-clearing operations accurately and cost-effectively could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Conversion to Self-clearing Operations."
Lending and Borrowing Activities
Margin Lending. The Company makes loans to customers collateralized by customer securities. Margin lending by the Company is subject to the margin rules of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, NASD margin requirements and the Company's internal policies, which are more stringent than the Federal Reserve and NASD requirements. In permitting customers to purchase on margin, the Company takes the risk of a market decline that could reduce the value of the collateral held by the Company to below the customers' indebtedness before the collateral can be sold. Under applicable NASD rules, in the event of a decline in the market value of the securities in a margin account, the Company is obligated to require the customer to deposit additional securities or cash in the account so that at all times the customer's equity in the account is at least 25% of the value of the securities in the account. E*TRADE's current internal requirement, however, is that the customer's equity not fall below 30%. If it does, the customer will be required to increase the account's equity to 40%. Margin lending to customers constitutes the major portion of the basis on which net capital requirements of the Company are determined under the SEC's Net Capital Rule. To the extent these activities expand, the Company's net capital requirements will increase.
Securities Lending and Borrowing. The Company borrows securities both to cover short sales and to complete customer transactions in the event a customer fails to deliver securities by the required settlement date. The Company collateralizes such borrowings by depositing cash or securities with the lender and receives a rebate (in the case of cash collateral) or pays a fee calculated to yield a negotiated rate of return. When lending securities, the Company receives cash or securities and generally pays a rebate (in the case of cash collateral) to the other party in the transaction. Securities lending and borrowing transactions are executed pursuant to written agreements with counterparties that require that the securities borrowed be "marked to market" on a daily basis and that excess collateral be refunded or that additional collateral be furnished in the event of changes in the market value of the securities. The securities usually are "marked to market" on a daily basis through the facilities of various clearing houses.
Order Processing
All listed market orders other than those with special qualifiers (subject to certain size limitations based on the size in the primary market) are executed at the National Best Bid/Offer ("NBBO") at the time of receipt by the third market firm or exchange. Eligible orders are exposed to the marketplace for possible price improvement, but in no case are orders executed at a price inferior to the NBBO. Limit orders are executed based on an indicated price and time priority. All Nasdaq market orders (subject to certain size limitations based on the trading characteristics of the particular security) are executed at the Best Bid/Offer (Inside Market), at the time of receipt by the market-maker. Eligible orders are subject to possible price improvement in the marketplace.
The Company receives and processes trade orders principally through the Internet, online services and touch-tone telephone. This method of trading is heavily dependent on the integrity of the electronic systems supporting it. Orders placed from the close of the stock markets one day until the opening the next business day must be processed through the Company's system in a short period of time prior to the opening of the stock markets. Heavy stress placed on the Company's systems during peak trading times could cause the Company's systems to operate at unacceptably low speed or fail. Any significant degradation or failure of the Company's systems or any other systems in the trading process (e.g., online service providers, record keeping and data processing functions performed by third parties and third-party software such as Internet browsers), even for a short time, could cause customers to suffer delays in trading. Such delays could cause substantial losses for customers and could subject the Company to claims from customers for losses, including litigation claiming fraud or negligence. The Company has experienced such system failures and degradation in the past and, most recently, experienced two such failures in May 1996. Any systems failure that causes interruptions in the Company's operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, the Company has recently received adverse publicity in the financial press primarily relating to systems failures. See "Risk Factors-- Risks of Systems Failure."
The rapid growth in the use of the Company's services has strained its ability to adequately expand technologically. The haste required in acquiring new equipment and applications may result in less rigorous testing and validation of hardware and software, which could lead to performance problems. In addition, the Company relies on a number of third parties to process its transactions, including online access providers, back office processing organizations, services providers and market makers, all of which will need to expand the scope of the operations they perform for the Company. Any backlog caused by a third party's inability to expand at the rate necessary to meet the Company's needs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. As trading volume increases, the Company may have difficulty hiring, training and integrating qualified personnel at the necessary pace, and the shortage of licensed personnel could cause a backlog in the processing of orders requiring review, exposing the Company not only to unsatisfied customers, but also to liability for transactions that were ordered but not executed on a timely basis.
COMPETITION
The market for electronic brokerage services, particularly over the Internet, is new, rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and the Company expects competition to continue and intensify in the future. E*TRADE encounters direct competition from other discount brokerage firms providing either touch-tone telephone or online brokerage services, or both. Discount brokerage firms generally effect transactions for their customers on an "execution only" basis, without offering other services such as portfolio valuation, investment recommendations and research. These competitors include such discount brokerage firms as Charles Schwab, Fidelity Brokerage Services, Inc., Waterhouse Securities, Inc., Quick & Reilly, Pacific Brokerage Services, Inc., National Discount Brokers (a subsidiary of Sherwood Securities Corp.), Lombard Institutional Brokerage, Inc., firms owned by TransTerra Co. (including All-American Brokers, also known as eBroker) and PC Financial Network (a division of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation), among others. The Company also encounters competition from established full- commission brokerage firms such as Dean Witter Reynolds Inc., PaineWebber Incorporated, Merrill Lynch and Smith Barney, Inc., among others. In addition, the Company competes with financial institutions, mutual fund sponsors and other organizations, some of which provide electronic and online brokerage services.
The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting the market for its electronic commercial transaction processing services are cost, service, quality, execution, delivery platform capabilities, ease of use, graphical user interface look and feel, depth and breadth of services, financial strength and innovativeness. The Company believes that it presently competes favorably with respect to each of these factors.
There are virtually no barriers to entry in the market in which the Company operates. Many of the Company's competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition, many of these competitors offer a wider range of services and financial products than the Company, and thus may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies and customer requirements. Many current and potential competitors also have greater name recognition and more extensive customer bases that could be leveraged, thereby gaining market share to the Company's detriment. Such competitors may be able to undertake more extensive promotional activities, offer more attractive terms to customers than the Company, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, possibly even sparking a price war in the electronic brokerage business. Moreover, current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their services and products. For example, Charles Schwab's One-Source mutual fund service and similar, more complete services may discourage potential customers from using the Company's brokerage services. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share.
The general financial success of companies within the securities industry over the past several years has strengthened existing competitors. Management believes that such success will continue to attract new competitors to the industry such as banks, software development companies, insurance companies, providers
of online financial and information services and others, as such companies expand their product lines. Commercial banks and other financial institutions have become a competitive factor in the securities industry by offering their customers certain corporate and individual financial services traditionally provided by securities firms. The current trend toward consolidation in the commercial banking industry could further increase competition in all aspects of the Company's business. Commercial banks generally are expanding their securities activities, as well as their activities relating to the provision of financial services. While it is not possible to predict the type and extent of competitive services that commercial banks and other financial institutions ultimately may offer or whether administrative or legislative barriers will be repealed or modified, brokerage firms such as the Company may be adversely affected by such competition or legislation. Particularly as financial services and products proliferate, to the extent the Company's competitors are able to attract and retain customers on the basis of the convenience of one- stop shopping, the Company's business or its ability to grow could be adversely affected. In many instances, the Company is competing with such organizations for the same customers. In addition, competition among financial services firms exists for experienced technical and other personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures faced by the Company will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
The Company's success and ability to compete are dependent to a significant degree on its proprietary technology. The Company relies primarily on copyright, trade secret and trademark law to protect its technology. The Company has no patents. Effective trademark protection may not be available for the Company's trademarks. Although the Company has registered the trademark "E*TRADE" in the United States and certain other countries, and has certain other registered trademarks, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to secure significant protection for these trademarks. It is possible that competitors of the Company or others will adopt product or service names similar to "E*TRADE," thereby impeding the Company's ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. The source code for the Company's proprietary software is protected both as a trade secret and as a copyrighted work. The Company's policy is to enter into confidentiality and assignment agreements with its associates, consultants and vendors and generally to control access to and distribution of its software, documentation and other proprietary information. Notwithstanding the precautions taken by the Company, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the Company's software or other proprietary information without authorization or to develop similar software independently. Policing unauthorized use of the Company's technology is difficult, particularly because the global nature of the Internet makes it difficult to control the ultimate destination or security of software or other data transmitted. The laws of other countries may afford the Company little or no effective protection of its intellectual property. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company will prevent misappropriation of its technology or that agreements entered into for that purpose will be enforceable. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversions of resources, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
The Company may in the future receive notices of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that claims for infringement or invalidity (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against the Company. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management's attention and resources or require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. There can be no assurance that such licenses would be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and the assertion or
prosecution of any such claims could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION; NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
Securities Industry
The securities industry in the United States is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. The SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws. E*TRADE Securities is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. Much of the regulation of broker-dealers has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations, principally the NASD, which has been designated by the SEC as E*TRADE Securities' primary regulator. These self-regulatory organizations adopt rules (subject to approval by the SEC) that govern the industry and conduct periodic examinations of E*TRADE Securities' operations. Securities firms are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business. E*TRADE Securities is registered as a broker-dealer in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among broker- dealers, use and safekeeping of customers' funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. The Company is required to comply with many complex laws and rules to which it previously has not been subject as a fully-disclosed broker- dealer, including rules relating to possession and control of customer funds and securities, margin lending and execution and settlement of transactions. Additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by the SEC, the NASD, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the various stock exchanges, and other self-regulatory organizations, or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules, may directly affect the mode of operation and profitability of broker-dealers. The SEC, the NASD or other self-regulatory organizations and state securities commissions may conduct administrative proceedings, which can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. The Company's ability to comply with all applicable laws and rules is dependent in large part upon the establishment and maintenance of a compliance system reasonably designed to ensure such compliance, as well as the Company's ability to attract and retain qualified compliance personnel. The Company's growth has placed considerable strain on its ability to ensure such compliance, and it has experienced recent turnover in its compliance personnel. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers is the protection of customers and the securities markets, rather than protection of creditors and stockholders of broker- dealers. The Company could in the future be subject to disciplinary or other actions due to claimed noncompliance, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
E*TRADE Securities is a member of Securities Investor Protection Corporation ("SIPC"), which provides, in the event of the liquidation of a broker-dealer, protection for customers' accounts held by E*TRADE Securities of up to $500,000 for each customer account, subject to a limitation of $100,000 for claims for cash balances. In addition, E*TRADE Securities has obtained protection, in excess of SIPC coverage, of $9.5 million for each account in the form of an excess securities bond from National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, a member company of American International Group.
The Company has initiated an aggressive marketing campaign designed to bring brand name recognition to E*TRADE. All marketing activities by E*TRADE Securities are regulated by the NASD, and all such marketing materials are required by the NASD to be reviewed by E*TRADE Securities' compliance officer prior to release. The Company has in the past been requested by the NASD to discontinue the use of certain marketing materials. The NASD can impose certain penalties, including censure, fine, suspension of all advertising, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees for violations of the NASD's advertising regulations. The Company does not currently solicit orders from its customers or make investment recommendations. However, if the Company were to
engage in such activities, it would become subject to additional rules and regulations governing, among other things, the suitability of recommendations to customers and sales practices.
It is the Company's intent to expand its business in United States securities to other countries through the Internet and other gateways. For the nine months ended June 30, 1996, the Company received approximately 2.5% of its commission revenues from customers with addresses in over 60 foreign countries. In order to expand its services globally, E*TRADE Securities must comply with the regulatory controls of each specific country in which it conducts business. E*TRADE Securities is regulated in the United States primarily by the NASD and the SEC. The varying compliance requirements of other national regulatory jurisdictions will impose a limit to the Company's rate of international expansion.
Net Capital Requirements
As registered broker-dealers and members of the NASD, E*TRADE Securities and E*TRADE Capital (a non-operational broker-dealer subsidiary of the Company) are subject to the Net Capital Rule. The Net Capital Rule, which specifies minimum net capital requirements for registered brokers and dealers, is designed to measure the general financial integrity and liquidity of a broker- dealer and requires that at least a minimum part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form.
E*TRADE Securities has elected to compute net capital under the alternative method of calculation permitted by the Net Capital Rule. Under the alternative method, E*TRADE Securities is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined in the Net Capital Rule, equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of the amount of its "aggregate debit items" computed in accordance with the Formula for Determination of Reserve Requirements for Brokers and Dealers. The "aggregate debit items" are assets that have as their source transactions with customers, primarily margin loans. Failure to maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by the NASD and other regulatory bodies and ultimately could require the firm's liquidation. The Net Capital Rule prohibits payments of dividends, redemption of stock, the prepayment of subordinated indebtedness, and the making of any unsecured advance or loan to a stockholder, employee or affiliate, if aggregate debit items rise beyond 5% of net capital. The Net Capital Rule also provides that the SEC may restrict for up to 20 business days any withdrawal of equity capital, or unsecured loans or advances to stockholders, employees or affiliates ("capital withdrawal") if such capital withdrawal, together with all other net capital withdrawals during a 30-day period, exceeds 30% of excess net capital and the SEC concludes that the capital withdrawal may be detrimental to the financial integrity of the broker-dealer. The Net Capital Rule also provides that the total outstanding principal amount of a broker-dealer's indebtedness under certain subordination agreements, the proceeds of which are included in its net capital, may not exceed 70% of the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all subordinated indebtedness included in net capital, par or stated value of capital stock, paid in capital in excess of par, retained earnings and other capital accounts for a period in excess of 90 days.
Net capital is essentially defined as net worth (assets minus liabilities), plus qualifying subordinated borrowings and certain discretionary liabilities, and less certain mandatory deductions that result from excluding assets that are not readily convertible into cash and from valuing conservatively certain other assets. Among these deductions are adjustments (called "haircuts") which reflect the possibility of a decline in the market value of an asset prior to disposition.
A change in the Net Capital Rule, the imposition of new rules or any unusually large charge against net capital could limit those operations of the Company that require the intensive use of capital, such as trading activities and the financing of customer account balances, and also could restrict the Company's ability to withdraw capital from its brokerage subsidiaries, which in turn could limit the Company's ability to pay dividends, repay debt and redeem or purchase shares of its outstanding stock. A significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against net capital could adversely affect the ability of the Company to expand or even maintain its present levels of business, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
As of June 30, 1996, E*TRADE Securities was required to maintain minimum net capital of $250,000 and had total net capital of approximately $13.9 million, or approximately $13.6 million in excess of the minimum amount required. In February 1996, E*TRADE Capital, then doing business as ET Execution Services, undertook to act as guarantor pursuant to an agreement between the Company and Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. As a result of a breakdown of internal controls for the monitoring of such proposed contracts by finance personnel of the Company, this undertaking inadvertently caused E*TRADE Capital to fall short of its minimum net capital requirement and thus be in violation of the Net Capital Rule through May 30, 1996 when E*TRADE Capital was released from the guarantee. The Company has reported the violation of E*TRADE Capital to the SEC and the NASD and is awaiting their decisions. The Company believes that any penalty imposed by the NASD will not be substantial, as the subsidiary in violation is non-operational and no customer assets are now, nor ever have been, in jeopardy as a result of this occurrence. However, there can be no assurance that either or both the SEC or the NASD will not impose a penalty upon E*TRADE Capital, including fines, restrictions on business activities or suspension of trading activities, or that the imposition of any such penalty will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. Although the Company has implemented internal controls intended to prevent such violations in the future, including the review of proposed contracts by finance personnel of the Company, there can be no assurance that a violation of the Net Capital Rule will not occur in the future.
Electronic Commerce
There can be no assurance that other federal, state or foreign agencies will not attempt to regulate the Company's online and other electronic activities. The Company anticipates that it may be required to comply with record keeping, data processing and other regulatory requirements as a result of proposed federal legislation or otherwise, and the Company may be subject to additional regulation as the market for online commerce evolves. Because of the growth in the electronic commerce market, Congress has held hearings on whether to regulate providers of services and transactions in the electronic commerce market, and federal or state authorities could enact laws, rules or regulations affecting the Company's business or operations. The Company also may be subject to federal, state and foreign money transmitter laws and state and foreign sales and use tax laws. If enacted or deemed applicable to the Company, such laws, rules or regulations could be imposed on the Company's activities or its business, thereby rendering the Company's business or operations more costly or burdensome, less efficient or even impossible, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
Due to the increasing popularity of the Internet, it is possible that laws and regulations may be enacted with respect to the Internet, covering issues such as user privacy, pricing, content and quality of products and services. The Telecommunications Act of 1996, which was enacted in January 1996, prohibits the transmission over the Internet of certain types of information and content. Although certain of these prohibitions have been held unconstitutional by a federal trial court, that ruling is expected to be appealed, and, in any event, the increased attention focused upon these liability issues as a result of the Telecommunications Act could adversely affect the growth of Internet and private network use. In addition, the adoption of other laws or regulations may reduce the rate of growth of the Internet, which could in turn decrease the demand for the Company's services, or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results.
ASSOCIATES
At June 30, 1996, the Company had 297 full-time associates, of whom 82 were
employed by E*TRADE Group, Inc. and 215 were employed by E*TRADE Securities.
The 82 associates in E*TRADE Group, Inc. performed the following functions:
systems (47); marketing (10); strategic relationships (4); finance (5); human
resources and facilities (11); and administration (5). The 215 associates in
E*TRADE Securities performed the following functions: account initiation (36);
customer service (114); clearing operations (43); trading (17); compliance
(3); and administration (2).
The Company's success has been, and will be, dependent to a large degree on its ability to retain the services of its existing executive officers and to attract and retain qualified additional senior and middle managers and key personnel in the future. Competition for such personnel is intense. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract, assimilate or retain qualified technical and managerial personnel in the future, and the failure of the Company to do so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and operating results. None of the Company's associates is subject to collective bargaining agreements or is represented by a union. The Company considers its relations with its associates to be good.
PROPERTIES
The Company currently leases two spaces for its corporate offices in Palo Alto, California. The leases comprise an aggregate of 59,000 square feet and expire in December 2001. The Company believes that it has adequate space for its current needs. The Company established a remote back-up data center in Rancho Cordova, California, which facility will become fully operational in late July 1996, replacing a back-up facility in Palo Alto. The Company leases an aggregate 70,000 square feet at the Rancho Cordova facility. The lease expires in July 2006. In addition, the Company leases a small office in New York City under a lease expiring in February 2001.
LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS
The Company is not currently a party to any litigation that it believes could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or operating results. However, from time to time the Company has been threatened with or named as a defendant in lawsuits and administrative claims. Compliance and trading problems that are reported to the NASD or the SEC by dissatisfied customers are investigated by the NASD or the SEC, and, if pursued by such customers, may rise to the level of arbitration or disciplinary action. One or more of such lawsuits, claims or disciplinary actions decided adversely to the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company is also subject to periodic government audits and inspections. See "Risk Factors--Government Regulation."
The Company is aware of electronic third-party communications in which a potential class action lawsuit against the Company relating to its systems failures in May 1996 is discussed. The Company believes that any such suit would be without merit and the Company would rigorously defend against it. See "Risk Factors--Risks of Systems Failure."
The Company maintains insurance in such amounts and with such coverages, deductibles and policy limits as management believes are reasonable and prudent. The principal risks that the Company insures against are comprehensive general liability, commercial property and hardware/software damage. The Company believes that such insurance coverages are adequate for the purposes of its business.
SUBSIDIARIES
The following are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company: (i) E*TRADE Securities, Inc., a California corporation, is a discount online brokerage firm performing financial transactions through the Internet, direct modem link, online service providers America Online and Compuserve and touch-tone telephone; (ii) E*TRADE Online Ventures, Inc., a California corporation, develops strategic alliances for the Company, with an emphasis on acquisitions and internal development of new business; (iii) E*TRADE Capital, Inc., formerly ET Execution Services, Inc., a California corporation, is a non- operational broker-dealer; and (iv) TRADE*PLUS Brokerage, Inc., a California corporation, is non-operational.
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The directors and officers of the Company are as follows:
NAME AGE POSITION ---- --- -------- William A. Porter(1).......... 67 Chairman of the Board Christos M. Cotsakos(1)....... 47 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director David R. Ewing................ 40 Corporate Senior Vice President, Systems and Chief Information Officer Wayne H. Heldt................ 56 Corporate Vice President and Managing Director, International Affairs Kathy Levinson................ 41 Corporate Senior Vice President; President and Chief Operating Officer of E*TRADE Securities, Inc. Rodney E. Paterson............ 47 Corporate Vice President; Vice President of E*TRADE Online Ventures Rebecca L. Patton............. 40 Corporate Vice President, Marketing, Communications and Quality Stephen C. Richards........... 42 Corporate Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer; Chief Financial Officer of E*TRADE Securities, Inc. Robin N. Rosenberg............ 41 Corporate Vice President, Human Resources David M. Traversi............. 37 Corporate Senior Vice President; President and Chief Operating Officer of E*TRADE Online Ventures; Executive Director, Investment Banking and Research of E*TRADE Securities Thomas A. Bevilacqua.......... 39 Secretary Richard S. Braddock(2)........ 54 Director William E. Ford(2)(3)......... 35 Director George Hayter(3).............. 57 Director Bernard A. Newcomb............ 52 Director Emeritus Keith Petty(2)................ 76 Director Lewis E. Randall(1)........... 54 Director Lester C. Thurow(3)........... 58 Director |
(1) Member of the Nominating Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Audit Committee
William A. Porter is the Chairman and Founder of E*TRADE Group, Inc. He founded the Company in 1982 and served as President until October 1993 and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary, until April 1996. He founded E*TRADE Securities, Inc. in 1992. Mr. Porter received a BA in Mathematics from Adams State College, an MA in Physics from Kansas State College, and an MBA in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. In May 1996, Mr. Porter was named Silicon Valley's Emerging Company Entrepreneur of the Year by the San Jose Business Journal.
Christos M. Cotsakos joined E*TRADE Group, Inc. in March 1996 as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director. Prior to joining E*TRADE, he served as President, Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and a director of A.C. Nielsen, Inc. from March 1995 to January 1996, as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nielsen International from September 1993 to March 1995, and as President and Chief Operating Officer of Nielsen Europe, Middle East and Africa from March 1992 to September 1993. Mr. Cotsakos joined Nielsen after 19 years with the Federal Express Corporation from 1973 to 1992, where
he held a number of senior executive positions both in the United States and Europe, including vice president and general manager for Europe, Africa and the Near East from 1988 to March 1992. Mr. Cotsakos serves as a director of National Processing, Inc., a provider of transaction processing services and customized processing software. A decorated Vietnam Veteran, he received a BA, cum laude, from William Paterson College, an MBA, summa cum laude, from Pepperdine University and is currently pursuing a PhD in the field of corporate governance at the Management School, University of London.
David R. Ewing has served as Corporate Senior Vice President, Systems and Chief Information Officer of E*TRADE Group, Inc., since May 1996 and Vice President since September 1995. From 1994 to September 1995, Mr. Ewing served as President of Vital Business Solutions, Inc., a company that provides information systems consulting services. From September 1990 to September 1994, Mr. Ewing served as Director of Information Systems at Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc., a manufacturer of critical care monitoring components. Prior to that, Mr. Ewing served as a Manager in the Information Technology practice at Price Waterhouse and as a Manager in the Information Systems Division at Charles Schwab.
Wayne H. Heldt has been Corporate Vice President and Managing Director, International Affairs for E*TRADE Group, Inc. since May 1996 and has served as a director of E*TRADE Securities, Inc. since January 1995. Mr. Heldt joined the Company in June 1993 as Vice President of Operations of E*TRADE Group, Inc., served as President and Chief Operating Officer from October 1993 to July 1995, and served on the Board of Directors from November 1993 to April 1996. Mr. Heldt has also served in various positions with E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and E*TRADE Capital, including Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, from May 1993 to June 1996. From 1986 to April 1993, Mr. Heldt served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Reynolds, Kendrick, Stratton, Inc., a brokerage firm specializing in clearing securities transactions. He also served as President of PHASE3 Systems, Inc. from January 1983 to December 1984. Previously, he was a founding Partner of Robertson, Colman & Siebel (now Robertson, Stephens & Company) where he was Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Heldt received a BA in Philosophy from Westminster College.
Kathy Levinson has served as Corporate Senior Vice President of the Company since May 1996 and President and Chief Operating Officer of E*TRADE Securities, Inc., since January 1996, and a director of E*TRADE Securities, Inc. since June 1996. From January 1995 to December 1995, Ms. Levinson worked as a consultant for the Company. Prior to that, Ms. Levinson worked for Charles Schwab from 1981 to October 1994, most recently serving as Senior Vice President of Custody Services and prior to that was Senior Vice President of Credit Service from 1989 to October 1994. She received a BA in Economics from Stanford University.
Rodney E. Paterson has been a Corporate Vice President of the Company since September 1995, most recently serving as Vice President of E*TRADE Online Ventures. From January 1992 to July 1995, Mr. Paterson served as Chief Executive Officer for MAI Financial Services Ltd., a financial information and software company, now a subsidiary of United News and Media PLC. Prior to that time, he served as a Vice President of Marketing for Shark Information Services, Inc., a trading information service company, from 1984 to December 1991. Mr. Paterson serves as a director of Audicom Corp., a broadcasting technology company. He received a BA in Science from Open University.
Rebecca L. Patton has served as Corporate Vice President, Marketing of E*TRADE Group, Inc. since September 1995. From 1988 to September 1995, Ms. Patton served in a variety of management positions at Apple Computer, including Worldwide Marketing Manager of the Personal Interactive Electronics Division and Manager of Apple's PowerBook marketing group. Ms. Patton received a BA in Economics, summa cum laude, from Duke University and an MBA from Stanford University.
Stephen C. Richards joined the Company in April 1996 as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and, as of June 1996, Corporate Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of E*TRADE Securities, Inc. From 1984 to April 1996, Mr. Richards served in various positions at Bear Stearns
& Co., Inc., an investment bank, including Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Correspondent Clearing. Prior to 1984, Mr. Richards served as Vice President/Deputy Controller of Becker Paribas and First Vice President/Controller of Jefferies & Company, Inc. He received a BA in Statistics and Economics from the University of California at Davis and an MBA in Finance from the University of California at Los Angeles. Mr. Richards is a certified public accountant.
Robin N. Rosenberg has been the Company's Corporate Vice President, Human Resources since August 1995. Ms. Rosenberg served as President of Career Transitions, a human resources consulting service, from August 1991 to August 1995. Prior to that, she served as Vice President of Human Resources for Wells Fargo Bank for nine years. Ms. Rosenberg received a bachelor's degree in music from Indiana University.
David M. Traversi joined E*TRADE Group, Inc. in May 1996 as Corporate Senior Vice President of the Company, President and Chief Operating Officer of E*TRADE Online Ventures and Executive Director, Investment Banking and Research of E*TRADE Securities. Before joining E*TRADE, Mr. Traversi served in various positions at Montgomery Securities, an investment banking firm, from June 1989 to May 1996, most recently as Managing Director, Corporate Finance and Co-Head of the Financial Services Technology Group. He has a BS from California State University at Chico, a JD from the University of California at Davis and an MBA from the University of California at Berkeley. He has been admitted to the bar in California and Alaska.
Thomas A. Bevilacqua has served as the Secretary of E*TRADE Group, Inc. since May 1996 and also serves as a director of E*TRADE Online Ventures. Mr. Bevilacqua has been a partner at the law firm of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP since 1991. He has a BA and a JD from the University of California.
Richard S. Braddock has been a director of the Company since April 1996. From June 1994 to September 1995, he served as a partner in Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, a leveraged buy-out firm. From January 1993 to July 1993, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Medco Containment. From 1974 to October 1992, Mr. Braddock served in various capacities with a division of Citibank, including as President and Chief Executive Officer from 1990 to October 1992 and as a director from 1985. Mr. Braddock serves on the board of directors of Eastman Kodak Company, True North Communications, an advertising company, ION Laser Technology and Excimer Vision Leasing. He received a BA in History from Dartmouth and an MBA from Harvard University.
William E. Ford has been a director of the Company since September 1995. Mr. Ford is a managing member of General Atlantic Partners, LLC ("GAP LLC") and has been with GAP LLC since July 1991. From August 1987 to July 1991, Mr. Ford was an associate with Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated. Mr. Ford is also a director of Envoy Corporation, a publicly traded health insurance claims processing company, GT Interactive Software, a publicly traded software company, Marcam Corporation, a publicly traded software company, SS&C Technologies, Inc., a publicly traded software company, and several private software companies in which GAP LLC or one of its affiliates is an investor. Mr. Ford received a BA in Economics from Amherst College and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.
George Hayter has been a director of the Company since December 1995 and currently provides consulting services to the Company. Mr. Hayter has served as a partner of George Hayter Associates, a consulting firm, from 1990 to the present. From 1976 to December 1990, he served with the London Stock Exchange, serving in his final position as the Managing Director of Trading Markets Division. Mr. Hayter serves on the boards of directors of Critchley Group PLC, an electrical accessories company listed on the London Stock Exchange, Linea Directa Aseguradora SA, a car insurance company in Spain, Pegasus Group PLC, an accounting software company listed on the London Stock Exchange, and Active Imaging PLC, a digital image processing manufacturer traded on the London AIM Market. He received an MA in Natural Sciences from Queens' College, Cambridge, England.
Bernard A. Newcomb was a co-founder of the Company, has a been a director emeritus of the Company since May 1996 and served as a director from 1982 to May 1996 and Vice President of Research and Development from 1982 to June 1996. Mr. Newcomb has a BS in Business from Oregon State University.
Keith Petty has been a director of the Company since 1982. Mr. Petty was a founding partner of the law firm of Jackson Tufts Cole & Black, LLP (formerly Petty, Andrews, Tufts & Jackson) and retired from that firm in 1986. He received a BS in Business (major in accounting) from the University of Idaho and a JD from Stanford Law School, is a certified public accountant and has been admitted to the bar in California and Idaho. Mr. Petty currently provides business and legal consulting to start-up companies, and serves as a Director for four other privately held for profit companies and two nonprofit companies.
Lewis E. Randall has been a director of the Company since 1983. Mr. Randall served both Apple Computer and Intel during their formative years, largely in the capacity of software and hardware engineering management. Mr. Randall is a private investor.
Lester C. Thurow has been a director of the Company since April 1996. Mr. Thurow has been a Professor of Economics at Massachusetts Institute of Technology ("MIT") since 1990. From 1987 to 1993, he served as Dean of MIT's Sloan School of Management. Mr. Thurow received a BA in economics from Williams College, an MA from Oxford and a Ph.D. from Harvard University.
Messrs. Braddock, Ford, Hayter, Petty, Randall and Thurow are independent directors. Failure to maintain two independent directors could result in a delisting of the Company's Common Stock from the Nasdaq National Market.
The members of the Board of Directors of the Company are classified into three classes. One class will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office for a three-year term and until successors of such class have been elected and qualified. See "Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions Affecting Stockholders." Messrs. Porter, Cotsakos and Braddock will initially serve as Class I directors of the Company until the annual meeting of stockholders held in 1999, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. Messrs. Ford, Hayter and Petty will initially serve as Class II directors of the Company until the annual meeting of stockholders held in 1998, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. Messrs. Randall and Thurow will initially serve as Class III directors of the Company until the annual meeting of stockholders held in 1997, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. Subject in the case of Mr. Cotsakos to an employment agreement, all officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the Board. See "--Employment Contract." There are no family relationships among any of the directors or officers of the Company.
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors has created an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee of the Board. The Audit Committee is composed of William E. Ford (Chair), Lester C. Thurow and George Hayter and is charged with reviewing the Company's annual audit and meeting with the Company's independent accountants to review the Company's internal controls and financial management practices. The Compensation Committee, which is composed of Richard S. Braddock (Chair), William E. Ford and Keith Petty, recommends to the Board of Directors compensation for the Company's key associates and will administer the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1993 Stock Option Plan, the 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Stock Purchase Plan. See "--Associate Benefit Plans." The Nominating Committee, which is comprised of Christos M. Cotsakos (Chair), William A. Porter and Lewis E. Randall, nominates for stockholder approval persons to membership on the Board of Directors.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Non-employee directors will receive $5,000 per year, in addition to $800 for each meeting of the Board attended (and $400 for committee meetings attended). In addition, each non-employee director will receive stock options pursuant to the automatic option grant provisions of the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. See "--Associate Benefit Plans." All directors will receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the Board. No director who is an employee of the Company will receive compensation for services rendered as a director.
In January 1996, Mr. Hayter was granted an option to purchase 60,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.05 per share. In March 1996, Messrs. Braddock, Ford, Petty, Randall and Thurow were each granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.33 per share. The options become exerciseable 20% after each year of service from the date of grant.
In December 1995, the Company entered into a consulting arrangement with Mr. Hayter, a director of the Company, to provide international business consulting at a base rate of $1,500 for each day of consulting plus expenses, with the exception of attendance at Board meetings. Mr. Hayter's fees were payable in the form of $750 in cash and $750 in Common Stock (issued at fair market value on the dates of services rendered). During the six months ended March 31, 1996, Mr. Hayter was paid $23,520 and accrued 6,096 shares of Common Stock pursuant to this arrangement. He also accrued 1,421 shares of Common Stock pursuant to this arrangement from April 1, 1996 through June 6, 1996. The Company and Mr. Hayter restated the consulting arrangement on June 7, 1996, at which time the Common Stock component of the arrangement terminated.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
The Company anticipates reincorporating in Delaware in July 1996, in part to take advantage of certain provisions in Delaware's corporate law relating to limitations on liability of corporate officers and directors. The Company believes that the reincorporation into Delaware, the provisions of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws and the separate indemnification agreements outlined below are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. This provision is intended to allow the Company's directors the benefit of Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides that directors of Delaware corporations may be relieved of monetary liabilities for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except under certain circumstances, including breach of their duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, unlawful payments or dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Company's Restated Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest extent provided by Delaware law. The Restated Bylaws authorize the use of indemnification agreements and the Company intends to enter into such agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. The Company has been advised by the SEC that, in the SEC's view, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is contrary to the federal securities laws and, therefore, unenforceable.
The Company intends to obtain officer and director liability insurance with respect to liabilities arising out of certain matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer, associate or other agent of the Company as to which indemnification is being sought, nor is the Company aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director, officer, associate or other agent.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary of Cash and Other Compensation
The following table sets forth the compensation for services rendered to the Company during the year ended September 30, 1995, awarded to or earned by the three most highly compensated executive officers of the Company whose combined salary and bonus were in excess of $100,000 (the "Named Executive Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)
LONG-TERM COMPENSATION ------------ ANNUAL COMPENSATION AWARDS ------------------------------------- ------------ SECURITIES NAME AND SALARY BONUS OTHER ANNUAL UNDERLYING PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($) ($) COMPENSATION OPTIONS (#) ------------------ ---- -------- ------- ------------ ------------ William A. Porter.......... 1995 $140,713(3) $22,395 $1,315(4) -- Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board(2) Wayne H. Heldt............. 1995 $127,500(6) $21,664 $ 629(4) 1,080,000 President(5) Bernard A. Newcomb(7)...... 1995 $112,709(8) $14,745 $ 963(4) -- Vice President of Research and Development |
(1) In accordance with the rules of the SEC, the compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance or other benefits received by the Named Executive Officers that are available generally to all salaried employees of the Company, and certain perquisites and other personal benefits received by the Named Executive Officers that do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of any such officer's salary and bonus disclosed in this table.
(2)Since April 1996, Mr. Porter has served as Chairman of the Board.
(3)Includes $5,000 paid to Mr. Porter in his capacity as a director.
(4) Represents employer contributions to the Company's 401(k) Plan.
(5) Mr. Heldt now serves as Corporate Vice President and Managing Director,
International Affairs.
(6) Includes $5,000 paid to Mr. Heldt in his capacity as a director.
(7) Mr. Newcomb now serves as a director emeritus of the Company.
(8) Includes $5,000 paid to Mr. Newcomb in his capacity as a director.
Stock Option Grants to Named Executive Officers
No stock options were granted to the Named Executive Officers during the year ended September 30, 1995.
Option Exercises and Holdings
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to exercises of stock options during the year ended September 30, 1995 by the Named Executive Officers and with respect to stock options held by each of the Named Executive Officers as of September 30, 1995.
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARS NUMBER OF OPTIONS/SARS AT AT SEPTEMBER 30, SHARES VALUE SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 1995($)(2) ACQUIRED ON REALIZED ------------------------- ------------------------- NAME EXERCISE(#) ($)(1) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE ---- ----------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- William A. Porter....... -- -- -- -- -- -- Wayne H. Heldt.......... 127,980 $179,098 520,020 432,000 $918,702 $763,200 Bernard A. Newcomb...... -- -- -- -- -- -- |
(footnotes on following page)
(footnotes from preceding page)
(1) The amount set forth represents the difference between the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise, as determined by the Board of Directors, and the exercise price of the option, multiplied by the applicable number of options.
(2) The amount set forth represents the difference between the fair market value of the shares at September 30, 1995, as determined by the Board of Directors, and the exercise price of the option, multiplied by the applicable number of options.
ASSOCIATE BENEFIT PLANS
Stock Incentive Plan and Option Plans
The Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan") is intended to serve as the successor equity incentive program to the Company's existing 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Plan") which is the successor to the Company's 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "1983 Plan"). The 1996 Plan became effective on May 31, 1996 upon adoption by the Board of Directors.
The authorized reserves under the 1996 Plan consist of all of the outstanding options under the 1993 Plan and 1983 Plan, which are incorporated into the 1996 Plan, and an additional 4,000,000 shares, which have been authorized for issuance under the 1996 Plan. No further option grants will be made under the 1993 Plan and the 1983 Plan. The incorporated options will continue to be governed by their existing terms, unless the Plan Administrator elects to extend one or more features of the 1996 Plan to those options. However, except as otherwise noted below, the outstanding options under the 1993 Plan and the 1983 Plan contain substantially the same terms and conditions summarized below for the Discretionary Option Grant Program in effect under the 1996 Plan.
The 1996 Plan is divided into three separate components: (i) the
Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible individuals in the
Company's employ or service (including officers, non-employee Board members
and consultants) may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted
options to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise price not less than
the fair market value of those shares on the grant date, (ii) the Stock
Issuance Program under which such individuals may, in the Plan Administrator's
discretion, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, through the purchase of
such shares at a price not less than the fair market value of those shares at
the time of issuance or as a bonus tied to the performance of services, and
(iii) the Automatic Option Grant Program under which option grants will
automatically be made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee Board
members to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the
fair market value of those shares on the grant date.
The Discretionary Option Grant Program and the Stock Issuance Program will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator will have complete discretion to determine which eligible individuals are to receive option grants or stock issuances, the time or times when such option grants or stock issuances are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such grant or issuance, the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock option under the federal tax laws, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock issuance and the maximum term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding. The administration of the Automatic Option Grant Program will be self-executing in accordance with the express provisions of each such program.
The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock subject to option grants made under the 1996 Plan may be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date. The option also may be exercised through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the optionee. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide financial assistance to one or more optionees in the exercise of their outstanding options by allowing such individuals to deliver a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note in payment of the exercise price and any associated withholding taxes incurred in connection with such exercise.
In the event that the Company is acquired by merger or asset sale, each
outstanding option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program which is not
to be assumed by the successor corporation will automatically accelerate in
full, and all unvested shares under the Stock Issuance Program will
immediately vest, except to the extent the Company's repurchase rights with
respect to those shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation. The
Plan Administrator will have the authority under the Discretionary Option
Grant and Stock Issuance Programs to grant options and to structure repurchase
rights so that the shares subject to those options or repurchase rights will
automatically vest in the event the individual's service is terminated,
whether involuntarily or through a resignation for good reason, within twelve
(12) months following (i) a merger or asset sale in which those options are
assumed or those repurchase rights are assigned or (ii) a hostile change in
control of the Company effected by a successful tender offer for more than 50%
of the outstanding voting stock or by proxy contest for the election of Board
members. Options outstanding under the 1993 Plan upon merger or asset sale
will be assumed by the acquiring entity. In the event the acquiring entity
refuses to assume or substitute the options or in the event of a dissolution
or liquidation of the Company, the options will expire on a date at least 20
days after the plan administrator gives written notice to the optionees
specifying the terms and conditions of such termination.
Stock appreciation rights are authorized for issuance under the Discretionary Option Grant Program that provide the holders with the election to surrender their outstanding options for an appreciation distribution from the Company equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the vested shares of Common Stock subject to the surrendered option over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such appreciation distribution may be made in cash or in shares of Common Stock. There are currently no outstanding stock appreciation rights under the 1993 Plan or the 1983 Plan.
The Plan Administrator has the authority to effect the cancellation of outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including options incorporated from the 1993 Plan and the 1983 Plan) in return for the grant of new options for the same or different number of option shares with an exercise price per share not less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the new grant date.
Under the Automatic Option Grant Program, each individual who is serving as a non-employee member of the Board on the date the underwriting agreement for this offering is executed and who has not previously received a stock option grant from the Company will receive at that time an option grant for 20,000 shares of Common Stock with an exercise price equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is to be sold in this offering. Each individual who first joins the Board after the effective date of this offering as a non- employee Board member will also receive an option grant for 20,000 shares of Common Stock at the time of his or her commencement of Board service, provided such individual has not otherwise been in the prior employ of the Company. In addition, at each annual stockholders meeting, beginning with the 1997 annual meeting, each individual who is to continue to serve as a non-employee Board will receive an option grant to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock, whether or not such individual has been in the prior employ of the Company.
Each automatic grant will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date and will have a maximum term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of Board service. Each automatic option will be immediately exercisable; however, any shares purchased upon exercise of the option will be subject to repurchase, at the option exercise price paid per share, should the optionee's service as a non-employee Board member cease prior to vesting in the shares. The 20,000-share grant will vest in four equal and successive annual installments over the optionee's period of Board service. Each additional 5,000-share grant will vest upon the optionee's completion of two years of Board service measured from the grant date. However, each outstanding option will immediately vest upon (i) certain changes in the ownership or control of the Company or (ii) the death or disability of the optionee while serving as a Board member.
The Board may amend or modify the 1996 Plan at any time. The 1996 Plan will terminate on May 30, 2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board.
Options to purchase an aggregate of 5,619,840 shares were outstanding under the 1996 Plan, the 1993 Plan and the 1983 Plan as of June 30, 1996. Thomas A. Bevilacqua, in his capacity as a director of E*TRADE Online Ventures, received in May 1996 options to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company with an exercise price of $9.50 per share. This number of option shares represents one-half the options granted to nonemployee directors of the Company. See "--Director Compensation."
1996 Stock Purchase Plan
The Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 31, 1996. The Purchase Plan is designed to allow eligible associates of the Company and participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of Common Stock, at semi-annual intervals, through their periodic payroll deductions under the Purchase Plan, and a reserve of 650,000 shares of Common Stock has been established for this purpose.
The Purchase Plan will be implemented in a series of successive offering periods, each with a maximum duration of 24 months. However, the initial offering period will begin on the day the underwriting agreement is executed in connection with this offering and will end on the last business day in July 1998.
Individuals who are eligible associates on the start date of any offering period may enter the Purchase Plan on that start date or on any subsequent semi-annual entry date (February 1 or August 1 each year). Individuals who become eligible associates after the start date of the offering period may join the Purchase Plan on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that period.
Payroll deductions may not exceed 10% of the participant's base salary for each semi-annual period of participation, and the accumulated payroll deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on the participant's behalf on each semi-annual purchase date (the last business day in January and July each year, with the first such purchase date to occur on January 31, 1997) at a purchase price per share not less than 85% of the lower of (i) the fair market value of the Common Stock on the participant's entry date into the offering period or (ii) the fair market value on the semi-annual purchase date. Should the fair market value of the Common Stock on any semi-annual purchase date be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first day of the offering period, then the current offering period will automatically end and a new 24-month offering period will begin, based on the lower fair market value.
The Board may amend or modify the Purchase Plan following any semi-annual purchase date. The Purchase Plan will terminate on the last business day in July 2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board.
401(k) Plan
Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted a 401(k) (the "401(k) Plan")
that covers all eligible associates of the Company. An associate is eligible
to participate in the plan upon hire, and may elect to defer, in the form of
contributions to the 401(k) Plan, up to the $9,500 limitation imposed by
Internal Revenue Code Section 402(g). Associates' contributions are invested
in specific assets, specific funds or other investments permitted under the
401(k) Plan according to the directions of each individual associate and the
directed investment procedure. The contributions are fully vested and
nonforfeitable at all times. Upon completion of one year of service, the
401(k) Plan provides for employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan of an
amount equal to 25% of the amount contributed by all eligible associates, up
to 2% for individual associates total compensation. The Company has made
contributions of $5,994 and $11,938 for the year ended September 30, 1995 and
the nine months ended June 30, 1996, respectively.
Bonus Plan
Effective October 1, 1994, the Company adopted a bonus plan (the "Bonus Plan") to allow all eligible associates to share a portion of the Company's profits. Thirty days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the
Company will pay 20% of any operating profit that is in excess of 10% of gross revenue into the Bonus Plan. Each eligible associate will be allocated a percent of the total Bonus Plan pool based on the Company's total salary base, that associate's gross earnings for the quarter and designation by group. Bonus payments are distributed over time to associates, who receive 50% of the bonus payment at the end of the month following the end of the quarter, and the remaining 50% over the succeeding three-year time period in increments of one-sixth. If an associate leaves the Company for any reason other than disability, death or retirement, that associate's accumulation of earnings in the bonus pool remains in the pool as additional earnings for the remaining eligible associates.
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
Christos M. Cotsakos entered into an employment agreement with the Company in March 1996. The agreement provides for annual base salary compensation of $250,000. Mr. Cotsakos' base salary is subject to adjustment as follows: if, at the end of any fiscal quarter during the term of the agreement, the Company's annualized revenues equal or exceed $75 million and there is a positive net income at the end of such quarter, the base salary shall be increased to an annualized basis of $320,000; and if, at the end of any fiscal quarter during the term of the agreement, the Company's annualized revenues equal or exceed $100 million and there is a positive net income at the end of such quarter, the base salary shall be increased to an annualized basis of $390,000. Mr. Cotsakos is also eligible to participate in the Company's bonus plan and other benefit plans.
Pursuant to the employment agreement, on March 29, 1996, Mr. Cotsakos was granted options to purchase 600,000 shares at the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.33 per share under the Company's 1993 Stock Option Plan. In addition, on May 15, 1996, Mr. Cotsakos was granted additional options to purchase 480,000 shares of Common Stock at the then-current fair market value. The options vest for 20% of the shares on September 1, 1996 and 80% of the shares in equal monthly installments of employment over a period of four years. These options are exercisable until March 28, 2006, subject to certain exceptions.
The employment agreement terminates on December 31, 2001, but is renewable for successive one-year periods, unless either party gives 180 days' notice. Upon termination of Mr. Cotsakos' employment, he is entitled to severance payments as follows: (i) payment equal to five full years of current total annual compensation if termination within three years after a change in control of the Company (as defined) or if he elects to terminate his employment for good reason (as defined) within three years after any change in control, and (ii) payment equal to four full years of (A) current total annual compensation if he is terminated by the Company other than for cause (as defined) and such termination is not described in (i) above and (B) he elects to terminate his employment for good reason and such termination is not described in (i) above. In addition, Mr. Cotsakos' options become immediately exercisable upon a change in control or upon the termination of Mr. Cotsakos other than for cause or at his election for good reason.
The Company is in the process of establishing revised terms of employment for Bernard A. Newcomb, a founder of the Company.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During the year ended September 30, 1995, the Company's Compensation Committee consisted of William A. Porter, Keith Petty and Lewis E. Randall. Mr. Porter was an executive officer of the Company during the year ended September 30, 1995.
In September 1990, the Company entered into a restructuring agreement with all of its long-term creditors, whereby certain obligations of the Company, totaling $999,508, were converted to subordinated and unsecured promissory notes bearing interest at a rate of seven percent per annum (the "7% Notes"). At that time, the Company's founders, William Porter, the Chairman of the Board, and Bernard Newcomb, then a director and Vice President of Research and Development, received 7% Notes in principal amounts of $230,316 and $152,490, respectively. The Company's indebtedness to Messrs. Porter and Newcomb resulted from accrued but unpaid salaries owed to them. In September 1995, all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the 7% Notes was repaid. Messrs. Porter and Newcomb received $318,276 and $210,741, respectively, pursuant to the 7% Notes.
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
PREFERRED STOCK FINANCING TRANSACTIONS
On September 28, 1995, the Company sold 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for $123 per share. On April 10, 1996, the Company sold 20,336 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for $140 per share. On June 6, 1996, the Company sold 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for $805 per share. All Preferred Stock was sold in private financings, pursuant to preferred stock purchase agreements and investors' rights agreements. The terms of those agreements (with the exception of amount and price) are substantially similar for the Series A, Series B and Series C, under which the Company made the standard representations, warranties and covenants, and which provided the purchasers thereunder with rights of first offer, tag-along rights, preemptive rights, and demand and piggyback registration rights. All of the material terms of the Series A and Series B agreements, with the exception of the registration rights, will terminate upon the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. All shares of Preferred Stock will convert into Common Stock on a 60-for-1 basis automatically upon the completion of this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale--Registration Rights." The purchasers of the Preferred Stock included, among others, the following directors, entities associated with directors, and holders of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock:
SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASED -------------------------------------- INVESTOR SERIES A SERIES B SERIES C -------- ------------ ----------- ------------ General Atlantic Partners II, L.P.(1).. 87,742 6,267 -- GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P.(1)..... 12,258 876 -- Christos M. Cotsakos(2)................ -- 6,050 -- Richard S. Braddock.................... -- 7,143 -- SOFTBANK Holdings Inc.(3).............. -- -- 11,180 |
(1) The general partner of General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. ("GAP II") is General Atlantic Partners, LLC ("GAP LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company. William E. Ford, a director of the Company, is one of the managing members of GAP LLC. The same managing members of GAP LLC are the general partners of GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. ("GAP Coinvestors"). Mr. Ford disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by GAP II and GAP Coinvestment except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
(2) Includes shares held by the Cotsakos Revocable Trust under Agreement dated September 3, 1987, shares held in an IRA account and shares held as a custodian for his daughter. Mr. Cotsakos disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held as a custodian and one-half of the shares held by the Cotsakos Revocable Trust.
(3) E*TRADE is exploring a business relationship with Upgrade Corporation of America dba UCA&L, a company in which SOFTBANK indirectly owns a majority interest. The Company has no other relationship with SOFTBANK or SOFTBANK Corporation other than SOFTBANK's investment in the Company.
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
In September 1990, the Company entered into a restructuring agreement with all of its long-term creditors, whereby certain obligations of the Company, totaling $999,508, were converted to subordinated and unsecured promissory notes. At that time, the Company's founders, William Porter, the Chairman of the Board, and Bernard Newcomb, then a director and Vice President of Research and Development, received certain of the promissory notes. See "Management-- Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."
In December 1995, the Company entered into a consulting arrangement with George Hayter, a director of the Company, to provide international business consulting. The agreement was modified in June 1996. See "Management--Director Compensation."
From January 1995 to December 1995, Kathy Levinson, the President and Chief Operating Officer of E*TRADE Securities was self-employed as a consultant. During this period, Ms. Levinson, worked under contract with the Company, pursuant to which she provided consulting services to assist with E*TRADE's transition to self-clearing operations. During the term of this agreement, Ms. Levinson was paid $166,000 by the Company, and received a warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock, which warrant was fully exercised by January 1996, and options to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock which vest at a rate of 20% per year over a period of five years and will terminate on January 2, 2005.
In March 1996, Christos M. Cotsakos entered into an employment agreement with the Company. See "Management--Employment Contracts."
The Company believes that each of these transactions were on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and were in connection with bona fide business purposes. As a matter of policy, all future transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors or principal stockholders will be approved by a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the Board of Directors, will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be in connection with bona fide business purposes.
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of June 30, 1996 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby by (i) each person who is known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Company, (ii) each Named Executive Officer, (iii) each director, (iv) each of the Selling Stockholders and (v) all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, to the knowledge of the Company, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of Common Stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law.
SHARES TO BE SHARES BENEFICIALLY BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR TO OWNED AFTER NAME OFFERING NUMBER OF OFFERING(2) ---- ------------------- SHARES TO BE ----------------- MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SOLD IN SIGNIFICANT STOCKHOLDERS NUMBER PERCENT(1) THE OFFERING NUMBER PERCENT ------------------------ --------- --------- ------------ --------- ------- William A. Porter(3)(4)(5). 3,086,940 12.7% -- 3,086,940 10.9% Bernard A. Newcomb(4)...... 2,420,820 10.0 -- 2,420,820 8.5 Christos M. Cotsakos(4)(6). 1,443,000 5.9 -- 1,443,000 4.9 Wayne H. Heldt(4)(7)....... 700,020 2.8 -- 700,020 2.4 Richard S. Braddock........ 428,580 1.8 -- 428,580 1.5 William E. Ford(8)......... -- * -- -- * George Hayter.............. 7,517 * -- 7,517 * Keith Petty(9)............. 364,620 1.5 -- 364,620 1.3 Lewis E. Randall(10)....... 399,000 1.6 -- 399,000 1.4 Lester C. Thurow........... -- * -- -- * General Atlantic Partners, 6,872,580 28.2 -- 6,872,580 24.2 LLC(11)................... All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)(12).......... 6,228,617 25.5 -- 6,228,617 21.4 OTHER SELLING STOCKHOLDERS -------------------------- Kristin Marit Dahl(13)..... 213,000 * 90,000 123,000 * R.D. Fritts................ 249,900 1.0 2,100 247,800 * Fred Haeckl & Ann G. Haeckl, Trustees, Fred Haeckl & Ann G. Haeckl Family Trust 269 U/A Dated 08/28/91.................. 576,600 2.4 36,600 540,000 1.9 William R. Happ & Roxann M. Happ, Trustees, William & Roxann Happ Revocable Living Trust Dated 4/12/91................... 668,880 2.8 47,530 621,350 2.2 Susan M. Harning........... 20,820 * 8,820 12,000 * Hawaiian Trust Company, Ltd., Agent for the Alexander S. Atherton Family Limited Partnership(14)........... 54,840 * 54,840 -- -- Charles R. Huegel.......... 26,040 * 17,040 9,000 * Jackson, Tufts, Cole & Black Profit Sharing Plan f/b/o/ Templeton C. Peck.. 7,200 * 7,200 -- -- Robert C. & Normalee A. Jacobson, as Joint Tenants(15)............... 75,720 * 18,930 56,790 * Robert C. Jacobson, Individual Retirement Account(16)............... 60,000 * 60,000 -- -- Brian S. Kahn & Julie O. Kahn, Trustees, Kahn Revocable Family Trust.... 60,720 * 12,000 48,720 * |
SHARES NUMBER OF BENEFICIALLY SHARES TO BE SHARES TO BE OWNED PRIOR TO SOLD IN BENEFICIALLY OWNED NAME OFFERING THE OFFERING AFTER OFFERING(2) ---- ----------------- ------------ --------------------- OTHER SELLING STOCKHOLDERS NUMBER PERCENT(1) NUMBER PERCENT ------------- ------- --------- ----------- --------- Jacqueline Lancaster..... 26,040 * 14,040 12,000 * Larkin S. Lapides........ 12,000 * 1,000 11,000 * Diane F. Lee(17)......... 147,660 * 27,660 120,000 * Frank T. McIntosh........ 26,040 * 11,040 15,000 * Kathleen P. McIntosh..... 52,020 * 4,020 48,000 * Diane Munro.............. 78,060 * 15,000 63,060 * Robert Donald Murie & Nancy Dolores Murie, Trustees, Robert D. Murie and Nancy D. Murie Intervivos Trust Dated August 16, 1993......... 52,020 * 15,000 37,020 * Raymond J. Noorda & Lewena Noorda........... 465,420 1.9 100,460 364,960 1.3 Arden Orrel.............. 9,000 * 4,500 4,500 * Jeannie Pasturel......... 15,000 * 4,500 10,500 * Herbert & Marlene Swanson(18)............. 88,020 * 6,000 82,020 * John M. & Lynn Thornburn. 104,100 * 7,000 97,100 * Thomas A. & Rosemary Tisch Trust............. 124,860 * 72,000 52,860 * Brenda L. Vogel.......... 26,040 * 720 25,320 * Agnes Waters............. 36,420 * 9,000 27,420 * Robert L. Waymost & Catherine M. Waymost, Trustees, Waymost Family Revocable Trust......... 60,720 * 12,000 48,720 * Thomas R. Yates/Wayne S. Fuller, as Joint Tenants................. 20,820 * 6,000 14,820 * ------- Total.................................. 665,000 ======= |
(1) Based on 24,392,597 shares outstanding on June 30, 1996.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
(3) If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase up to an additional 699,750 shares of Common Stock, then William A. Porter will sell up to 240,000 shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters and Mr. Porter will beneficially own 2,846,940 shares of Common Stock, or approximately 9.9% of the outstanding shares.
(4) The address of Mr. Porter, Mr. Newcomb, Mr. Cotsakos and Mr. Heldt is c/o E*TRADE Group, Inc., Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303.
(5) Excludes 200,460 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Porter's wife. Mr. Porter disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(6) Includes 198,000 shares held by the Cotsakos Revocable Trust under Agreement dated September 3, 1987, 105,000 shares held in an IRA account and 60,000 shares held as a custodian for his daughter. Mr. Cotsakos disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held as a custodian and one-half the shares held by the Cotsakos Revocable Trust. Also includes 1,080,000 shares of Common Stock which Mr. Cotsakos has the option to purchase. See "Management--Employment Contract" for a description of the vesting of these options to purchase Common Stock.
(7) Includes 420,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(8) Excludes 6,030,120 shares held by General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and 842,460 shares held by GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. See footnote 11 below.
(9) Represents shares held by Keith and Gail Wells Petty, as Trustees or the Keith and Gail Wells Petty Trust.
(10) Excludes 96,000 shares held solely by Mr. Randall's wife. Mr. Randall disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(11) Includes 6,030,120 shares held by General Atlantic Partners II, L.P.
("GAP II") and 842,460 shares held by GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P.
("GAP Coinvestment"). The general partner of GAP II is General Atlantic
Partners, LLC ("GAP LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company. Mr.
Ford, a director of the Company, is one of the managing members of GAP
LLC. The same managing members of GAP LLC are the general partners of GAP
Coinvestment. Mr. Ford disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by
GAP II and GAP Coinvestment except to the extent of his pecuniary
interest therein. The address for GAP II, GAP Coinvestment, GAP LLC and
Mr. Ford is: c/o General Atlantic Service Corporation, Three Pickwick
Plaza, Greenwich, CT 06830.
(12) Includes the information in the notes above, as applicable. In addition, includes an additional 248,820 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days, which options are held by executive officers of the Company who are not identified in the above table. Excludes 1,080,000 shares of Common Stock which Mr. Cotsakos has the option to purchase. Excludes shares held by Mr. Newcomb who is a director emeritus, but not currently an executive officer of the Company.
(13) Includes 6,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Ms. Dahl exercisable within 60 days. Excludes 9,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Ms. Dahl not exercisable within 60 days.
(14) Excludes 54,840 shares held in trust for Mr. Atherton's wife.
(15) Excludes amounts held by Robert C. Jacobson, Individual Retirement Account, below.
(16) Excludes amounts held by Robert C. & Normalee A. Jacobson, as Joint Tenants, above.
(17) Excludes 2,640 shares held as a custodian.
(18) Includes 64,020 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Swanson exercisable within 60 days. Excludes 108,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options held by Mr. Swanson not exercisable within 60 days.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
Upon the completion of this offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share ("Common Stock"), and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share ("Preferred Stock").
COMMON STOCK
Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in dividends declared out of assets legally available therefor at such time and in such amounts as the Board of Directors may from time to time lawfully determine. Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share held. The Common Stock is not entitled to conversion or preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or assessment. Subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, any assets legally available for distribution to stockholders as such are to be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock at that time outstanding. As of June 30, 1996, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock automatically upon the completion of this offering, there were 24,392,597 shares of Common Stock outstanding held of record by approximately 150 stockholders. The Common Stock presently outstanding is, and the Common Stock issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "EGRP."
PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred Stock may be issued in series from time to time with such designations, relative rights, priorities, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, to the extent that such are not fixed in the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as the Board of Directors determines. The rights, preferences, limitations and restrictions of different series of Preferred Stock may differ with respect to dividend rates, amounts payable on liquidation, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions and other matters. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock which ranks senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets on liquidation. In addition, the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the limitations and restrictions, if any, upon the payment of dividends on Common Stock to be effective while any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding. The Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. Upon the completion of the offering, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and the Company has no present intention to issue any shares of Preferred Stock. See "Risk Factors--Effects of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."
CERTAIN PROVISIONS AFFECTING STOCKHOLDERS
Delaware, like many other states, permits a corporation to adopt a number of measures through amendment of the corporate charter or bylaws or otherwise, which may have the effect of delaying or deterring any unsolicited takeover attempts. The right of stockholders to cumulate votes in the election of directors is eliminated. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which will apply to the Company if its Common Stock is authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market, restricts certain "business combinations" with "interested stockholders" for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the Board of Directors approves the business combination. By delaying or deterring unsolicited takeover attempts, these provisions could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Company's Common Stock. See "Risk Factors-- Effects of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."
The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws contain certain provisions that could discourage potential takeover attempts and make more difficult attempts by stockholders to change management. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Restated Bylaws provide for a classified Board of Directors and permit the Board to create new directorships and to elect new directors to serve for the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created. The terms of the directors are staggered to provide for the election of approximately one-third of the Board members each year, with each director serving a three-year term. The Board (or its remaining members, even though less than a quorum) is also empowered to fill vacancies on the Board occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. Stockholders may remove a director or the entire Board only for cause, and such removal requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock. The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholders may not take action by written consent but only at a stockholders' meeting and that special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may only be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, a majority of the directors or the holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding voting stock. The Restated Bylaws also establish procedures, including advance notice procedures with regard to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, and stockholder proposals.
The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, in addition to the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any "Business Combination" (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Company's then outstanding capital stock, voting together as a class, unless two-thirds of the directors approve the proposed transaction.
A "Business Combination" includes (i) a merger or consolidation of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries with an "Interested Stockholder" (as
defined in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation) or any other corporation
which is, or after such transaction would be, an "Affiliate" or "Associate"
(as such terms are defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
of an Interested Stockholder, (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,
pledge, transfer or other disposition to or with, or proposed by or on behalf
of, any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested
Stockholder involving any assets of the Company or any subsidiary that
constitute 5% or more of the total assets of the Company, (iii) the issuance
or transfer by the Company or any subsidiary of any securities of the Company
or any subsidiary to, or proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder in
exchange for cash, securities or other property that constitute 5% or more of
the total assets of the Company, (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any spin-off or split-up of
any kind of the Company or any subsidiary, proposed by or on behalf of an
Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
Stockholder, or (v) any reclassification, recapitalization, or merger or
consolidation of the Company with any of its subsidiaries or any other
transaction that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the
proportionate share of any class or series of capital stock of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries that is beneficially owned by any Interested
Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder.
An "Interested Stockholder" generally is defined as (i) an individual, corporation or other entity which is or was at any time within the two-year period preceding the date of the transaction in question, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, (ii) an Associate or Affiliate of the Company who within the two-year period preceding the date of the transaction in question was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, or (iii) under certain circumstances, an assignee of any of the foregoing persons. A person is a "beneficial owner" of any capital stock of the Company (a) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, (b) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or subject only to the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or
(c) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock.
The foregoing provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws of the Company may deter any potential unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain control of the Company that are not approved by the Board of Directors and could thereby deprive the stockholders of opportunities to realize a premium on their Common Stock and could make removal of incumbent directors more difficult. At the same time, these provisions may have the effect of inducing any persons seeking control of the Company or a business combination with the Company to negotiate terms acceptable to the Board of Directors. Such provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws can be changed or amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Company's then outstanding voting stock.
Following the completion of the offering, the Company's present directors (including the director emeritus) and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 53.0% of the outstanding Common Stock, giving them veto power with respect to any stockholder action or approval requiring a majority vote.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The Company has appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as its transfer agent and registrar of the Common Stock.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
GENERAL
Upon the completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of 28,392,597 shares of Common Stock, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 1996. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"). The remaining 23,727,597 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders (the "Restricted Shares") are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. As a result of contractual restrictions and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows: (i) approximately 933,060 Restricted Shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus; (ii) approximately 569,820 Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale 90 days after the date of this Prospectus; (iii) approximately 12,627,450 Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus; and (iv) the remainder of the Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective two-year holding periods.
The Company, its officers and directors, all of the Selling Stockholders and certain other stockholders, representing in the aggregate approximately 22,032,717 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase approximately 4,950,840 shares of Common Stock, have agreed pursuant to lock-up agreements, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to sell or offer to sell or otherwise dispose of any of such shares and options for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period") without the prior consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company.
The Company has reserved 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, none of which are outstanding. In addition, the Company has outstanding options to purchase 5,619,840 shares, which options were granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan 1993 Stock Option Plan and 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan. Following the offering, the Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, options to purchase 54,000 shares of which were outstanding as of June 30, 1996, and 5,565,840 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan and 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of such registration statement or previously issued on exercise, generally will be available for sale in the open market subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements with Robertson, Stephens & Company described above. The Company also intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register 650,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Purchase Plan.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the completion of this offering, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who, together with any previous holder who is not an affiliate of the Company, has beneficially owned restricted shares of at least two years, including persons who may be deemed "affiliates" of the Company, will be entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 284,000 shares immediately after this offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are also subject to certain other requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about the Company. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately preceding the sale, and who, together with any previous holder
who is not an affiliate of the Company, has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least three years, would be entitled to sell such shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above.
An employee, officer or director of or consultant to the Company who purchased or was awarded shares or options to purchase shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract is entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which permits affiliates and non-affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with Rule 144's holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus. In addition, non-affiliates may sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the public information, volume and notice provisions of Rule 144.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or will continue after this offering or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described herein, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future. See "Risk Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the holders (or their permitted transferees) of approximately 13,663,560 shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock ("Holders") (which Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into Common Stock upon the completion of this offering), the Holders are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If the Company proposes to register its Common Stock in any public offering subsequent to this offering, subject to certain exceptions, under the Securities Act, the Holders are entitled to notice of the registration and are entitled at the Company's expense, subject to certain limitations, to include such shares therein, provided that the managing underwriters have the right to limit the number of such shares included in the registration. In addition, certain of the Holders may require the Company, at its expense, subject to certain limitations, on no more than on five occasions in the aggregate, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of Common Stock. Such rights may not be exercised until 90 days after the completion of a subsequent offering.
UNDERWRITING
The Underwriters named below, acting through their representatives, Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C. J. Lawrence Inc. (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed with the Company and the Selling Stockholders, subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase the numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names below. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such shares if any are purchased.
NUMBER UNDERWRITER OF SHARES ----------- --------- Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.................................. Hambrecht & Quist LLC.............................................. Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C. J. Lawrence Inc........................ --------- Total............................................................ 4,665,000 ========= |
The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Underwriters initially propose to offer shares of the Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession of not more than $ per share, of which $ may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the Representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
The Company and a Selling Stockholder have granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 459,750 and 240,000 additional shares of Common Stock, respectively, at the same price per share as will be paid for the 4,665,000 shares that the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares that the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents as a percentage of the 4,665,000 shares offered hereby. If purchased, such additional shares will be sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on which the 4,665,000 shares are being sold.
The Underwriting Agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement. The Company has been advised by the SEC that, in the SEC's view, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act is contrary to the federal securities laws and, therefore, unenforceable.
Each officer and director who hold shares of the Company and holders of 22,032,717 shares of Common Stock (including such officers and directors) have agreed with the Representatives, for the Lock-Up Period, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock owned as of the date of this Prospectus or thereafter acquired directly by such holders or with respect to which they have or hereafter acquire the power of disposition, without the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. However, Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no
agreements between the Representatives and any of the Company's stockholders providing consent by the Representatives to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. In addition, the Company has agreed that, during the Lock-Up Period, the Company will not, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, issue, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, other than the Company's sale of shares in this offering, the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, and the Company's issuance of options and shares under existing stock option and stock purchase plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholders that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock offered hereby will be determined through negotiations among the Company, representatives of the Selling Stockholders and the Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations are prevailing market conditions, certain financial information of the Company, market valuations of other companies that the Company and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present state of the Company's development and other factors deemed relevant.
SUBSEQUENT RESTRICTIONS
Securities industry regulations prohibit an NASD member firm, after the completion of a distribution of securities of its parent to the public, from effecting any transaction (except on an unsolicited basis) for the account of any customer in, or making any recommendation with respect to, any such security. Thus, following this offering, E*TRADE Securities and the Company's other subsidiaries will not be permitted to make recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of the Company's Common Stock.
Pursuant to the bylaws of the NASD, if any employee of E*TRADE Securities, any person associated (as defined in such bylaws) with E*TRADE Securities or any of the Company's other subsidiaries, or any immediate family member of any such employee or associated person purchases any of the shares offered hereby, such person may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate such shares for a period of five months following the effective date of the offering.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, San Francisco, California. Thomas A. Bevilacqua, a partner at Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, holds options to purchase certain shares of Common Stock. See "Management--Associate Benefit Plans."
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1995, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been included herein in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the SEC a registration statement (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the Rules and Regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the SEC, or obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's regional offices located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and at Seven World Trade Center (13th Floor), New York, New York 10019. The SEC also makes electronic filings publicly available on the Internet within 24 hours of acceptance. The SEC's Internet address is http://www.sec.gov. The SEC Web site also contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE ---- Independent Auditors' Report............................................. F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and Pro forma June 30, 1996 (Unaudited)............ F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)............................................................. F-4 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)................................ F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited)............................................................. F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................... F-7 |
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of E*TRADE Group, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of E*TRADE Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficiency) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of E*TRADE Group, Inc. and subsidiaries at September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
San Francisco, California
November 20, 1995
( as to Note 10)
The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to the reincorporation of the Company in Delaware, an increase in the number of authorized shares to 50,000,000 and the related exchange of each share of common stock of the Company for 60 shares of common stock of the Delaware Corporation in July 1996. The above opinion is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon completion of such exchange of the Company's outstanding common stock described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements and assuming that from July 19, 1996 to the date of such completion, no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or required disclosure therein.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Francisco, California
July 19, 1996
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
PRO FORMA SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ------------------------ JUNE 30, 1996 1994 1995 1996 (NOTE 1) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- (Unaudited) (Unaudited) ASSETS Current assets: Cash and equivalents...... $ 691,897 $ 9,624,219 $15,408,710 Brokerage receivables..... 498,728 1,935,513 3,091,551 Accounts receivable....... 36,500 115,700 140,500 Income taxes receivable... -- -- 817,008 Deferred tax asset........ 588,821 285,863 1,134,196 Other assets.............. 34,211 68,391 506,268 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total current assets..... 1,850,157 12,029,686 21,098,233 Property and equipment-- net....................... 313,189 1,458,152 5,983,175 Deposits with clearing organizations............. -- -- 1,110,000 Investment................. -- 675,726 809,448 Other assets............... -- -- 684,328 ----------- ----------- ----------- TOTAL...................... $ 2,163,346 $14,163,564 $29,685,184 =========== =========== =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...... $ 429,777 $ 1,428,353 $ 3,830,060 Accrued compensation and benefits................. -- 557,804 587,634 Litigation settlement payable.................. 350,000 -- -- Provision for claims...... 64,928 360,744 504,960 Income taxes payable...... 8,944 602,275 -- Current portion of notes payable.................. 1,314,268 -- 500,000 Current portion of capital leases................... 23,199 21,870 22,805 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities............. 2,191,116 2,971,046 5,445,459 Long-term portion of capital leases............ 64,439 44,551 27,032 Long-term notes payable.... -- -- 1,833,333 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total liabilities........ 2,255,555 3,015,597 7,305,824 ----------- ----------- ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTES 7 AND 8) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFI- CIENCY): Preferred stock, $.01 par: shares authorized, 1,000,000; Series A: 800,000 shares designated; shares issued and out- standing: 1994, none; 1995, 100,000; 1996, 131,516 (pro forma 1996, none)..................... -- 1,000 1,315 $ -- Common stock, $.01 par: shares authorized, 50,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 1994, 14,954,400; 1995, 14,890,980; 1996, 16,501,637 (pro forma 1996, 24,392,597)... 149,544 148,910 165,016 243,926 Additional paid-in capital. 1,240,560 9,899,373 22,448,331 22,370,736 Retained earnings (defi- cit)...................... (1,482,313) 1,098,684 (235,302) (235,302) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Total stockholders' eq- uity (deficiency)....... (92,209) 11,147,967 22,379,360 $22,379,360 ----------- ----------- ----------- =========== TOTAL...................... $ 2,163,346 $14,163,564 $29,685,184 =========== =========== =========== |
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, ----------------------------------- ------------------------ 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ (Unaudited) REVENUES: Transaction revenues... $2,158,064 $ 9,547,688 $20,834,586 $13,591,794 $ 30,207,651 Computer services...... 709,226 953,228 1,425,536 911,067 1,793,673 Interest and other..... 106,668 404,098 1,080,416 646,322 2,481,549 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Total revenues...... 2,973,958 10,905,014 23,340,538 15,149,183 34,482,873 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ COST OF SERVICES: Cost of services....... 1,972,627 6,795,808 12,678,339 8,011,232 21,104,935 Self-clearing start-up costs................. -- -- 141,185 84,687 1,843,952 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Total cost of serv- ices............... 1,972,627 6,795,808 12,819,524 8,095,919 22,948,887 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ OPERATING EXPENSES: Selling and marketing.. 282,324 997,703 2,466,429 1,538,761 5,748,650 Technology development. 215,737 335,371 942,500 538,156 1,322,539 General and administrative........ 400,573 2,532,361 2,802,724 1,385,969 6,686,982 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Total operating ex- penses............. 898,634 3,865,435 6,211,653 3,462,886 13,758,171 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Total cost of services and operating expenses. 2,871,261 10,661,243 19,031,177 11,558,805 36,707,058 ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ PRE-TAX INCOME (LOSS)... 102,697 243,771 4,309,361 3,590,378 (2,224,185) INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT).............. 3,607 (541,474) 1,728,364 1,440,000 (890,199) ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ NET INCOME (LOSS)....... $ 99,090 $ 785,245 $ 2,580,997 $ 2,150,378 $ (1,333,986) ========== =========== =========== =========== ============ Net income (loss) per share.................. $ -- $ .03 $ .10 $ .08 $ (.05) ========== =========== =========== =========== ============ Shares used to compute per share data......... 26,803,000 26,312,000 26,608,000 25,577,000 28,550,000 |
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
TOTAL PREFERRED STOCK COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS' ---------------- -------------------- PAID-IN EARNINGS EQUITY SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL (DEFICIT) (DEFICIENCY) -------- ------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- ------------- BALANCE, OCTOBER 1, 1992................... 14,700,180 $147,002 $ 1,112,321 $(2,366,648) $(1,107,325) Net income............. 99,090 99,090 Issuance of common stock................. 798,000 7,980 212,680 220,660 ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1993................... 15,498,180 154,982 1,325,001 (2,267,558) (787,575) Net income............. 785,245 785,245 Issuance of common stock................. 380,520 3,805 159,018 162,823 Exercise of stock warrants.............. 1,235,940 12,359 (12,153) 206 Repurchase of common stock................. (2,160,240) (21,602) (231,306) (252,908) ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1994................... 14,954,400 149,544 1,240,560 (1,482,313) (92,209) Net income............. 2,580,997 2,580,997 Issuance of Series A preferred stock....... 100,000 $1,000 12,299,000 12,300,000 Exercise of stock warrants.............. 1,293,120 12,931 (271) 12,660 Exercise of stock options............... 497,100 4,971 141,510 146,481 Repurchase of common stock................. (1,853,640) (18,536) (3,781,426) (3,799,962) -------- ------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995................... 100,000 1,000 14,890,980 148,910 9,899,373 1,098,684 11,147,967 Net loss*.............. (1,333,986) (1,333,986) Issuance of Series B preferred stock, net of issuance costs*.... 20,336 203 2,837,237 2,837,440 Issuance of Series C preferred stock, net of issuance costs*.... 11,180 112 8,949,788 8,949,900 Exercise of stock warrants, including tax benefit*.......... 403,080 4,031 285,628 289,659 Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit*.............. 1,200,060 12,000 456,880 468,880 Issuance of common stock for services*... 7,517 75 19,425 19,500 -------- ------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996*. 131,516 $ 1,315 16,501,637 $165,016 $22,448,331 $ (235,302) $22,379,360 ======== ======= ========== ======== =========== =========== =========== |
* Unaudited
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, --------------------------------- ----------------------- 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- (Unaudited) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss)..... $ 99,090 $ 785,245 $ 2,580,997 $2,150,378 $(1,333,986) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Deferred income taxes. (588,821) 302,958 588,821 (848,333) Issuance of common stock for services... 19,500 Depreciation and amortization......... 15,077 64,991 229,807 95,700 477,678 Equity income from investment........... (352,817) (77,912) (541,907) Interest converted to long-term notes payable.............. 81,070 87,217 67,047 56,190 Net effect of changes in: Brokerage receivables......... (243,544) (203,222) (1,436,785) (1,218,961) (1,156,038) Accounts receivable.. (73,249) 86,555 (79,200) (39,200) (24,800) Deposits with clearing organizations....... (1,110,000) Other assets......... (27,262) 10,369 (34,180) (24,293) (1,122,205) Accounts payable and accrued expenses.... 36,463 639,784 1,502,196 751,850 2,575,753 Income taxes......... 8,944 593,331 789,479 (1,066,866) --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities......... (112,355) 891,062 3,373,354 3,072,052 (4,131,204) --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of office facilities, equipment, and leasehold improvements......... (114,376) (123,956) (1,374,770) (765,825) (2,502,701) Purchase of investment........... (504,000) (504,000) Distributions received from investment...... 181,091 408,185 --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash used in investing activities......... (114,376) (123,956) (1,697,679) (1,269,825) (2,094,516) --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock................ 12,300,000 Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock................ 2,837,440 Proceeds from issuance of Series C preferred stock................ 8,949,900 Proceeds from issuance of common stock...... 220,660 162,823 Proceeds from exercise of stock options..... 146,481 63,188 293,550 Proceeds from exercise of stock warrants.... 206 12,660 200 112,572 Repurchase of common stock................ (252,908) (3,799,962) Repayment of long-term notes payable........ (1,381,315) (750,000) (166,667) Repayment of capital leases............... (5,813) (21,592) (21,217) (16,273) (16,584) --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities......... 214,847 (111,471) 7,256,647 (702,885) 12,010,211 --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS.. (11,884) 655,635 8,932,322 1,099,342 5,784,491 CASH AND EQUIVALENTS-- Beginning of period... 48,146 36,262 691,897 691,897 9,624,219 --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ----------- CASH AND EQUIVALENTS-- End of period......... $ 36,262 $ 691,897 $ 9,624,219 $1,791,239 $15,408,710 ========= ========= =========== ========== =========== SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES: Cash paid for interest............. $ 13,158 $ 18,347 $ 398,601 $ 381,873 $ 60,324 ========= ========= =========== ========== =========== Cash paid for income taxes................ $ 3,607 $ 41,000 $ 830,000 $ 70,000 $ 1,025,000 ========= ========= =========== ========== =========== Noncash investing and financing activities: Capital expenditures financed with capital leases............... $ 70,215 $ 26,070 Tax benefit on exercise of non- qualified stock warrants............. $ 177,087 Tax benefit on exercise of stock options.............. $ 175,330 Capital expenditures financed with note payable.............. $ 2,500,000 |
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation--The consolidated financial statements include E*TRADE Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") E*TRADE Securities, Inc. ("E*TRADE Securities"), and E*TRADE Capital, Inc. (formerly, ET Execution Services, Inc.), securities broker-dealers. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
As discussed in Notes 5 and 10, the convertible Preferred Stock will be automatically converted upon the closing of the public offering contemplated herein. The accompanying pro forma balance sheet gives effect to this conversion as if such events had occurred on June 30, 1996.
Transaction Revenues--The Company derives revenues on a discount brokerage basis from commissions and payments from other broker-dealers for order flow related to customer transactions in equity and debt securities, options, and mutual funds. Securities transactions are recorded on a trade date basis and are executed by independent broker-dealers. Through June 30, 1996, the Company did not receive or hold customers' securities or funds. The Company implemented self-clearing operations in July 1996.
Computer services revenues represent connect time charges for interactive online computer services provided to networks for distribution to customers. Such revenues are recorded as earned.
Interest revenues represent the Company's participation in the interest differential on its customer debit and credit balances through a contractual agreement with its principal clearing broker, and fees on its customer assets invested in money market accounts.
Depreciation and Amortization--Office facilities and equipment generally are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the life of the lease.
Technology Development Costs--Technology development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Technology development costs include costs incurred in the development and enhancement of software used in the Company's product offerings. The costs to develop such software have not been capitalized as the Company believes its current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility of the software.
Cash and Equivalents--For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Investment represents the Company's March 1995 investment in a limited liability company, Roundtable Partners LLC ("Roundtable"), which is accounted for using the equity method. The Company's return on its investment in Roundtable is included in other revenues. Roundtable is a consortium of broker-dealers.
Estimated Fair-Value of Financial Instruments--The Company believes the amounts presented for financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheet consisting of cash equivalents and long-term notes payable to be reasonable estimates of fair-value.
Use of Estimates--The preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles necessarily requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the consolidated balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the periods presented.
Income Taxes--The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109--Accounting for Income Taxes. SFAS 109 requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets at tax rates expected to be in effect when these balances reverse. Future
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
tax benefits attributable to temporary differences are recognized currently to
the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.
Earnings Per Share--Earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, all common and common equivalent shares issued and options, warrants and other rights to acquire shares of common stock at a price less than the initial public offering price granted by the Company during the 12 months preceding the offering date (using the treasury stock method until shares are issued) have been included in the computation of common and common equivalent shares outstanding for all periods presented.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards--The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, in fiscal 1997. SFAS No. 123 establishes accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value based method of accounting for stock based employee compensation plans. Under SFAS No. 123, the Company may either adopt the new fair-value based accounting method or continue the intrinsic value based method and provide pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the accounting provisions of SFAS No. 123 had been adopted. The Company plans to adopt only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123; therefore, such adoption will have no effect on the Company's consolidated net income or cash flows.
The Company is also required to adopt SFAS No. 121, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, in fiscal 1997. SFAS No. 121 establishes the accounting and reporting requirements for recognizing and measuring impairment of long-lived assets to be either held and used or held for disposal. The Company does not expect SFAS No. 121 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
Unaudited Interim Information--The consolidated financial information as of June 30, 1996 and for the nine months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of such period. The results of operations for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
Reclassifications--Certain items in prior years' financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1995 presentation.
2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--NET
Property and equipment--net consists of the following:
SEPTEMBER 30, --------------------- JUNE 30, 1994 1995 1996 ---------- ---------- ----------- (Unaudited) Furniture and fixtures..................... $ 96,066 $ 206,385 $ 651,942 Equipment.................................. 947,991 2,199,193 4,996,762 Leasehold improvements..................... 38,327 51,576 1,811,150 ---------- ---------- ---------- 1,082,384 2,457,154 7,459,854 Less: Accumulated depreciation............. 769,195 999,002 1,476,679 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total...................................... $ 313,189 $1,458,152 $5,983,175 ========== ========== ========== |
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
3. LONG-TERM NOTES PAYABLE
In September 1990, the Company entered into a restructuring agreement with its long-term creditors. In connection with the restructuring agreement, all royalty obligations due and long-term debt were converted to promissory notes of $999,508 bearing interest at 7% per annum as well as warrants to purchase 2,626,140 shares of the Company's common stock for an aggregate exercise price of $438 ("the Restructuring Warrants"). The promissory notes were uncollateralized and subordinated to all other debt, and principal and interest was to be paid at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. No principal or interest had been paid on the notes prior to 1995, when the notes, including accrued interest, were paid in full.
In February 1996, the Company obtained $2.5 million in equipment financing through a term loan agreement with Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. This term loan was used to finance the purchase of equipment and leasehold improvements. Interest is accrued at the per annum rate equal to the sum of 2.70% over the 30-Day Commercial Paper Rate as defined. The terms of such financing provide for the repayment of the term loan in 60 consecutive monthly installments. The term loan is collateralized by a first lien on all business assets of the parent company.
4. INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended September 30 are as follows:
1993 1994 1995 ------ --------- ---------- Current: Federal....................................... $ -- $ 10,752 $1,030,253 State......................................... 3,607 36,595 395,153 ------ --------- ---------- Total current............................... 3,607 47,347 1,425,406 ------ --------- ---------- Deferred: Federal....................................... -- (562,594) 301,574 State......................................... -- (26,227) 1,384 ------ --------- ---------- Total deferred.............................. -- (588,821) 302,958 ------ --------- ---------- Total tax expense (benefit)..................... $3,607 $(541,474) $1,728,364 ====== ========= ========== |
Deferred income taxes are recorded when revenues and expenses are recognized in different periods for financial statement and tax return purposes. The temporary differences and tax carryforwards which created deferred tax assets at September 30 are detailed below:
1993 1994 1995 --------- -------- -------- Deferred tax assets: Net operating loss carryforwards............. $ 645,176 $558,279 $ -- Reserves and allowances...................... 6,823 26,061 144,795 Other........................................ 544 4,481 141,068 --------- -------- -------- Total deferred tax assets.................. 652,543 588,821 285,863 Valuation allowance............................ (652,543) -- -- --------- -------- -------- Net deferred tax asset......................... $ -- $588,821 $285,863 ========= ======== ======== |
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:
1993 1994 1995 ----- ------ ---- Tax expense at federal statutory rate............ 34.0 % 34.0 % 35.0% State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit... 2.3 2.8 6.1 Decrease in federal income tax asset valuation allowance....................................... (34.1) (260.4) -- Other............................................ 1.3 1.5 (1.0) ----- ------ ---- Effective tax rate............................... 3.5 % (222.1)% 40.1% ===== ====== ==== |
5. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
On September 28, 1995, the Company sold 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to General Atlantic Partners for $12,300,000. The Company used approximately $3,800,000 of the proceeds to repurchase and retire outstanding common stock from existing stockholders.
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the stockholder, into 60 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for events of dilution). Conversion of the Preferred Stock into common stock is automatic upon the closing of an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, the proceeds of which exceed $7,500,000. The Preferred stockholders have voting rights equal to the common shares they would have upon conversion. Upon liquidation, holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a preferential amount equal to their original per share purchase price plus any declared and unpaid dividends before any distributions to common stockholders.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The Company's stock option plans provide for granting of nonqualified or
incentive stock options to officers, directors, key employees and consultants
for the purchase of shares of common stock at the prevailing price of the
Company's stock as determined by the Board of Directors at the date the option
is granted. The options are generally exercisable ratably over a five-year
period from the date the option is granted and expire within ten years from
the date of grant. A summary of stock option activity follows:
NUMBER OPTION PRICE OF SHARES PER SHARE ---------- ------------ Outstanding at October 1, 1992...................... 840,000 $.13 Granted........................................... 2,370,000 $.13-$.28 ---------- ------------ Outstanding at September 30, 1993................... 3,210,000 $.13-$.28 Granted........................................... 90,000 $.28 ---------- ------------ Outstanding at September 30, 1994................... 3,300,000 $.13-$.28 Granted........................................... 1,776,000 $.28-$.50 Cancelled......................................... (876,000) $.28-$.42 Exercised......................................... (497,100) $.13-$.50 ---------- ------------ Outstanding at September 30, 1995................... 3,702,900 $.13-$.50 Granted........................................... 3,273,000 $2.05-$13.42 Cancelled......................................... (156,000) $.28-$2.05 Exercised......................................... (1,200,060) $.13-$.50 ---------- ------------ Outstanding at June 30, 1996........................ 5,619,840 $.13-$13.42 ========== ============ |
SEPTEMBER 30, --------------------------- 1993 1994 1995 ------- --------- --------- Options available for grant...................... 690,000 1,800,000 900,000 Options exercisable.............................. 588,000 1,230,000 1,490,000 |
In April 1993, the Company's stockholders approved the 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993 Plan") which authorized 1,800,000 shares of the Company's common stock as available for the granting of options. The 1993 Plan was the successor plan to the 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan which expired in March 1993. In 1994, the number of authorized shares under the 1993 Plan was increased to 3,000,000. In January 1996, the authorized number of shares under the 1993 Plan was increased to 4,200,000 and in April 1996, the authorized number of shares was increased to 5,400,000.
During 1994 and 1995, Restructuring Warrants (see Note 3) to purchase 1,235,940 and 1,263,240 shares of common stock, respectively, were exercised for $210 and $206, respectively. The remaining Restructuring Warrants expired in September 1995. In 1995, a consultant was granted a warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $.42 per share, of which 29,880 were exercised in fiscal 1995 and the remainder in the nine months ended June 30, 1996.
6. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
E*TRADE Securities is subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (the "Rule") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. E*TRADE Securities computes net capital under the aggregate indebtedness method of the Rule, which, at September 30, 1995, requires the maintenance of minimum net capital of the greater
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
of six and two-thirds percent (6 2/3%) of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000 and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined, shall not exceed 15 to 1. E*TRADE Securities may not repay subordinated borrowings, pay cash dividends, or make any unsecured advances or loans to its parent or employees if such payment would result in aggregate indebtedness exceeding 1000% of net capital or in net capital of less than 120% of the minimum net capital requirement. At September 30, 1995, E*TRADE Securities had net capital of $7,062,000, which was $6,951,000 in excess of its required net capital of $111,000. E*TRADE Securities' ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital was .24 to 1 at September 30, 1995. Effective May 31, 1996, E*TRADE Securities has elected to use the alternative method, permitted by the Rule, which requires that the Company maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. At June 30, 1996, E*TRADE Securities had net capital of $13,879,596, which was $13,629,596 in excess of its required net capital of $250,000.
7. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS
The Company leases equipment under capital leases expiring through fiscal 1999. Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of September 30, 1995 are as follows:
Year ending September 30: 1996............................................................. $ 30,249 1997............................................................. 26,826 1998............................................................. 20,137 1999............................................................. 2,473 -------- Total minimum lease payments....................................... 79,685 Less: Amount representing interest ................................ 13,264 -------- Present value of minimum lease payments............................ $ 66,421 ======== |
The Company also has two noncancelable operating leases for office facilities through 2002. Future minimum rental commitments under these leases at September 30, 1995 are as follows:
Year ending September 30: 1996........................................................... $ 790,900 1997........................................................... 1,123,700 1998........................................................... 1,191,100 1999........................................................... 1,258,800 2000........................................................... 1,281,100 Thereafter..................................................... 1,634,600 |
Rent expense for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was approximately $100,500, $168,800 and $344,100, respectively.
8. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OTHER
The Company is a defendant in civil actions arising from the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, these actions are expected to be resolved with no material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. During the year ended September 30, 1994, the Company settled claims made by its former clearing broker. The total amount of this settlement was $850,000 and is included in
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
general and administrative expenses. In connection with the settlement
agreement, the Company repurchased all shares of its common stock owned by its
former clearing broker at the date of the settlement for $252,908, which
represented their estimated fair market value.
In March 1996, the Company entered into a five-year employment agreement with a key executive officer. The employment agreement provides for, among other things, an annual base salary which is subject to adjustment based on the Company's performance and a severance payment up to $1,250,000 in the event of termination of employment under certain defined circumstances.
9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
As a securities broker, E*TRADE Securities' transactions are executed with and on behalf of customers. E*TRADE Securities introduces these transactions for clearance to its clearing brokers on a fully disclosed basis.
In the normal course of business, E*TRADE Securities' customer activities involve the execution of securities transactions and settlement by its clearing brokers. As the agreements between E*TRADE Securities and its clearing brokers provide that E*TRADE Securities is obligated to assume any exposure related to nonperformance by its customers, these activities may expose E*TRADE Securities to off-balance-sheet credit risk in the event a customer is unable to fulfill its contracted obligations. In the event a customer fails to satisfy its obligations, E*TRADE Securities may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices in order to fulfill such customer's obligations.
The Company seeks to control off-balance-sheet credit risk by monitoring its customer transactions and reviewing information it receives from its clearing brokers on a daily basis and reserving for doubtful accounts when necessary.
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Effective January 18, 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved a change in its name from Trade*Plus, Inc. to E*TRADE Group, Inc.
On April 10, 1996, the Company sold 20,336 shares of Series B Preferred Stock ("Series B") for $2,847,040 and incurred issuance costs of $9,600. On June 6, 1996, the Company sold 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock ("Series C") to SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. for $8,999,900 and incurred issuance costs of $50,000. Each share of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the stockholder, into 60 shares of common stock. Conversion of the Preferred Stock into common stock is automatic upon the closing of an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, the proceeds of which exceed $7,500,000. The Series B and Series C Preferred Stock have rights and privileges comparable to the Series A Preferred Stock (see Note 5), except that Series B and C have no anti-dilution provisions.
In May 1996, the Company obtained $100 million in committed lines of financing to provide collateral financing of customer securities upon the conversion to self-clearing.
In July 1996, the stockholders of the Company approved the following:
. The 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1996 Plan"), and reserved 4,000,000 shares of common stock for future grants. The 1996 Plan is divided into three components: the Discretionary Option Grant
E*TRADE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION AT JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND
1996 IS UNAUDITED)
Program, the Stock Issuance Program and the Automatic Option Grant
Program. Under the Discretionary Option Grant Program, options may be
granted to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price not less
than the fair market value of those shares on the grant date to eligible
employees. The Stock Issuance Program allows for individuals to be
issued shares of common stock directly through the purchase of such
shares at a price not less than the fair market value of those shares at
the time of issuance or as a bonus tied to the performance of services.
Under the Automatic Option Grant Program, options are automatically
granted at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee members of the
Board of Directors to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of those shares on the grant date.
. The 1996 Stock Purchase Plan, and reserved 650,000 shares of common stock for sale to employees at a price no less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning of the two-year offering period or the end of each of the six-month purchase periods.
. The reincorporation of the Company in Delaware, an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock to 50,000,000 and the related exchange of each share of common stock of the Company into 60 shares of common stock of the Delaware corporation. Such reincorporation and share exchange will be consummated in July 1996. All references in the consolidated financial statements to numbers of shares, per share amounts and prices of the Company's common stock have been retroactively restated to reflect the increased number of common shares outstanding.
E*TRADE: EMPOWERING CONSUMERS THROUGH TECHNOLOGY
E*TRADE uses information technology to provide value-added commercial transaction processing services. In 1992, the Company formed E*TRADE Securities and began offering consumers online brokerage services available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. E*TRADE empowers its customers to take control of their own financial transactions.
Cost-effective Services.
Services are offered unbundled, so that customers can choose just the services they want.
User-friendly Web Trading Interface.
E*TRADE has made online trading simple, fast and fun.
Secure Operations.
By offering highly secure services through encrypted transmissions, E*TRADE has achieved industry recognition for its leadership in the secure provision of online brokerage services.
Personalized Environments.
Customers can customize their user interfaces to enhance their personal trading experiences.
Customers are able to trade through a broad range of electronic access points, including the Internet, direct modem link, America Online, CompuServe and touch-tone telephone.
[Graphical depiction of E*TRADE order screen]
[Graphical depiction of E*TRADE Web page]
[Photo of person at computer]
ACCESS
ANY TIME
ANYWHERE
JOIN THE
ELECTRONIC
TRADING
REVOLUTION
[Graphic of globe with circling rings in palm]
www.etrade.com
[COMPANY LOGO]
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S WEB SITE
SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE PART OF THIS
PROSPECTUS.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration fee, the NASD fee and the Nasdaq National Market fee.
AMOUNT TO BE PAID ---------- Registration fee.................................................... $ 35,056 NASD fee............................................................ 10,666 Nasdaq National Market fee.......................................... 50,000 Printing and engraving.............................................. 160,000 Legal fees and expenses............................................. 400,000 Accounting fees and expenses........................................ 400,000 Blue sky fees and expenses.......................................... 15,000 Transfer agent fees................................................. 2,000 Director and officer insurance premiums............................. 425,000 Miscellaneous....................................................... 247,278 ---------- Total............................................................. $1,745,000 ========== |
The Selling Stockholders will bear their pro rata portion of underwriting discounts and commissions, based on the number of shares offered by such holders. All of the other costs and expenses of the Selling Stockholders will be borne by the Registrant.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the state of Delaware (the "Delaware Law") empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation in the performance of his duty. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
In accordance with the Delaware Law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company contains a provision to limit the personal liability of the directors of the Registrant for violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director's liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
II-1
Section 174 of the Delaware Law providing for liability of directors for
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or
(iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal
benefit. The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability
of directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their
fiduciary duty of care, including any such actions involving gross negligence.
Article 5 of the Restated Bylaws of the Registrant provide for indemnification of the officers and directors of the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
In connection with the incorporation of the Registrant into the State of Delaware, the Registrant entered into indemnification agreements with each director and certain officers, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Indemnification Agreements provide indemnification to such directors and officers under certain circumstances for acts or omissions which may not be covered by directors' and officers' liability insurance. Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors of the Registrant against certain liabilities.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since June 30, 1993, the Registrant has sold and issued the following unregistered securities:
(1) During the period June 30, 1993 through June 30, 1996 the Registrant granted stock options to employees, directors and consultants under its 1993 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, covering an aggregate of 6,249,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an average exercise price of $2.15 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 1,032,000 were cancelled without being exercised. During the same period, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,697,160 shares of its Common Stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $431,701 upon the exercise of outstanding stock options.
(2) On October 29, 1993, the Registrant sold 125,640 shares of Common Stock to RKS Financial Group, Inc. ("RKS") for $35,598 in cash as a result of antidilution provisions in the RKS Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 21, 1991. On May 17, 1994, the Registrant sold an additional 34,620 shares to RKS for $17,310 in cash as a result of antidilution provisions.
(3) On March 30, 1994, the Registrant sold 220,860 shares of Common Stock to Robert Graham, Roberta Colin, Tracy Henderson and Steve Herrick for $110,430 in cash.
(4) On May 17, 1994, the Registrant sold 44,116 shares of Common Stock to 17 early stockholders of the Registrant, including co-founders William A. Porter and Bernard A. Newcomb, for an aggregate price of $441.16 pursuant to the exercise of warrants.
(5) On September 28, 1995, the Registrant sold 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. for $12,300,000 in cash.
(6) On September 28, 1995, the Registrant sold 29,880 shares of its Common Stock to an employee for $12,450 in cash upon the exercise of a warrant, and on January 31, 1996 sold the remaining 270,120 shares exercisable under the warrant for $112,550 in cash.
(7) On April 10, 1996, the Registrant sold 20,336 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Christos M. Cotsakos and affiliates, Richard S. Braddock, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. for $2,847,040 in cash.
II-2
(8) On March 31, 1996 and June 7, 1996 the Registrant issued 6,096 and 1,421 shares of Common Stock, respectively, to George Hayter, a director of the Company, for consulting services.
(9) On June 6, 1996, the Registrant sold 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. for $9.0 million in cash.
The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.
The sale and issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraphs (2) through (9) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. The purchasers in each case represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof. Appropriate legends are affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.
In May 1996, E*TRADE Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("E*TRADE Delaware") was formed and 100 shares of Common Stock were issued to E*TRADE Group, Inc., a California corporation ("E*TRADE California") for a de minimis dollar amount. The sale and issuance was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) as a transaction not involving any public offering.
In July 1996, E*TRADE California will merge with and into E*TRADE Delaware. In connection with the merger, E*TRADE Delaware will issue an aggregate of 16,073,357 shares of Common Stock to the holders of common stock of E*TRADE California (assuming shares outstanding at June 30, 1996), such that holders of common stock of E*TRADE California will receive a proportionate interest in E*TRADE Delaware Common Stock, without giving effect to the offering. Likewise, E*TRADE Delaware will issue 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 20,336 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively. The issues of securities will not be registered under the Securities Act due to the exemption from registration thereunder provided by Section 3(a)(9) thereof.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT NUMBER DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION ------- -------------------- 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement. *3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. *3.2 Bylaws of the Registrant. 3.3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective prior to the offering. 3.4 Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective prior to the offering. 4.1 Specimen of Common Stock Certificate. 4.2 Reference is hereby made to Exhibits 3.1 to 3.4. 5.1 Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP. *10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and its directors and certain officers. *10.2 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan. |
II-3
EXHIBIT NUMBER DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION ------- -------------------- *10.3 1993 Stock Option Plan. 10.4 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. 10.5 Not used. 10.6 Not used. 10.7 Not used. *10.8 401(k) Plan. 10.9 1996 Stock Purchase Plan. *10.10 Employee Bonus Plan. *10.11 Lease of premises at Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California. 10.12 Lease of premises at 10951 White Rock Road, Rancho Cordova, California. 10.13 Employment Agreement dated March 15, 1996, by and between Christos M. Cotsakos and the Registrant. *10.14 Clearing Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. dated May 11, 1994. *10.15 Guarantee by the Registrant to Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. +10.16 BETAHOST Master Subscription Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and BETA Systems Inc. dated June 27, 1996. 10.17 Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. dated September 28, 1995. 10.18 Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Richard S. Braddock and the Cotsakos Group dated April 10, 1996. 10.19 Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. dated June 6, 1996. 10.20 Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and the Stockholders named therein dated September 28, 1995 (the "Stockholders Agreement"). 10.21 Supplement No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 10, 1996. 10.22 Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment dated as of June 6, 1996. 10.23 Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and George Hayter dated as of June 7, 1996. 11.1 Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 23.1 Consent of Independent Auditors. 23.2 Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1). *24.1 Power of Attorney. *27.1 Financial Data Schedule as of and for the six months ended March 31, 1996 and as of and for the year ended September 30, 1995. 27.2 Financial Data Schedule as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and as of and for the year ended September 30, 1995. |
*Previously filed.
+Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
II-4
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Restated Bylaws of Registrant, Indemnification Agreements entered into between the Registrant and its directors and certain of its officers, Underwriting Agreement, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall he deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palo Alto, State of California on this 19th day of July 1996.
E*TRADE Group, Inc.
/s/ Christos M. Cotsakos By___________________________________ Christos M. Cotsakos President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE * William A. Porter Chairman of the July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Board William A. Porter /s/ Christos M. Cotsakos President and Chief - ------------------------------------ Executive Officer Christos M. Cotsakos (principal executive officer) * Stephen C. Richards Chief Financial July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Officer (principal Stephen C. Richards financial and accounting officer) * Richard S. Braddock Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Richard S. Braddock * William E. Ford Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- William E. Ford * George Hayter Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- George Hayter |
II-6
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE * Keith Petty Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Keith Petty * Lewis E. Randall Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Lewis E. Randall * Lester C. Thurow Director July 19, 1996 - ------------------------------------- Lester C. Thurow /s/ Christos M. Cotsakos *By ____________________________ |
Christos M. Cotsakos
(Attorney-in-fact)
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NUMBER DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION ------- -------------------- 1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement. *3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. *3.2 Bylaws of the Registrant. 3.3 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective prior to the offering. 3.4 Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective prior to the offering. 4.1 Specimen of Common Stock Certificate. 4.2 Reference is hereby made to Exhibits 3.1 to 3.4. 5.1 Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP. *10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and its directors and certain officers. *10.2 1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan. *10.3 1993 Stock Option Plan. 10.4 1996 Stock Incentive Plan. 10.5 Not used. 10.6 Not used. 10.7 Not used. *10.8 401(k) Plan. 10.9 1996 Stock Purchase Plan. *10.10 Employee Bonus Plan. *10.11 Lease of premises at Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California. 10.12 Lease of premises at 10951 White Rock Road, Rancho Cordova, California. 10.13 Employment Agreement dated March 15, 1996, by and between Christos M. Cotsakos and the Registrant. *10.14 Clearing Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. dated May 11, 1994. *10.15 Guarantee by the Registrant to Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. +10.16 BETAHOST Master Subscription Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and BETA Systems Inc. dated June 27, 1996. 10.17 Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. dated September 28, 1995. 10.18 Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Richard S. Braddock and the Cotsakos Group dated April 10, 1996. 10.19 Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. dated June 6, 1996. 10.20 Stockholders Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and the Stockholders named therein dated September 28, 1995 (the "Stockholders Agreement"). 10.21 Supplement No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement dated as of April 10, 1996. 10.22 Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment dated as of June 6, 1996. 10.23 Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and George Hayter dated as of June 7, 1996. 11.1 Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 23.1 Consent of Independent Auditors. 23.2 Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1). *24.1 Power of Attorney. *27.1 Financial Data Schedule as of and for the six months ended March 31, 1996 and as of and for the year ended September 30, 1995. 27.2 Financial Data Schedule as of and for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and as of and for the year ended September 30, 1995. |
+Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of
this exhibit.
EXHIBIT 1.1
6,915,000 SHARES/1/
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
COMMON STOCK
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
____________, 1996
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
c/o Robertson, Stephens & Company
555 California Street
Suite 2600
San Francisco, California 94104
Ladies/Gentlemen:
E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule B hereto (hereafter called the "Selling Stockholders") address you as the Representatives of each of the persons, firms and corporations listed in Schedule A hereto (herein collectively called the "Underwriters") and hereby confirm their respective agreements with the several Underwriters as follows:
1. DESCRIPTION OF SHARES. The Company proposes to issue and sell
6,250,000 shares of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, $.01 par value, to
the several Underwriters. The Selling Stockholders, acting severally and not
jointly, propose to sell an aggregate of 665,000 shares of the Company's
authorized and outstanding Common Stock, $.01 par value, to the several
Underwriters. The 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the
Company to be sold by the Company are hereinafter called the "Company Shares"
and the 665,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders are hereinafter called the "Selling Stockholder Shares."
The Company Shares and the Selling Stockholder Shares are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Firm Shares." The Company and a certain Selling
Stockholder also propose to grant, severally and not jointly, to the
Underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,037,250 additional shares of the
Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Option Shares"), as provided in
Section 7 hereof. As used in this Agreement, the term "Shares" shall include the
Firm Shares and the Option Shares. All shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value,
of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated
hereby, including the Shares, are hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock."
1.
2. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.
I. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder that:
(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-05525) with respect to the Shares, including a prospectus subject to completion, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the applicable rules and regulations (the "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Act and has been filed with the Commission; such amendments to such registration statement, such amended prospectuses subject to completion and such abbreviated registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations as may have been required prior to the date hereof have been similarly prepared and filed with the Commission; and the Company will file such additional amendments to such registration statement, such amended prospectuses subject to completion and such abbreviated registration statements as may hereafter be required. Copies of such registration statement and amendments, of each related prospectus subject to completion (the "Preliminary Prospectuses"), and of any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations have been delivered to you.
If the registration statement relating to the Shares has been declared effective under the Act by the Commission, the Company will prepare and promptly file with the Commission the information omitted from the registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) or, if Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the information required to be included in any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations pursuant to subparagraph (1), (4) or (7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part of a post-effective amendment to the registration statement (including a final form of prospectus). If the registration statement relating to the Shares has not been declared effective under the Act by the Commission, the Company will prepare and promptly file an amendment to the registration statement, including a final form of prospectus, or, if Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the information required to be included in any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations. The term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement shall mean such registration statement, including financial statements, schedules and exhibits, in the form in which it became or becomes, as the case may be, effective (including, if the Company omitted information from the registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) or files a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the information deemed to be a part of the registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) or Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations) and, in the event of any amendment thereto or the filing of any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations relating thereto after the effective date of such registration statement, shall also mean (from and after the effectiveness of such amendment or the filing of such abbreviated registration statement) such registration statement as so amended, together with any such abbreviated registration statement. The term "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement shall mean the prospectus relating to the Shares as included in such Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective (including, if the Company omitted information from the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and Regulations, the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) of the Rules and Regulations); provided, however, that if in reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations and with the consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, the Company shall have provided to the Underwriters a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation is sent or given for purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the Act, the term "Prospectus" shall mean the "prospectus subject to completion" (as defined in Rule 434(g) of the Rules and Regulations) last provided to the Underwriters by the Company and circulated by the Underwriters to all prospective purchasers of the Shares (including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 434(d) of the Rules and Regulations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any revised prospectus shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection with the offering of the Shares that differs from the prospectus referred to in the immediately preceding sentence (whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
2.
Rules and Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such revised prospectus from and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use. If in reliance on Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations and with the consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, the Company shall have provided to the Underwriters a term sheet pursuant to Rule 434(b) or (c), as applicable, prior to the time that a confirmation is sent or given for purposes of Section 2(10)(a) of the Act, the Prospectus and the term sheet, together, will not be materially different from the prospectus in the Registration Statement.
(b) The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or instituted proceedings for that purpose, and each such Preliminary Prospectus has conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and, as of its date, has not included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and at the time the Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined) and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, (i) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, contained and will contain all material information required to be included therein by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and will in all material respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (ii) the Registration Statement, and any amendments or supplements thereto, did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, did not and will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that none of the representations and warranties contained in this subparagraph (b) shall apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by such Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
(c) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the Company owns all of the outstanding capital stock of its subsidiaries free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in the United States in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; no proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and authority or qualification; each of the Company and its subsidiaries is in possession of and operating in compliance with all authorizations, licenses, certificates, consents, orders and permits from state, federal and other regulatory authorities which are material to the conduct of its business, all of which are valid and in full force and effect; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or bylaws or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any material bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or in any material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties may be bound; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in material violation of any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties of which the Company has knowledge. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than E*TRADE Securities, Inc., a California corporation, E*TRADE Capital, Inc., a California corporation, and E*TRADE Online Ventures, Inc., a California corporation (each, a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Subsidiaries").
3.
(d) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement on the part of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles or the limitation on availability of equitable remedies; the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (i) a material default under any material bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or under any material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its subsidiaries or their respective properties may be bound, (ii) a default under the charter or bylaws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) a material default under any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties. No consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective properties is required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the transactions herein contemplated, except such as may be required under the Act, or under state or other securities laws, all of which requirements have been satisfied in all material respects (except for any filings under Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations, which filings have been or will be made under Section 4(a) of this Agreement) or Blue Sky laws.
(e) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not any pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim or proceeding against the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective officers or any of their respective properties, assets or rights before any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or over their respective officers or properties or otherwise which (i) would, if adversely determined, result in any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise or might materially and adversely affect their properties, assets or rights, (ii) might prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (iii) is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or Prospectus and is not so disclosed; and there are no agreements, contracts, leases or documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries of a character required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement by the Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been accurately described in all material respects in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
(f) All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Selling Stockholder Shares) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities, and the authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company is, in all material respects, as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" and conforms in all material respects to the statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and such statements correctly state the substance of the instruments defining the capitalization of the Company); the Firm Company Shares and the Option Shares to be purchased from the Company hereunder have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable, and will be sold free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; and no preemptive right, co- sale right, registration right, right of first refusal or other similar right of stockholders exists with respect to any of the Firm Company Shares or Option Shares to be purchased from the Company hereunder or the issuance and sale thereof other than those that have been expressly waived prior to the date hereof and those that will automatically expire upon and will not apply to the consummation of the transactions contemplated on the Closing Date. No further approval or authorization of any
4.
stockholder, the Board of Directors of the Company or others is required for the issuance and sale or transfer of the Shares except as may be required under the Act or under state or other securities or Blue Sky laws. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive right, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase shares and are owned by the Company free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus and the financial statements of the Company, and the related notes thereto, included in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations. The description of the Company's stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted and exercised thereunder, set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown by the Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.
(g) Deloitte & Touche LLP, which has examined the consolidated
financial statements of the Company, together with the related schedules and
notes, as of September 30, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the years in the three
(3) years ended September 30, 1995 filed with the Commission as a part of the
Registration Statement, which are included in the Prospectus, are, to the
Company's knowledge, independent accountants within the meaning of the Act and
the Rules and Regulations; the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company, together with the related schedules and notes, and the unaudited
consolidated financial information, forming part of the Registration Statement
and Prospectus, fairly present the financial position and the results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries at the respective dates and for
the respective periods to which they apply; and all audited consolidated
financial statements of the Company, together with the related schedules and
notes, and the unaudited consolidated financial information, filed with the
Commission as part of the Registration Statement, have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
throughout the periods involved except as may be otherwise stated therein. The
selected and summary financial and statistical data included in the Registration
Statement present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on
a basis consistent with the audited financial statements presented therein. No
other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the
Registration Statement.
(h) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there has not been (i) any
material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings,
operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries
considered as one enterprise, (ii) any transaction that is material to the
Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, except transactions
entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any obligation, direct or
contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as
one enterprise, incurred by the Company or its subsidiaries, except obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any change in the capital
stock or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that
is material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
(v) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on the
capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (vi) any loss or
damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries which has been sustained which has a material adverse effect on the
condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.
(i) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
(i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has good title to all properties
and assets described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as owned by
it, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or
equitable interest, other than such as would not have a material adverse effect
on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise, (ii) the agreements to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
is a party described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus are valid
agreements, enforceable by the Company and its subsidiaries (as applicable),
except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
5.
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
principles or the limitation on availability of equitable remedies and, to the
best of the Company's knowledge, the other contracting party or parties thereto
are not in material breach or material default under any of such agreements, and
(iii) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has valid and enforceable leases
for all properties described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as
leased by it, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable
principles or the limitation on availability of equitable remedies. Except as
set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company owns or
leases all such properties as are necessary to its operations as now conducted.
(j) The Company and its subsidiaries have timely filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and have paid all taxes shown thereon as due, and there is no tax deficiency that has been or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, might properly and validly be asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; and all tax liabilities are adequately provided for on the books of the Company and its subsidiaries.
(k) The Company and its subsidiaries (or the Company on behalf of its subsidiaries) maintain insurance with insurers of recognized financial responsibility of the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries and consistent with insurance coverage maintained by similar companies in similar businesses, including, but not limited to, insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company or its subsidiaries against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, all of which insurance is in full force and effect; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.
(l) To the best of Company's knowledge, no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of the Company's principal suppliers that might be expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise. No collective bargaining agreement exists with any of the Company's employees and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such agreement is imminent.
(m) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries owns or possesses adequate rights to use all patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights which are necessary to conduct its businesses as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; the expiration of any patents, patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise; the Company has not received any notice of, and has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of the Company by others with respect to any patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights; and the Company has not received any notice of, and has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.
6.
(n) The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.
(o) The Company has been advised concerning the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and has in the past conducted, and intends in the future to use its best efforts to conduct, its affairs in such a manner as to ensure that it will not become an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the 1940 Act and such rules and regulations.
(p) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute prior to the later of (i) the Closing Date, or any date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary Prospectuses, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement and other materials, if any, permitted by the Act.
(q) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has at any time during the last five (5) years (i) made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for foreign office or failed to disclose fully any such contribution in violation of law, or (ii) made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof.
(r) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
(s) Each officer and director of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and the beneficial owners of [90.15]% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of of Preferred Stock into Common Stock) (including shares held by such officers, directors and Selling Stockholders) as of the date hereof have agreed in writing that such person will not, for a period of 180 days from the date that the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission (the "Lock-up Period"), offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to (collectively, a "Disposition") any shares of Common Stock, any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock (collectively, "Securities") now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution to partners or stockholders of such person, provided that the distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii) with the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. The foregoing restriction has been expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than such holder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any Securities or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from Securities. Furthermore, such person has also agreed and consented to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against the transfer of the Securities held by such person except in compliance with this restriction. The Company has provided to counsel for the Underwriters a complete and accurate list of all securityholders of the Company and the number and type of securities held by each securityholder. The Company has provided to counsel for the Underwriters true, accurate and complete copies of all of the agreements pursuant to which its officers, directors and stockholders have agreed to such or similar restrictions (the "Lock-up Agreements") presently in effect or effected hereby. The Company hereby represents and warrants that it will not release any of its officers, directors or other stockholders from any Lock-up Agreements currently existing or hereafter effected without the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. Notwithstanding the
7.
foregoing, the foregoing restrictions shall not prohibit the sale of Shares by any such person pursuant to this Agreement.
(t) Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
(i) the Company is in material compliance with all rules, laws and regulations
relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of toxic substances and
protection of health or the environment ("Environmental Laws") which are
applicable to its business, (ii) the Company has received no notice from any
governmental authority or third party of an asserted claim under Environmental
Laws, which claim is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus, (iii) the Company will not be required to make future material
capital expenditures to comply with Environmental Laws and (iv) no property
which is owned, leased or occupied by the Company has been designated as a
Superfund site pursuant to the Comprehensive Response, Compensation and
Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. (S) 9601, et seq.), or otherwise
designated as a contaminated site under applicable state or local law.
(u) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of
internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that
(i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to
assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.
(v) There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of the members of the families of any of them required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus pursuant to the Act and the Rules and Regulations, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
(w) The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes, relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
II. Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter and the Company that:
(a) Such Selling Stockholder now has and on the Closing Date, and on any later date on which Option Shares are purchased from such Selling Stockholder, will have valid marketable title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest other than pursuant to this Agreement; and upon delivery of such Shares hereunder and payment of the purchase price as herein contemplated, each of the Underwriters will obtain valid marketable title to the Shares purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest pertaining to such Selling Stockholder or such Selling Stockholder's property, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest, including any liability for estate or inheritance taxes, or any liability to or claims of any creditor, devisee, legatee or beneficiary of such Selling Stockholder.
(b) Such Selling Stockholder has duly authorized (if applicable), executed and delivered, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representatives, an irrevocable Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney") appointing Christos M. Cotsakos, Wayne H. Heldt and Stephen C. Richards as attorneys-in-fact (collectively, the "Attorneys" and individually, an "Attorney") and a Custody Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as custodian (the "Custodian") (which Custody Agreement may be executed by an attorney-in-fact for the Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement); each of the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement on the part of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles; and each of such Selling Stockholder's Attorneys, acting alone, is
8.
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the certificate referred to in Section 6(h) hereof on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the several Underwriters to such Selling Stockholder as provided in Section 3 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Selling Stockholder Shares and the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement and to duly endorse (in blank or otherwise) the certificate or certificates representing such Shares or a stock power or powers with respect thereto, to accept payment therefor, and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with this Agreement.
(c) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders required for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the execution and delivery by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Selling Stockholder Shares and the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement (other than, at the time of the execution hereof (if the Registration Statement has not yet been declared effective by the Commission), the issuance of the order of the Commission declaring the Registration Statement effective and such consents, approvals, authorizations or orders as may be necessary under state or other securities or Blue Sky laws) have been obtained and are in full force and effect; such Selling Stockholder, if other than a natural person, has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization as the type of entity that it purports to be; and such Selling Stockholder has full legal right, power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and such Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.
(d) Such Selling Stockholder will not, during the Lock-up Period,
effect the Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter acquired
directly by such Selling Stockholder or with respect to which such Selling
Stockholder has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, otherwise than
(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees thereof agree in
writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution to partners or
stockholders of such Selling Stockholder, provided that the distributees thereof
agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii) with the
prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. The foregoing
restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the Securities from
engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or reasonably
expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up
Period, even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the
Selling Stockholder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would
including, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not against the box)
or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any
put or call option) with respect to any Securities or with respect to any
security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes,
relates to or derives any significant part of its value from Securities. Such
Selling Stockholder also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer
instructions with the Company's transfer agent against the transfer of the
securities held by such Selling Stockholder except in compliance with this
restriction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing restrictions shall
not prohibit the sale of Shares by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this
Agreement.
(e) Certificates in negotiable form for all Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement, together with a stock power or powers duly endorsed in blank by such Selling Stockholder, have been placed in custody with the Custodian for the purpose of effecting delivery hereunder.
(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized by each Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person and has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles; and the performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute a default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or under any lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder, or any Selling
9.
Stockholder Shares or any Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, may be bound or, to the best of such Selling Stockholders' knowledge, result in any violation of any law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or over the properties of such Selling Stockholder, or, if such Selling Stockholder is other than a natural person, result in any violation of any provisions of the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder.
(g) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
(h) Such Selling Stockholder has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
(i) All information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder relating to such Selling Stockholder and the Selling Stockholder Shares that is contained in the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in such Selling Stockholder's Power of Attorney or set forth in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus is, and at the time the Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date (hereinafter defined), and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased from such Selling Stockholder, was or will be, true, correct and complete, and does not, and at the time the Registration Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date, and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased from such Selling Stockholder, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make such information not misleading.
(j) Such Selling Stockholder will review the Prospectus and will comply with all agreements and satisfy all conditions on its part to be complied with or satisfied pursuant to this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased from such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, and will advise one of its Attorneys and Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC prior to the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased from such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, if any statement to be made on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in the certificate contemplated by Section 6(h) would be inaccurate if made as of the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased from such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be.
(k) Such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has waived prior to the date hereof, any preemptive right, co-sale right or right of first refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Shares that are to be sold by the Company or any of the other Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement; such Selling Stockholder does not have, or has waived prior to the date hereof, any registration right or other similar right to participate in the offering made by the Prospectus, other than such rights of participation as have been satisfied by the participation of such Selling Stockholder in the transactions to which this Agreement relates in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and such Selling Stockholder does not own any warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, and does not have any right or arrangement to acquire, any capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other securities from the Company, other than those described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
(l) Such Selling Stockholder is not aware (without having conducted any investigation or inquiry) that any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.I. above is untrue or inaccurate in any material respect.
3. PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SHARES. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, at a purchase price of
10.
$_____ per share, the respective number of Firm Company Shares as hereinafter set forth and Selling Stockholder Shares set forth opposite the names of the Company and the Selling Stockholders in Schedule B hereto. The obligation of each Underwriter to the Company and to each Selling Stockholder shall be to purchase from the Company or such Selling Stockholder that number of Firm Company Shares or Selling Stockholder Shares, as the case may be, which (as nearly as practicable, as determined by you) is in the same proportion to the number of Company Shares or Selling Stockholder Shares, as the case may be, set forth opposite the name of the Company or such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto as the number of Firm Shares which is set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10) is to the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters under this Agreement.
The certificates in negotiable form for the Selling Stockholder Shares have been placed in custody (for delivery under this Agreement) under the Custody Agreement. Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the certificates for the Selling Stockholder Shares of such Selling Stockholder so held in custody are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, including the Power of Attorney is to that extent irrevocable and that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by the act of such Selling Stockholder or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of such Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement. If any Selling Stockholder should die or be incapacitated, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the certificates for the Selling Stockholder Shares hereunder, the Selling Stockholder Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder shall, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement, be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event.
Delivery of definitive certificates for the Firm Shares to be purchased by
the Underwriters pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made against payment of the
purchase price therefor by the several Underwriters by wire transfer or
certified or official bank check or checks, at the option of the Company, drawn
in same-day funds, payable to the order of the Company with regard to the Shares
being purchased from the Company, and to the order of the Custodian for the
respective accounts of the Selling Stockholders with regard to the Shares being
purchased from such Selling Stockholders, at the offices of Brobeck, Phleger &
Harrison LLP, One Market, Spear Street Tower, San Francisco, California 94105
(or at such other place as may be agreed upon among the Representatives and the
Company and the Attorneys), at 7:00 a.m., San Francisco time (a) on the third
(3rd) full business day following the first day that Shares are traded, (b) if
this Agreement is executed and delivered after 1:30 p.m., San Francisco time,
the fourth (4th) full business day following the day that this Agreement is
executed and delivered or (c) at such other time and date not later than seven
(7) full business days following the first day that Shares are traded as the
Representatives and the Company and the Attorneys may determine (or at such time
and date to which payment and delivery shall have been postponed pursuant to
Section 10 hereof), such time and date of payment and delivery being herein
called the "Closing Date;" provided, however, that if the Company has not made
available to the Representatives copies of the Prospectus within the time
provided in Section 4(d) hereof, the Representatives may, in their sole
discretion, postpone the Closing Date until no later than two (2) full business
days following delivery of copies of the Prospectus to the Representatives. The
certificates for the Firm Shares to be so delivered will be made available to
you at such office or such other location including, without limitation, in New
York City, as you may reasonably request for checking at least one (1) full
business day prior to the Closing Date and will be in such names and
denominations as you may request, such request to be made at least two (2) full
business days prior to the Closing Date. If the Representatives so elect,
delivery of the Firm Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to
the accounts at The Depository Trust Company designated by the Representatives.
It is understood that you, individually, and not as the Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior to the Closing Date for the Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder.
11.
After the Registration Statement becomes effective, the several Underwriters intend to make an initial public offering (as such term is described in Section 11 hereof) of the Firm Shares at an initial public offering price of $_____ per share. After the initial public offering, the several Underwriters may, in their discretion, vary the public offering price.
The information set forth in the last paragraph on the front cover page (insofar as such information relates to the Underwriters), on the inside front cover concerning stabilization and over-allotment by the Underwriters, and under the second and seventh paragraphs under the caption "Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitutes the only information furnished by the Underwriters to the Company for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Registration Statement, and you, on behalf of the respective Underwriters, represent and warrant to the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the statements made therein do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
4. FURTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:
(a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement and any amendment thereof, if not effective at the time and date that
this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto, to become
effective as promptly as possible; the Company will use its best efforts to
cause any abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the
Rules and Regulations as may be required subsequent to the date the Registration
Statement is declared effective to become effective as promptly as possible; the
Company will notify you, promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of the
time when the Registration Statement, any subsequent amendment to the
Registration Statement or any abbreviated registration statement has become
effective or any supplement to the Prospectus has been filed; if the Company
omitted information from the Registration Statement at the time it was
originally declared effective in reliance upon Rule 430A(a) of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company will provide evidence satisfactory to you that the
Prospectus contains such information and has been filed, within the time period
prescribed, with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (4) of Rule
424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or as part of a post-effective amendment to
such Registration Statement as originally declared effective which is declared
effective by the Commission; if the Company files a term sheet pursuant to Rule
434 of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will provide evidence satisfactory
to you that the Prospectus and term sheet meeting the requirements of Rule
434(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Rules and Regulations, have been filed,
within the time period prescribed, with the Commission pursuant to subparagraph
(7) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations; if for any reason the filing of
the final form of Prospectus is required under Rule 424(b)(3) of the Rules and
Regulations, it will provide evidence satisfactory to you that the Prospectus
contains such information and has been filed with the Commission within the time
period prescribed; it will notify you promptly of any request by the Commission
for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or for additional information; promptly upon your request, it will
prepare and file with the Commission any amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or Prospectus which, in the opinion of counsel for the
several Underwriters, Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum ("Underwriters'
Counsel"), may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of
the Shares by the Underwriters; it will promptly prepare and file with the
Commission, and promptly notify you of the filing of, any amendments or
supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which may be necessary
to correct any statements or omissions, if, at any time when a prospectus
relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, any event
shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus or any other prospectus
relating to the Shares as then in effect would include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus nine (9)
months or more after the effective date of the Registration Statement in
connection with the sale of the Shares, it will prepare promptly upon request,
but at the expense of such Underwriter, such amendment or amendments to the
Registration Statement and such prospectus or prospectuses as may be necessary
to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act; and
it will file no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
Prospectus which shall not previously have been submitted to you a reasonable
time prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which you shall reasonably
object in
12.
writing, subject, however, to compliance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Agreement.
(b) The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge, of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the initiation or threat of any proceeding for that purpose; and it will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal at the earliest possible moment if such stop order should be issued.
(c) The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long as may be required for purposes of the distribution of the Shares, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereof to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise required to be so qualified or to so execute a general consent to service of process. In each jurisdiction in which the Shares shall have been qualified as above provided, the Company will make and file such statements and reports in each year as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction for such purpose.
(d) The Company will furnish to you, as soon as available, and, in the case of the Prospectus and any term sheet or abbreviated term sheet under Rule 434, in no event later than the first (1st) full business day following the first day that Shares are traded, copies of the Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and which will include all exhibits), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements to such documents, including any prospectus prepared to permit compliance with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act, all in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, on behalf of the several Underwriters, shall agree to the utilization of Rule 434 of the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall provide to you copies of a Preliminary Prospectus updated in all respects through the date specified by you in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.
(e) The Company will make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than the forty-fifth (45th) day following the end of the fiscal quarter first occurring after the first anniversary of the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement (which will be in reasonable detail but need not be audited) complying with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act (including, at the election of the Company, Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations) and covering a twelve (12) month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement.
(f) During a period of five (5) years after the date hereof, the Company will furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each respective period, annual reports (including financial statements audited by independent certified public accountants) and unaudited quarterly reports of operations for each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year, and will furnish to you and the other several Underwriters hereunder, upon request (i) concurrently with furnishing such reports to its stockholders, statements of operations of the Company for each of the first three (3) quarters in the form furnished to the Company's stockholders, (ii) concurrently with furnishing to its stockholders, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, together with statements of operations, of stockholders' equity, and of cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year, accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent certified public accountants, (iii) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports (financial or other) mailed to stockholders, (iv) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission, any securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), (v) every material press release and every material news item or article in respect of the Company or its affairs which was generally released to stockholders by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (vi) any additional information of a public nature concerning the Company or its subsidiaries, or its business which you may reasonably request. During such five (5) year period, if the Company shall have active subsidiaries, the foregoing financial statements shall be on a
13.
consolidated basis to the extent that the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated, and shall be accompanied by similar financial statements for any significant subsidiary which is not so consolidated.
(g) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares being sold by it in the manner set forth under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.
(h) The Company will maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary under the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a registrar (which may be the same entity as the transfer agent) for its Common Stock.
(i) The Company will file Form SR in conformity with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.
(j) If the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated by
reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company or any
Selling Stockholder to perform any agreement on their respective parts to be
performed hereunder or to fulfill any condition of the Underwriters' obligations
hereunder, or if the Company shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
11(a) hereof, or if the Underwriters shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to
Section 11(b)(i), the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of Underwriters'
Counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in investigating or preparing to market or
marketing the Shares.
(k) If at any time after the Registration Statement becomes effective until the later of (A) 25 days after the date of the Prospectus and (B) the date the Representatives advise the Company that the distribution of Shares has been completed (which, in the absence of express notice, will be deemed to be the closing of the sale of the Option Shares or the termination or expiration of the option period set forth in Section 7(a)), any rumor, publication or event relating to or affecting the Company shall occur as a result of which in your opinion the market price of the Common Stock has been or is likely to be materially affected (regardless of whether such rumor, publication or event necessitates a supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus), the Company will, after written notice from you advising the Company to the effect set forth above, forthwith prepare, consult with you concerning the substance of and disseminate a press release or other public statement, reasonably satisfactory to you, responding to or commenting on such rumor, publication or event.
(l) During the Lock-up Period, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of Robertson Stephens & Company LLC, effect the Disposition of, directly or indirectly, any Securities other than the sale of the Firm Company Shares and the Option Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder and the Company's issuance of options or Common Stock under the Company's presently authorized option plans (the "Option Plans").
(m) During a period of ninety (90) days from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will not file a registration statement registering shares under the Option Plan or other employee benefit plan.
5. EXPENSES.
(a) The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree with each Underwriter that:
(i) The Company will pay and bear all costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, schedules and exhibits), Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto; the printing of this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters, the Selected Dealer Agreement, the Preliminary Blue Sky Survey and any Supplemental Blue Sky Survey, the Underwriters' Questionnaire and Power of Attorney, and any instruments related to any of the foregoing; the issuance and delivery of the Shares hereunder to the several Underwriters, including transfer taxes, if any, the cost of all certificates representing the Shares and transfer agents' and registrars' fees; the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; all fees and other charges of the
14.
Company's independent certified public accountants; the cost of furnishing to the several Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement (including appropriate exhibits), Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing; NASD filing fees and the cost of qualifying the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as you may designate (including filing fees and reasonable and customary fees and disbursements of Underwriters' Counsel in connection with such NASD filings and Blue Sky qualifications); and all other expenses directly incurred by the Company in connection with the performance of their obligations hereunder. Any additional expenses incurred as a result of the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders will be borne collectively by the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The provisions of this Section 5(a)(i) are intended to relieve the Underwriters from the payment of the expenses and costs which the Selling Stockholders and the Company hereby agree to pay, but shall not affect any agreement which the Selling Stockholders and the Company may make, or may have made, for the sharing of any of such expenses and costs. Such agreements shall not impair the obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder to the several Underwriters.
(ii) In addition to its other obligations under Section 8(a)
hereof, the Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of
any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding described in
Section 8(a) hereof, it will reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis for
all reasonable legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or
other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to
the propriety and enforceability of the Company's obligation to reimburse the
Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might
later be held to have been improper by the Commission, a court or arbitration
tribunal of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim
reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriters shall
promptly return such payment to the Company together with interest, compounded
daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or other commercial lending
rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) listed from time to time in
The Wall Street Journal which represents the base rate on corporate loans posted
by a substantial majority of the nation's thirty (30) largest banks (the "Prime
Rate"). Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the
Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear
interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.
(iii) In addition to their other obligations under Section 8(b) hereof, each Selling Stockholder agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding described in Section 8(b) hereof relating to such Selling Stockholder, it will reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of such Selling Stockholder's obligation to reimburse the Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriters shall promptly return such payment to the Selling Stockholders, together with interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.
(b) In addition to their other obligations under Section 8(c) hereof, the Underwriters severally and not jointly agree that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding described in Section 8(c) hereof, they will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company and each such Selling Stockholder for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Company and each such Selling Stockholder shall promptly return such payment to the Underwriters together with interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to the Company and each such
15.
Selling Stockholder within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.
(c) It is agreed that any controversy arising out of the operation of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) hereof, including the amounts of any requested reimbursement payments, the method of determining such amounts and the basis on which such amounts shall be apportioned among the reimbursing parties, shall be settled by arbitration conducted under the provisions of the Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or pursuant to the Code of Arbitration Procedure of the NASD. Any such arbitration must be commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or a written notice of intention to arbitrate, therein electing the arbitration tribunal. In the event the party demanding arbitration does not make such designation of an arbitration tribunal in such demand or notice, then the party responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do so. Any such arbitration will be limited to the operation of the interim reimbursement provisions contained in Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) hereof and will not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of the obligation to indemnify for expenses that is created by the provisions of Sections 8(a), 8(b) and 8(c) hereof or the obligation to contribute to expenses that is created by the provisions of Section 8(e) hereof.
6. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares as provided herein shall be subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and the Closing Date and any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 2:00 p.m., San Francisco time, on the date following the date of this Agreement, or such later date as shall be consented to in writing by you; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, threatened by the Commission, and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of Underwriters' Counsel.
(b) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters in connection with this Agreement, the form of Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and the registration, authorization, issue, sale and delivery of the Shares, shall have been reasonably satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel, and such counsel shall have been furnished with such papers and information as they may reasonably have requested to enable them to pass upon the matters referred to in this Section.
(c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, there shall not have been any change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise from that set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, which, in your reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your reasonable judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus.
(d) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, the following opinion of counsel for the Company and the Selling Stockholders, dated the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased addressed to the Underwriters and with reproduced copies or signed counterparts thereof for each of the Underwriters, to the effect that:
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority
16.
to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
(ii) Each of the Subsidiaries of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with the corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
(iii) The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction, if any, in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations or business of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise. To such counsel's knowledge, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than E*TRADE Securities, Inc., E*TRADE Capital, Inc. and E*TRADE Online Ventures, Inc.;
(iv) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus under the captions "Capitalization" and "Description of Capital Stock";
(v) The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization" as of the dates stated therein, have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and, to such counsel's knowledge, are not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities;
(vi) All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, to such counsel's knowledge, have not been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive right, co- sale right, registration right, right of first refusal or other similar right and are owned by the Company free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest;
(vii) The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder;
(viii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by you, is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except insofar as indemnification provisions may be limited by applicable law and except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles;
(ix) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or, to such counsel's knowledge, any provision of applicable law or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, or, to such counsel's knowledge, constitute a material breach or default under any material agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental agency in the United States is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act or such as may be required by the securities or
17.
Blue Sky laws of the various states (on which such counsel need express no opinion) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, by the Underwriters;
(x) The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and, to such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act;
(xi) The description in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus of the charter and bylaws of the Company and of statutes are accurate and fairly present the information required to be presented by the Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations;
(xii) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of the properties of its Subsidiaries is or may become subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described, nor is there any statute, regulation, contract or other document to which the Company is subject or a party that is known to such counsel that is required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that is not described or filed as required;
(xiii) To such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is presently (a) in material violation of its respective charter or bylaws or (b) in material breach of any applicable statute, rule or regulation known to such counsel or, to such counsel's knowledge, any order, writ or decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or over any of their properties or operations;
(xiv) The certificates evidencing the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, to be delivered hereunder are in proper form under Delaware law and, when duly countersigned by the Company's transfer agent and registrar, and delivered to you or upon your order against payment of the agreed consideration therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, represented thereby will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not have been issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or, to such counsel's knowledge, other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities;
(xv) To such counsel's knowledge, no holders of securities of the Company have rights which have not been waived to the registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities because of the filing of the Registration Statement by the Company or the issuance and sale of the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be;
(xvi) To such counsel's knowledge, each Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person has full right, power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement to be executed and delivered by it in connection with the transactions contemplated herein; the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person has been duly authorized by such Selling Stockholder; the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder; and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling Stockholder constitutes the valid and binding agreement of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
18.
other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles or the limitation on availability of equitable remedies, and except with respect to those provisions relating to indemnities or contributions for liabilities under the Act, as to which such counsel need express no opinion;
(xvii) To such counsel's knowledge, each of the Selling Stockholders has full right, power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;
(xviii) To such counsel's knowledge, this Agreement has been duly authorized by each Selling Stockholder that is not a natural person and has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Selling Stockholder; and
(xix) To such counsel's knowledge, upon the delivery of and payment for the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement, each of the Underwriters will receive valid title to the Shares purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may assume that the Underwriters are bona fide purchasers and without notice of any defect in the title of the Shares being purchased from the Selling Stockholders.
In addition, such counsel shall state that, in addition to rendering legal advice and assistance to the Company in the course of the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, involving, among other things, discussions and inquiries concerning various legal matters and the review of certain corporate records, documents and proceedings, such counsel also participated in conferences with certain officers and other representatives of the Company, including its independent public accountants and with you and your counsel at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and related matters were discussed. Such counsel may state that such counsel has not, however, except with respect to matters expressly covered above by such counsel's opinion, independently checked or verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
Such counsel shall state, however, that based upon such counsel's participation as described in the preceding paragraph, (i) such counsel believes that the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except for financial statements, as to which such counsel need express no belief), as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and (ii) such counsel confirms that such counsel has no reason to believe that (except for financial statements, as to which such counsel need express no belief) either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as of such effective date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that (except for financial statements, as to which such counsel need express no belief) the Prospectus, on the Closing Date or any later date on which the Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Such counsel is not called upon to express, and need not express, any view, opinion or belief as to the financial statements, schedules, statistical data and other financial data contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.
Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law not involving the laws of the United States or the State of California or the Delaware General Corporation Law upon opinions of local counsel, and as to questions of fact upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or officers of the Selling Stockholders (when the Selling Stockholder is not a natural person), and of government officials, in which case their opinion is to state that they are so relying and that they have no knowledge of any material misstatement or inaccuracy in any such opinion, representation or certificate. Copies of any opinion,
19.
representation or certificate so relied upon shall be delivered to you, as Representatives of the Underwriters, and to Underwriters' Counsel.
(e) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, an opinion of Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, with respect to the sufficiency of all such corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby as you may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they may have reasonably requested for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
(f) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date
on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, a letter from
Deloitte & Touche LLP addressed to the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date or
such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be,
confirming that they are independent certified public accountants with respect
to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules
and Regulations and based upon the procedures described in such letter delivered
to you concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (herein called the
"Original Letter"), but carried out to a date not more than five (5) business
days prior to the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to
be purchased, as the case may be, (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the
statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter are accurate as of
the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased,
as the case may be, and (ii) setting forth any revisions and additions to the
statements and conclusions set forth in the Original Letter which are necessary
to reflect any changes in the facts described in the Original Letter since the
date of such letter, or to reflect the availability of more recent financial
statements, data or information. The letter shall not disclose any change in
the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or
business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise from that set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus,
which, in your reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it,
in your reasonable judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
public offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus. The Original
Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP shall be addressed to or for the use of the
Underwriters in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters and shall
(i) represent, to the extent true, that Deloitte & Touche LLP are independent
certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of
the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations, (ii) set forth their
opinion with respect to their examination of the consolidated balance sheet of
the Company as of September 30, 1995 and related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the twelve (12) months
ended September 30, 1995, (iii) state that Deloitte & Touche LLP has performed
the procedures set out in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 71 ("SAS 71") for
a review of interim financial information and providing the report of Deloitte &
Touche LLP as described in SAS 71 on the financial statements for each of the
quarters presented in the Prospectus (the "Quarterly Financial Statements"),
(iv) state that in the course of such review, nothing came to their attention
that leads them to believe that any material modifications need to be made to
any of the Quarterly Financial Statements in order for them to be in compliance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied across the
periods presented, and (v) address other matters agreed upon by Deloitte &
Touche LLP and you. In addition, you shall have received from Deloitte & Touche
LLP a letter addressed to the Company and made available to you for the use of
the Underwriters stating that their review of the Company's system of internal
accounting controls, to the extent they deemed necessary in establishing the
scope of their examination of the Company's consolidated financial statements as
of September 30, 1995, did not disclose any weaknesses in internal controls that
they considered to be material weaknesses.
(g) You shall have received on the Closing Date and on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, a certificate of the Company, dated the Closing Date or such later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that, and you shall be reasonably satisfied that:
(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, and the Company has complied with all the agreements
20.
and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be;
(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Act;
(iii) When the Registration Statement became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to the delivery of such certificate, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, contained all material information required to be included therein by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and in all material respects conformed to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement, and any amendment or supplement thereto, did not and does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, did not and does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, since the effective date of the Registration Statement, there has occurred no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented Prospectus which has not been so set forth; and
(iv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there has not been (a) any material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (b) any transaction that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business, (c) any obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, incurred by the Company or its subsidiaries, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (d) any change in the capital stock or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (e) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on the capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (f) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has been sustained or will have been sustained which has a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise.
(h) You shall be satisfied that, and you shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, from the Attorneys for each Selling Stockholder to the effect that, as of the Closing Date, or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, they have not been informed that:
(i) The representations and warranties made by such Selling Stockholder herein are not true or correct in any material respect on the Closing Date or on any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be; or
(ii) Such Selling Stockholder has not complied with any obligation or satisfied any condition which is required to be performed or satisfied on the part of such Selling Stockholder at or prior to the Closing Date or any later date on which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be.
(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to you an agreement from each officer and director of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and the beneficial owners of [90.15]% of the
21.
outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock) (including shares held by such officers, directors and Selling Stockholders) as of the date hereof in writing prior to the date hereof that such person will not, during the Lock-up Period, effect the Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter acquired directly by such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided the donee or donees thereof agree in writing to be bound by this restriction, (ii) as a distribution to partners or stockholders of such person, provided that the distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this restriction, or (iii) with the prior written consent of Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC. The foregoing restriction shall have been expressly agreed to preclude the holder of the Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of Securities during the Lock-up Period, even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than such holder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any Securities or with respect to any security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any significant part of its value from Securities. Furthermore, such person will have also agreed and consented to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against the transfer of the Securities held by such person except in compliance with this restriction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the fore going restrictions shall not prohibit the sale of Shares by such person pursuant to this Agreement.
(j) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to you such further certificates and documents as you shall reasonably request (including certificates of officers of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or officers of the Selling Stockholders (when the Selling Stockholder is not a natural person) as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and as to the other conditions concurrent and precedent to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder).
All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will furnish you with such number of conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as you shall reasonably request.
7. OPTION SHARES.
(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and a certain Selling Stockholder identified on Schedule B hereto hereby grant to the several Underwriters, for the purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares only, a nontransferable option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,037,250 Option Shares at the purchase price per share for the Firm Shares set forth in Section 3 hereof. Such option may be exercised by the Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters on only one (1) occasion in whole or in part during the period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Firm Shares are initially offered to the public, by giving written notice to the Company and the Attorneys for Selling Stockholders. The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter upon the exercise of such option shall be the same proportion of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of such option as the number of Firm Shares purchased by such Underwriter (set forth in Schedule A hereto) bears to the total number of Firm Shares purchased by the several Underwriters (set forth in Schedule A hereto), adjusted by the Representatives in such manner as to avoid fractional shares. The number of Option Shares to be purchased from the Company and such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 7 shall be that number of Option Shares as is set forth opposite the name of the Company and such Selling Stockholder in Schedule B hereto.
The certificate or certificates in negotiable form for the Option Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder set forth on Schedule B hereto have been placed in custody (for delivery under this Agreement) under the Custody Agreement. The Selling Stockholder who has granted the option hereunder agrees that the certificate or certificates for the Option Shares of such Selling Stockholder so held in custody are subject to the interests of the Underwriters
22.
hereunder, that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, including the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable and that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by the act of such Selling Stockholder or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of such Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement. If such Selling Stockholder should die or be incapacitated, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the certificate or certificates for the Option Shares hereunder, the Option Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder shall, except as specifically provided herein or in the Custody Agreement, be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event.
Delivery of definitive certificates for the Option Shares to be purchased
by the several Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the option granted by
this Section 7 shall be made against payment of the purchase price therefor by
the several Underwriters by wire transfer or certified or official bank check or
checks, at the option of the Company, drawn in same-day funds, payable to the
order of the Company with regard to the Shares being purchased from the Company,
and to the order of the Custodian for the account of the Selling Stockholder
with regard to the Shares being purchased from such Selling Stockholder, at the
offices of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, One Market, Spear Street Tower, San
Francisco, California 94105 (or at such other place as may be agreed upon among
the Representatives and the Company and the Attorneys), at 7:00 a.m., San
Francisco time (i) on the Closing Date, if written notice of the exercise of
such option is received by the Company at least two (2) full business days prior
to the Closing Date, or (ii) on a date which shall not be later than the third
(3rd) full business day following the date the Company and the Attorneys for the
Selling Stockholders receive written notice of the exercise of such option, if
such notice is received by the Company and the Attorneys for the Selling
Stockholders less than two (2) full business days prior to the Closing Date.
The certificates for the Option Shares to be so delivered will be made available to you at such office or such other location including, without limitation, in New York City, as you may reasonably request for checking at least one (1) full business day prior to the date of payment and delivery and will be in such names and denominations as you may request, such request to be made at least two (2) full business days prior to such date of payment and delivery. If the Representatives so elect, delivery of the Option Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to the accounts at The Depository Trust Company designated by the Representatives.
It is understood that you, individually, and not as the Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price on behalf of any Underwriter or Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by you prior to the date of payment and delivery for the Option Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder.
(b) Upon exercise of any option provided for in Section 7(a) hereof, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Shares will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the date of payment and delivery for such Option Shares) to the accuracy of and compliance with the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder, to the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof, as applicable, and to the condition that all proceedings taken at or prior to the payment date in connection with the sale and transfer of such Option Shares shall be satisfactory in form and substance to you and to Underwriters' Counsel, and you shall have been furnished with all such documents, certificates and opinions as you may reasonably request in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the representations, warranties or statements, the performance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders or the satisfaction of any of the conditions herein contained.
23.
8. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Underwriter may become subject (including, without limitation, in its
capacity as an Underwriter or as a "qualified independent underwriter" within
the meaning of Schedule E of the Bylaws of the NASD), under the Act, the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or otherwise,
specifically including, but not limited to, losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (i) any
breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of the Company
herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each
Underwriter for any legal or other related expenses reasonably incurred by it in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in
any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement,
such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or
supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by such
Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in the preparation
thereof and, provided further, that the indemnity agreement provided in this
Section 8(a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or actions based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of material fact or omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact purchased Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus in which
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission was corrected had not been sent or given to such person within the time
required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations, unless such failure is the
result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.
The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(a) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities which the Company may otherwise have.
(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject (including, without limitation, in its capacity as an Underwriter or as a "qualified independent underwriter" within the meaning of Schedule E or the Bylaws of the NASD) under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, specifically including, but not limited to, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of such Selling Stockholder herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Section 8(b) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or such Underwriter by such Selling Stockholder, directly or through such Selling Stockholder's representatives, specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and agrees to reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
24.
action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement provided in this Section 8(b) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact purchased Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus in which such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was corrected had not been sent or given to such person within the time required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 4(d) hereof.
The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(b) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities which such Selling Stockholder may otherwise have.
(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject under the Act or otherwise, specifically including, but not limited to, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon (i) any breach of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant of such Underwriter herein contained, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in the case of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Section 8(c) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and agrees to reimburse the Company and each such Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and each such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.
The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(c) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company, each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities which each Underwriter may otherwise have.
(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party's election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any
25.
legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) approved by the indemnifying party representing all the indemnified parties under Section 8(a), 8(b) or 8(c) hereof who are parties to such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. In no event shall any indemnifying party be liable in respect of any amounts paid in settlement of any action unless the indemnifying party shall have approved the terms of such settlement; provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
(e) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in any action in which a claim for indemnification is made pursuant to this Section 8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 8 provides for indemnification in such case, all the parties hereto shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion so that, except as set forth in Section 8(f) hereof, the Underwriters severally and not jointly are responsible pro rata for the portion represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount bears to the initial public offering price, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders are responsible for the remaining portion, provided, however, that (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares purchased by such Underwriter exceeds the amount of damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay and (ii) no person guilty of a fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The contribution agreement in this Section 8(e) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter, the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company.
(f) Any provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the liability of each Selling Stockholder under the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in the provisions of this Section 8 shall be limited to an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Selling Stockholder Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters minus the amount of the underwriting discount paid thereon to the Underwriters by such Selling Stockholder. The Company and such Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.
(g) The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge that they are sophisticated business persons who were represented by counsel during the negotiations regarding the provisions hereof including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section 8, and are fully informed regarding said provisions. They further acknowledge that the provisions of this Section 8 fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure is made in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as required by the Act and the Exchange Act.
9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the indemnity and contribution agreements
26.
contained in Section 8 hereof shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, or any of their officers, directors or controlling persons within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, and shall survive the delivery of the Shares to the several Underwriters hereunder or termination of this Agreement.
10. SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the number of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and if the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the Firm Shares, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated, severally in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to take up and pay for the Firm Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters.
If any Underwriter or Underwriters so defaults and the aggregate number of Firm Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to take up and pay for exceeds 10% of the Firm Shares, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to take up and pay for (in such proportions as may be agreed upon among them) the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase. If such remaining Underwriters do not, at the Closing Date, take up and pay for the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase, the Closing Date shall be postponed for twenty- four (24) hours to allow the several Underwriters the privilege of substituting within twenty-four (24) hours (including non-business hours) another underwriter or underwriters (which may include any nondefaulting Underwriter) satisfactory to the Company. If no such underwriter or underwriters shall have been substituted as aforesaid by such postponed Closing Date, the Closing Date may, at the option of the Company, be postponed for a further twenty-four (24) hours, if necessary, to allow the Company the privilege of finding another underwriter or underwriters, satisfactory to you, to purchase the Firm Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters so agreed but failed to purchase. If it shall be arranged for the remaining Underwriters or substituted underwriter or underwriters to take up the Firm Shares of the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters as provided in this Section 10, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone the time of delivery for a period of not more than seven (7) full business days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus or other such documents which may thereby be made necessary, and (ii) the respective number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and substituted underwriter or underwriters shall be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation. If the remaining Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all such Firm Shares so agreed to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters or substitute another underwriter or underwriters as aforesaid and the Company shall not find or shall not elect to seek another underwriter or underwriters for such Firm Shares as aforesaid, then this Agreement shall terminate.
In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the preceding paragraph of this Section 10, neither the Company nor any Selling Stockholder shall be liable to any Underwriter (except as provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted under this Agreement, to purchase the number of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased hereunder, which Underwriter shall remain liable to the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the other Underwriters for damages, if any, resulting from such default) be liable to the Company or any Selling Stockholder (except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof).
The term "Underwriter" in this Agreement shall include any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
27.
11. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.
(a) This Agreement shall become effective at the earlier of (i) 6:30
a.m., San Francisco time, on the first full business day following the effective
date of the Registration Statement, or (ii) the time of the initial public
offering of any of the Shares by the Underwriters after the Registration
Statement becomes effective. The time of the initial public offering shall mean
the time of the release by you, for publication, of the first newspaper
advertisement relating to the Shares, or the time at which the Shares are first
generally offered by the Underwriters to the public by letter, telephone,
telegram or telecopy, whichever shall first occur. By giving notice as set
forth in Section 12 before the time this Agreement becomes effective, you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, or the Company, may prevent this
Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party to any other
party, except as provided in Sections 4(j), 5 and 8 hereof.
(b) You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have
the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified
at any time on or prior to the Closing Date or on or prior to any later date on
which Option Shares are to be purchased, as the case may be, (i) if the Company
or any Selling Stockholder shall have failed, refused or been unable to perform
any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the
Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled is not fulfilled,
including, without limitation, any change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of the Company
and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise from that set forth in the
Registration Statement or Prospectus, which, in your reasonable judgment, is
material and adverse, or (ii) if additional material governmental restrictions,
not in force and effect on the date hereof, shall have been imposed upon trading
in securities generally or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally
established on the New York Stock Exchange or on the American Stock Exchange or
in the over the counter market by the NASD, or trading in securities generally
shall have been suspended on either such exchange or in the over the counter
market by the NASD, or if a banking moratorium shall have been declared by
federal, New York or California authorities, or (iii) if the Company shall have
sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity
of such character as to interfere materially with the conduct of the business
and operations of the Company regardless of whether or not such loss shall have
been insured, or (iv) if there shall have been a material adverse change in the
general political or economic conditions or financial markets as in your
reasonable judgment makes it inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the
offering, sale and delivery of the Shares, or (v) if there shall have been an
outbreak or escalation of hostilities or of any other insurrection or armed
conflict or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency which,
in the reasonable opinion of the Representatives, makes it impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by
the Prospectus. In the event of termination pursuant to subparagraph (i) above,
the Company shall remain obligated to pay costs and expenses pursuant to
Sections 4(j), 5 and 8 hereof. Any termination pursuant to any of subparagraphs
(ii) through (v) above shall be without liability of any party to any other
party except as provided in Sections 5 and 8 hereof.
If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 11, you shall promptly notify the Company by telephone, telecopy or telegram, in each case confirmed by letter. If the Company shall elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective, the Company shall promptly notify you by telephone, telecopy or telegram, in each case, confirmed by letter.
12. NOTICES. All notices or communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and if sent to you shall be mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by letter) to you c/o Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, 555 California Street, Suite 2600, San Francisco, California 94104, telecopier number (415) 781-0278, Attention: General Counsel; if sent to the Company, such notice shall be mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by letter) to E*TRADE Group, Inc., Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303, telecopier number (415) 842- 2552, Attention: Christos M. Cotsakos, Chief Executive Officer; if sent to one or more of the Selling Stockholders, such notice shall be sent mailed, delivered, telegraphed (and confirmed by letter) or telecopied (and confirmed by letter) to Christos M. Cotsakos, Wayne H. Heldt and Stephen C. Richards,
28.
as Attorneys-in-Fact for the Selling Stockholders, at E*TRADE Group, Inc., Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303, telecopier number (415) 842-2552.
13. PARTIES. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the several Underwriters and the Company and the Selling Stockholders and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and the controlling persons within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act, officers and directors referred to in Section 8 hereof, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in respect of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns and said controlling persons and said officers and directors, and for the benefit of no other person or entity. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be construed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
In all dealings with the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Agreement, you shall act on behalf of each of the several Underwriters, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement made or given by you jointly or by Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC on behalf of you.
14. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.
15. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of which will constitute an original.
29.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters.
Very truly yours,
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
ACCEPTED AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN:
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell
On their behalf and on behalf of each of the
several Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.
By Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC
By Robertson, Stephens & Company Group, L.L.P.
30.
SCHEDULE A
NUMBER OF
FIRM SHARES
TO BE
UNDERWRITERS PURCHASED
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.............................. Hambrecht & Quist LLC.......................................... Deutsche Morgan Grenfell.......................................
SCHEDULE B
NUMBER OF FIRM NUMBER OF OPTION COMPANY SHARES TO BE SOLD SHARES TO BE SOLD _________ _______ Total...................... 6,250,000 797,250 ========= ======= |
NUMBER OF FIRM NUMBER OF OPTION NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER SHARES TO BE SOLD SHARES TO BE SOLD _______ _______ Total.................... 665,000 240,000 ======= ======= |
EXHIBIT 3.3
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
FIRST. The name of the corporation is E*TRADE Group, Inc. (the ``Corporation'').
SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. (a) The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, ``Common Stock'' and ``Preferred Stock.'' The total number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue is Fifty-One Million (51,000,000) shares. Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. One Million (1,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 100,000 shares shall be designated Series A Preferred Stock, 20,336 shares shall be designated Series B Preferred Stock and 11,180 shares shall be designated Series C Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and such other series of Preferred Stock as shall be designated are collectively referred to as ``Preferred Stock.''
(b) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, to fix, state and express the powers, rights, designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including without limitation: the rate of dividends upon which and the times at which dividends on shares of such series shall be payable and the preference, if any, which such dividends shall have relative to dividends on shares of any other class or classes or any other series of stock of the Corporation; whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from which dividends on shares of such series shall be cumulative; the voting rights, if any, to be provided for shares of such series; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares of such series shall have in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation; the rights, if any, which the holders of shares of such series shall have to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for shares of stock of the Corporation, and the terms and conditions, including price and rate of exchange of such conversion or exchange; and the redemption rights (including sinking fund provisions), if any, for shares of such series; and such other powers, rights, designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as the Board of Directors may desire to so fix. The Board of
1.
Directors is also expressly authorized to fix the number of shares constituting such series and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series prior to the issuance of shares of that series and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not to decrease such number below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.
(c) A statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and the holders thereof is as follows:
2.
determined as hereinafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (the ``Series A Conversion Price'') shall initially be $2.05 per share of Common Stock. The initial Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided.
3.
to a transaction under Rule 145 under such Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation, the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation and/or any selling stockholders (after deduction of underwriters' discounts and expenses relating to the issuance, including without limitation fees of the Corporation's counsel) of which exceed $7,500,000 (a ``Qualified initial Public Offering'').
(i) Before any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he or she elects to convert the same, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock which he or she wishes to convert, and shall state therein the name or names in which he or she wishes the certificate or certificates of shares for Common Stock to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he or she shall be entitled as aforesaid, and, if less than all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates surrendered to the Corporation are to be converted, a certificate for the number of unconverted shares of Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.
(ii) If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.
4.
5.
or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based and the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock.
6.
(i) In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:
(A) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;
(B) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights;
(C) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or
(D) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property, assets or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;
then, in connection with such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock:
(1) at least ten (10) days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in Subsection 3(j)(i)(C) or (D) above; and
(2) in the case of the matters referred to in Subsection 3(j)(i)(C) and (D) above, at least twenty (20) days' prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event or such earlier date, if any, on which a record shall be taken of the holders of Common Stock who shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock).
(ii) Any notice required by the provisions of this Subsection 3 to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage
7.
prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at the address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, with respect to the holders of (i) Series A Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $123.00 per share, (ii) Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $140.00 per share, (iii) Series C Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $805.00 per share, and (iv) any other series of Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the price at which a share of such series of Preferred Stock was first issued (the ``Original Issue Price'') per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), for each share of such series of Preferred Stock then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.
(b) After payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in Subsection 4(a) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stock then held by them.
(c) Any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or an affiliate thereof (other than a mere reincorporation transaction), or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or a transaction or series of related transactions (other than a public offering of the Corporation's securities or the sale of its Preferred Stock) in which the Corporation issues shares representing more than 50 percent of the voting power of the Corporation immediately after giving effect to such transaction (any such transaction
8.
a ``Transaction''), shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up for purposes of this Subsection 4. Any securities to be delivered to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to such a Transaction shall be valued as follows:
(i) Securities not subject to lock-up or other similar restrictions on free marketability:
(A) If traded on a securities exchange or reported on a national inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30 day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of the Transaction;
(B) If actively traded over the counter and not reported on a national inter-dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30 day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of the Transaction;
(C) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, within ten (10) days after the Board of Directors gives notice to such holders that such determination is required; and
(D) If the fair market value cannot be determined pursuant to, and within the time specified in Subsection 4(c)(i)(C) above (such event, a ``Failure to Agree''), then the fair market value shall be determined as follows:
(1) The Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shall each, within ten (10) days of a Failure to Agree, appoint one independent appraiser. If either party fails to timely select an appraiser, then the fair market value shall be deemed to equal the appraisal made by the appraiser selected by the other party, which shall be made within twenty (20) days following the appointment of such appraiser.
(2) If both appraisers are timely selected, such two appraisers shall in turn, no later than ten (10) days following the appointment of the second appraiser, select a third appraiser, which group of three appraisers shall then determine
9.
the fair market value, within twenty (20) days following the appointment of the third appraiser. The fair market value shall be conclusively deemed to equal the average of the three appraisals. If any one appraiser fails to make a determination of fair market value within the applicable time period set forth herein, the fair market value shall be deemed to equal the average of the other two timely appraisals; or, if two appraisers fail to make a determination of fair market value within the applicable time period set forth herein, the fair market value shall be deemed to equal the sole timely appraisal.
(3) If the appraiser or appraisers selected pursuant to this Subsection 4(c)(i)(D) shall fail to make a determination of fair market value within the applicable time period set forth herein, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to proceed with the closing of the Transaction, subject to the later determination of fair market value pursuant to this Subsection 4(c)(i)(D).
(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to lock-up or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Subsection 4(c)(i)(A), (B) or (C) above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock or, if applicable, shall be in accordance with Subsection 4(c)(i)(D), giving appropriate weight, if any, to such restrictions.
10.
(a) Effect the sale, merger or liquidation of the Corporation, or the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets;
(b) Effect any change in material accounting methods or policies of the Corporation; or
(c) Effect any material amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or any amendment of this Subsection 6.
FIFTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any Bylaw amendment adopted by the Board of Directors increasing or reducing the authorized number of Directors shall require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of Directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. In addition, new Bylaws may be adopted or the Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3 percent of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3 percent of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, change, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article FIFTH.
SIXTH. (a) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing of such stockholders.
(b) Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the (i) Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) President, (iii) Chairman or the Secretary at the written request of a majority of the total number of Directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies upon not fewer than 10 or more than 60 days' written notice, or (iv) holders of shares entitled to cast not less than 10 percent of the votes at such special meeting upon not fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days' written notice. Any request for a special meeting of stockholders shall be sent to the Chairman and the Secretary and shall state the purposes of the proposed meeting. Special meetings of holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock may be called in the manner and for the purposes provided in the resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such stock. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
11.
election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, change, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.
SEVENTH. (a) The number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors of this corporation shall be as specified in the Bylaws of this corporation, subject to this Article SEVENTH.
(b) The Directors shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, as shall be provided in the manner specified in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each Director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting at which the Director was elected; provided, however, that each initial Director in Class I shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 1999, each initial Director in Class II shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 1998, and each initial Director in Class III shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders in 1997. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article SEVENTH, each Director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal.
(c) In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized
number of Directors, (i) each Director then serving as such shall nevertheless
continue as a Director of the class of which he is a member until the expiration
of his current term, or his early resignation, removal from office or death, and
(ii) the newly created or eliminated directorship resulting from such increase
or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board of Directors among the three
classes of Directors so as to maintain such classes as nearly equally as
possible.
(d) Any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3 percent of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
(e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, change, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SEVENTH.
EIGHTH. (a) 1. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, any Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) shall require the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class (for purposes of this Article EIGHTH, the ``Voting Shares''). Such affirmative vote shall be required notwith-
12.
standing the fact that no vote may be required, or that some lesser percentage may be specified by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.
2. The term ``Business Combination'' as used in this Article EIGHTH shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of the following clauses (A) through (E):
(A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with or into (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or
(B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to or with, or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary constituting not less than five percent of the total assets of the Corporation, as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet has been prepared; or
(C) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to, or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) constituting not less than five percent of the total assets of the Corporation, as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet has been prepared; or
(D) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any spin-off or split-up of any kind of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder; or
(E) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any similar transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the percentage of the outstanding shares of (i) any class of equity securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or (ii) any class of securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary convertible into equity securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, represented by securities of such class which are directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder.
13.
(b) The provisions of section (a) of this Article EIGHTH shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, if such Business Combination has been approved by two-thirds of the whole Board of Directors.
(c) For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:
1. A ``person'' shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.
2. ``Interested Stockholder'' shall mean, in respect of any Business Combination, any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which, as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on such Business Combination, or immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction
(A) is or was, at any time within two years prior thereto, the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10 percent or more of the then outstanding Voting Shares, or
(B) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within two years prior thereto was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10 percent or more of the then outstanding Voting Shares, or
(C) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of capital stock of the Corporation which were at any time within two years prior thereto beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction, or series of transactions, not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
3. A ``person'' shall be the ``beneficial owner'' of any Voting Shares
(A) which such person or any of its Affiliates and Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or
(B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or
14.
(C) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purposes of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
4. The outstanding Voting Shares shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph 3 above but shall not include any other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
5. ``Affiliate'' and ``Associate'' shall have the respective meanings given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date of adoption of this Certificate of Incorporation (the ``Exchange Act'').
(d) A majority of the directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article EIGHTH on the basis of information known to them, (1) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (2) the number of Voting Shares beneficially owned by any person, (3) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (4) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in paragraph 3 of section (c), or (5) whether the assets subject to any Business Combination or the consideration received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary constitutes not less than five percent of the total assets of the Corporation.
(e) Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
(f) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3 percent of the combined voting power of all shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, change, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article EIGHTH.
NINTH. This Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter
15.
prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
TENTH. A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (4) for any transaction from which the Director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is hereafter amended to authorize, with the approval of a corporation's stockholders, further reductions in the liability of a corporation's directors for breach of fiduciary duty, then a Director of the Corporation shall not be liable for any such breach to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article ELEVENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
16.
EXHIBIT 3.4
RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
1.
2.
given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual meeting or, in the event public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is first made by the corporation fewer than seventy (70) days prior to the date of such annual meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ``1934 Act''), in his or her capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (a). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (a), and, if he or she should so determine, such chairman shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this paragraph (b) shall be eligible for election as directors.
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation
may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the
election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set
forth in this paragraph (b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at
the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice
(as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 1.10) in writing to the Secretary
of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
Section 1.10. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person,
if any, whom the stockholder
3.
proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), and (ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 1.10. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he or she should so determine, such chairman shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(c) For purposes of this Section 1.10, ``public announcement'' shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.
4.
time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors. Any reduction in the size of any class of Directors shall not shorten the term of office of any incumbent Director. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.
5.
calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, by facsimile transmission or by telegram sent to his business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.
6.
business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.
7.
The Board of Directors, or a committee duly authorized to do so, may remove any officer with or without cause. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.
8.
to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.
Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.
In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.
Any Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.
9.
Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.
10.
prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.
If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director or officer which it shall have power to indemnify under the Section against any expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section. The indemnification provided for in this Article: (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; (ii) shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer; and (iii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this Article shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.
11.
Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation's request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corpora tion Law of Delaware.
To assure indemnification under this Article of all such persons who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been ``fiduciaries'' of any employee benefit plan of the corporation which may exist from time to time, such Sec tion 145 shall, for the purposes of this Article, be interpreted as follows: an ``other enterprise'' shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including, without limitation, any plan of the corporation which is governed by the Act of Congress entitled ``Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,'' as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed ``fines''; and action taken or omitted by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such person's duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.
12.
either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person's duly authorized attorney, or by telegraph, cable or any other available method, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.
(a) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;
(b) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or
13.
(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders.
Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
14.
EXHIBIT 4.1
[STOCK CERTIFICATE FRONT]
[E*TRADE Logo]
COMMON STOCK
[Graphic of globe]
NUMBER
SHARES
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND A STATEMENT AS TO THE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES AND RESTRICTIONS OF SHARES
CUSIP 269246 10 4
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF
[Seal copy:] E*TRADE Group, Inc. MAY 30 1996 DELAWARE |
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE OF $0.01 PER SHARE OF
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated: [Signatures:] Stephen Richards Christos M. Cotsakos W. A. Porter TREASURER PRESIDENT AND CEO CHAIRMAN |
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
[STOCK CERTIFICATE BACK]
A statement of the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights of each class of stock or series thereof, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, as established from time to time, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by any certificate of determination of preferences, and the number of shares constituting each series or class, and the designations thereof, may be obtained by any stockholder of the Corporation upon request and without charge from the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal office of the Corporation.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM - as tenants in common TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties JT TEN - as joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common |
COM PROP - as community property
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gift to Minors Act
(State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT - Custodian (until age )
(Cust)
under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minor Act
(State)
Additional abbreviates may also be used though not in the above list.
For Value Received, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMEBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
[Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP Letterhead]
July 19, 1996
EXHIBIT 5.1
E*TRADE Group, Inc.
Four Embarcadero Place
2400 Geng Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to E*TRADE Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the registration of 5,364,750 shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") (including an over-allotment of 699,750 shares), up to 4,459,750 shares (the "Company Shares") of which are being offered by the Company and up to 905,000 shares (the "Selling Stockholder Shares") of which are being offered by certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders") all as described in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-05525), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Registration Statement"). The Shares are to be sold pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement to be entered into among the Company, Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC, Hambrecht & Quist LLC, and Deutche Morgan Grenfell/C. J. Lawrence Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters (the "Representatives") named in such Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement").
In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon the Registration Statement and related Prospectus, the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Company's Restated Bylaws and the originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memorandum or other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below and (ii) assumed that the Shares will be sold by the underwriters at a price determined through negotiations among the Company, representatives of the Selling Stockholders and the Representatives.
On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that (i) the Selling Stockholder Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) the Company Shares have been duly
authorized, and when sold and issued by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus which is part of the Registration Statement.
It is understood that this opinion is to be used only in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares while the Registration Statement is in effect.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP |
EXHIBIT 10.4
ARTICLE ONE
I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This 1996 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to promote the interests of E*TRADE Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to remain in the service of the Corporation.
Capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.
II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall be divided into three separate equity programs:
- the Discretionary Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock,
- the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), and
- the Automatic Option Grant Program under which eligible non-employee Board members shall automatically receive option grants at periodic intervals to purchase shares of Common Stock.
B. The provisions of Articles One and Five shall apply to all equity programs under the Plan and shall govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.
III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
A. Prior to the Section 12 Registration Date, the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs shall be administered by the Board. Beginning with the Section 12 Registration Date, the Primary Committee shall have sole and exclusive authority
to administer the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with
respect to Section 16 Insiders. No non-employee Board member shall be eligible
to serve on the Primary Committee if such individual has, during the twelve
(12)-month period immediately preceding the date of his or her appointment to
the Committee or (if shorter) the period commencing with the Section 12(g)
Registration Date and ending with the date of his or her appointment to the
Primary Committee, received an option grant or direct stock issuance under the
Plan or any other stock option, stock appreciation, stock bonus or other stock
plan of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), other than pursuant to
the Automatic Option Grant Program.
B. Administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs with respect to all other persons eligible to participate in those programs may, at the Board's discretion, be vested in the Primary Committee or a Secondary Committee, or the Board may retain the power to administer those programs with respect to all such persons. The members of the Secondary Committee may be Board members who are Associates eligible to receive discretionary option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan or any other stock option, stock appreciation, stock bonus or other stock plan of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
C. Members of the Primary Committee or any Secondary Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and may be removed by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of any Secondary Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to such committee.
D. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan, have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the provisions of such programs and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator within the scope of its administrative functions under the Plan shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs under its jurisdiction or any option or stock issuance thereunder.
E. Service on the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall constitute service as a Board member, and members of each such committee shall accordingly be entitled to full indemnification and reimbursement as Board members for their service on such committee. No member of the Primary Committee or the Secondary Committee shall be liable for any act or omission made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.
2.
F. Administration of the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be self-executing in accordance with the terms of that program, and no Plan Administrator shall exercise any discretionary functions with respect to any option grants or stock issuances made under those programs.
IV. ELIGIBILITY
A. The persons eligible to participate in the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock Issuance Programs are as follows:
(i) Associates,
(ii) non-employee members of the Board (other than those serving as members of the Primary Committee) or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and
(iii) consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
B. Each Plan Administrator shall, within the scope of its
administrative jurisdiction under the Plan, have full authority to determine,
(i) with respect to the option grants under the Discretionary Option Grant
Program, which eligible persons are to receive option grants, the time or times
when such option grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by
each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option
or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become
exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and
the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding and (ii) with
respect to stock issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible
persons are to receive stock issuances, the time or times when such issuances
are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the
vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration
for such shares.
C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Discretionary Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.
D. The individuals who shall be eligible to participate in the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be limited to (i) those individuals serving as non-employee Board members on the Underwriting Date who have not previously received a stock option grant from the Corporation, (ii) those individuals who first become non-employee Board members after the Underwriting Date, whether through appointment by the Board or election by the Corporation's stockholders, and (iii) those individuals who continue to serve as non-employee Board members at one or more Annual Stockholders Meetings held after the Underwriting Date. A non-employee Board member who has previously been in the
3.
employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not be eligible to receive an option grant under the Automatic Option Grant Program at the time he or she first becomes a non-employee Board member, but shall be eligible to receive periodic option grants under the Automatic Option Grant Program while he or she continues to serve as a non-employee Board member.
V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized
but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the
Corporation on the open market. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock
initially reserved for issuance over the term of the Plan shall not exceed
9,994,120 shares. Such authorized share reserve is comprised of (i) the shares
subject to the outstanding options under the Predecessor Plan which will be
incorporated into the Plan/1/, plus (ii) an additional increase of 4,000,000
shares authorized by the Board but subject to stockholder approval prior to the
Section 12 Registration Date.
B. No one person participating in the Plan may receive options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances for more than 500,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate per calendar year, beginning with the 1996 calendar year.
C. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options incorporated into this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent those options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently cancelled or repurchased by the Corporation, at the original issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation's repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan. However, should the exercise price of an option under the Plan be paid with shares of Common Stock or should shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under the Plan be withheld by the Corporation in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of an option or the vesting of a stock issuance under the Plan, then the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the gross number of shares for which the option is exercised or which vest under the stock issuance, and not by the net number of shares of Common Stock issued to the holder of such option or stock issuance.
D. If any change is made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt
4.
of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the number and/or class of securities for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances under this Plan per calendar year, (iii) the number and/or class of securities for which grants are subsequently to be made under the Automatic Option Grant Program to new and continuing non-employee Board members, (iv) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option under the Plan and (v) the number and/or class of securities and price per share in effect under each outstanding option incorporated into this Plan from the Predecessor Plan. Such adjustments to the outstanding options are to be effected in a manner which shall preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such options. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.
5.
ARTICLE TWO
I. OPTION TERMS
1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Five and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in one or more of the forms specified below:
(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation,
(ii) shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or
(iii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable written instructions to (a) a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.
Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
6.
1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:
(i) Any option outstanding at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service for any reason shall remain exercisable for such period of time thereafter as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option, but no such option shall be exercisable after the expiration of the option term.
(ii) Any option exercisable in whole or in part by the Optionee at the time of death may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.
(iii) Should the Optionee's Service be terminated for Misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the Optionee shall terminate immediately and cease to be outstanding.
(iv) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.
2. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:
(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee's cessation of Service from the limited exercise period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater
7.
period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or
(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested had the Optionee continued in Service.
II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS
8.
III. CORPORATE TRANSACTION/CHANGE IN CONTROL
A. In the event of any Corporate Transaction, each outstanding option shall automatically accelerate so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, an outstanding option shall not so accelerate if and to the extent: (i) such option is, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, either to be assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or to be replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or parent thereof), (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such option or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant. The determination of option comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Plan Administrator, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.
9.
C. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).
G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded.
10.
To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Qualified Option under the Federal tax laws.
H. The outstanding options shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS
The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Discretionary Option Grant Program (including outstanding options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date.
V. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
A. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to grant to selected Optionees tandem stock appreciation rights and/or limited stock appreciation rights.
B. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of tandem stock appreciation rights:
(i) One or more Optionees may be granted the right, exercisable upon such terms as the Plan Administrator may establish, to elect between the exercise of the underlying option for shares of Common Stock and the surrender of that option in exchange for a distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value (on the option surrender date) of the number of shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested under the surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (b) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares.
(ii) No such option surrender shall be effective unless it is approved by the Plan Administrator. If the surrender is so approved, then the distribution to which the Optionee shall be entitled may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value on the option surrender date, in cash, or partly in shares and partly in cash, as the Plan Administrator shall in its sole discretion deem appropriate.
11.
C. The following terms shall govern the grant and exercise of limited stock appreciation rights:
(i) One or more Section 16 Insiders may be granted limited stock appreciation rights with respect to their outstanding options.
(ii) Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, each individual
holding one or more options with such a limited stock appreciation right in
effect for at least six (6) months shall have the unconditional right
(exercisable for a thirty (30)-day period following such Hostile Take-Over)
to surrender each such option to the Corporation, to the extent the option
is at the time exercisable for vested shares of Common Stock. In return
for the surrendered option, the Optionee shall receive a cash distribution
from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Take-Over
Price of the shares of Common Stock which are at the time vested under each
surrendered option (or surrendered portion thereof) over (B) the aggregate
exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be
paid within five (5) days following the option surrender date.
(iii) Neither the approval of the Plan Administrator nor the consent of the Board shall be required in connection with such option surrender and cash distribution.
(iv) The balance of the option (if any) shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the documents evidencing such option.
12.
ARTICLE THREE
I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS
Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.
1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issuance date.
2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Seven, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:
(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or
(ii) past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).
1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant's period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. The elements of the vesting schedule applicable to any unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program, namely:
(i) the Service period to be completed by the Participant or the performance objectives to be attained,
(ii) the number of installments in which the shares are to vest,
13.
(iii) the interval or intervals (if any) which are to lapse between installments, and
(iv) the effect which death, Permanent Disability or other event designated by the Plan Administrator is to have upon the vesting schedule,
shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and incorporated into the Stock Issuance Agreement.
2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property
(including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the
Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant's
unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split,
recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change
affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's
receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting
requirements applicable to the Participant's unvested shares of Common Stock and
(ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.
3. The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant's interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.
4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant's purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to the surrendered shares.
5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the cessation of the Participant's Service or the non-attainment of the performance objectives applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant's interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time,
14.
whether before or after the Participant's cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.
II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION/CHANGE IN CONTROL
A. All of the Corporation's outstanding repurchase/cancellation
rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and all
the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately
vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent
(i) those repurchase/cancellation rights are to be assigned to the successor
corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or
(ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed in the
Stock Issuance Agreement.
B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation's repurchase/cancellation rights remain outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant's Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase/cancellation rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).
C. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation's repurchase/cancellation rights remain outstanding under the Stock Issuance Program, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant's Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Change in Control.
III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS
Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant's interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.
15.
ARTICLE FOUR
I. OPTION TERMS
1. Each individual serving as a non-employee Board member on the Underwriting Date shall automatically be granted at that time a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary and has not previously received a stock option grant from the Corporation.
2. Each individual who is first elected or appointed as a non- employee Board member at any time after the Underwriting Date shall automatically be granted, on the date of such initial election or appointment, a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 20,000 shares of Common Stock, provided that individual has not previously been in the employ of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary.
3. On the date of each Annual Stockholders Meeting held after the Underwriting Date, each individual who is to continue to serve as an Eligible Director, whether or not that individual is standing for re-election to the Board at that particular Annual Meeting, shall automatically be granted a Non-Statutory Option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock, provided such individual has served as a non-employee Board member for at least six (6) months. There shall be no limit on the number of such 5,000-share option grants any one Eligible Director may receive over his or her period of Board service, and non-employee Board members who have previously been in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or who have otherwise received a stock option grant from the Corporation prior to the Underwriting Date shall be eligible to receive one or more such annual option grants over their period of continued Board service.
1. The exercise price per share shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.
2. The exercise price shall be payable in one or more of the alternative forms authorized under the Discretionary Option Grant Program. Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure specified thereunder is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.
16.
(i) The Optionee (or, in the event of Optionee's death, the
personal representative of the Optionee's estate or the person or persons
to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in
accordance with the laws of descent and distribution) shall have a twelve
(12)-month period following the date of such cessation of Board service in
which to exercise each such option.
(ii) During the twelve (12)-month exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Board service.
(iii) Should the Optionee cease to serve as a Board member by reason of death or Permanent Disability, then all shares at the time subject to the option shall immediately vest so that such option may, during the twelve (12)-month exercise period following such cessation of Board service, be exercised for all or any portion of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock.
(iv) In no event shall the option remain exercisable after the expiration of the option term. Upon the expiration of the twelve (12)- month exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Board service for any
17.
reason other than death or Permanent Disability, terminate and cease to be outstanding to the extent the option is not otherwise at that time exercisable for vested shares.
II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION/CHANGE IN CONTROL/HOSTILE TAKE-OVER
A. In the event of any Corporate Transaction, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for all or any portion of those shares as fully- vested shares of Common Stock. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, each automatic option grant shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).
B. In connection with any Change in Control, the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to each outstanding option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become fully exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised for all or any portion of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. Each such option shall remain exercisable for such fully-vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term or the surrender of the option in connection with a Hostile Take-Over.
C. Upon the occurrence of a Hostile Take-Over, the Optionee shall have a thirty (30)-day period in which to surrender to the Corporation each automatic option held by him or her for a period of at least six (6) months. The Optionee shall in return be entitled to a cash distribution from the Corporation in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Take-Over Price of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to the surrendered option (whether or not the Optionee is otherwise at the time vested in those shares) over (ii) the aggregate exercise price payable for such shares. Such cash distribution shall be paid within five (5) days following the surrender of the option to the Corporation. No approval or consent of the Board or any Plan Administrator shall be required in connection with such option surrender and cash distribution.
18.
E. The grant of options under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
III. AMENDMENT OF THE AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANT PROGRAM
The provisions of this Automatic Option Grant Program, together with the option grants outstanding thereunder, may not be amended at intervals more frequently than once every six (6) months, other than to the extent necessary to comply with applicable Federal income tax laws and regulations.
IV. REMAINING TERMS
The remaining terms of each option granted under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be the same as the terms in effect for option grants made under the Discretionary Option Grant Program.
19.
ARTICLE FIVE
I. FINANCING
The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Discretionary Option Grant Program or the purchase price of shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments. The terms of any such promissory note (including the interest rate and the terms of repayment) shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.
II. TAX WITHHOLDING
A. The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or the issuance or vesting of such shares under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.
B. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, provide any or all holders of Non-Statutory Options or unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan (other than the options granted or the shares issued under the Automatic Option Grant Program) with the right to use shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of all or part of the Taxes incurred by such holders in connection with the exercise of their options or the vesting of their shares. Such right may be provided to any such holder in either or both of the following formats:
20.
III. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan shall become effective with respect to the Discretionary Option Grant and the Stock Issuance Programs immediately upon the Plan Effective Date. The Automatic Option Grant Program shall become effective on the Underwriting Date. Options may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant Program at any time on or after the Plan Effective Date, and the initial options under the Automatic Option Grant Program shall be made on the Underwriting Date to each Eligible Director at that time. However, no options granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation's stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Plan Effective Date, then all options previously granted under this Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.
B. The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Section 12(g) Registration Date. All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Section 12(g) Registration Date shall be incorporated into the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan. However, each outstanding option so incorporated shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such incorporated options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.
C. One or more provisions of the Plan, including (without limitation) the option/vesting acceleration provisions of Article Two relating to Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control, may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion, be extended to one or more options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan which do not otherwise contain such provisions.
IV. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, (i) no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to stock options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or
21.
the Participant consents to such amendment or modification and (ii) any
amendment made to the Automatic Option Grant Program (or any stock option or
stock issuances outstanding thereunder) shall be in compliance with the
applicable limitations of those programs. In addition, the Board shall not,
without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, (i) materially increase
the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan or the maximum number of
shares for which any one person may be granted stock options, separately
exercisable stock appreciation rights and direct stock issuances in the
aggregate under this Plan during any one calendar year, except for permissible
adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporation's capitalization,
(ii) materially modify the eligibility requirements for participation or (iii)
materially increase the benefits accruing to participants.
B. Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Discretionary Option Grant Program and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program that are in each instance in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.
V. USE OF PROCEEDS
Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS
A. The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any stock option under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any granted option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the stock options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.
22.
B. No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under the Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which Common Stock is then listed for trading.
VII. NO EMPLOYMENT/SERVICE RIGHTS
Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
23.
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:
(i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation's stockholders which the Board does not recommend such stockholders to accept, or
(ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (A) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (B) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (A) who were still in office at the time the Board approved such election or nomination.
A-1.
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the high and low selling prices per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such prices are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market or any successor system. If there are no high or low selling prices for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the high and low selling prices on the last preceding date for which such quotations exist.
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the high and low selling prices per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the
A-2.
Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such prices are officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there are no high and low selling prices for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the high and low selling prices on the last preceding date for which such quotations exist.
(iii) For purposes of any option grants made on the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is to be sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
(iv) For purposes of any option grants made prior to the Underwriting Date, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, after taking into account such factors as it deems appropriate.
(ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the securities so acquired are accepted from persons other than Section 16 Insiders.
(i) such individual's involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or
(ii) such individual's voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her level of responsibility, (B) a reduction in his or her level of
A-3.
compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and participation in any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual's place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without the individual's consent.
A-4.
A-5.
A-6.
EXHIBIT 10.9
I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
This Stock Purchase Plan is intended to promote the interests of
E*TRADE Group, Inc. by providing eligible associates with the opportunity to
acquire a proprietary interest in the Corporation through participation in a
payroll-deduction based employee stock purchase plan designed to qualify under
Section 423 of the Code.
Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.
II. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such rules and regulations for administering the Plan as it may deem necessary in order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties having an interest in the Plan.
III. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
A. The stock purchasable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares of Common Stock purchased on the open market. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed Six Hundred Fifty Thousand (650,000) shares.
B. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of securities purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date and (iii) the number and class of securities and the price per share in effect under each outstanding purchase right in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.
IV. OFFERING PERIODS
A. Shares of Common Stock shall be offered for purchase under the Plan through a series of successive offering periods until such time as (i) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall have been purchased or (ii) the Plan shall have been sooner terminated.
B. Each offering period shall be of such duration (not to exceed twenty-four (24) months) as determined by the Plan Administrator prior to the start date. The initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in July 1998. The next offering period shall commence on the first business day in August 1998, and subsequent offering periods shall commence as designated by the Plan Administrator.
C. Each offering period shall be comprised of a series of one or more successive Purchase Intervals. Purchase Intervals shall run from the first business day in February each year to the last business day in July of the same year and from the first business day in August each year to the last business day in January of the following year. Accordingly, the first Purchase Interval in effect under the initial offering period shall commence at the Effective Time and terminate on the last business day in January 1997.
D. Should the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any Purchase Date within an offering period be less than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the start date of that offering period, then that offering period shall automatically terminate immediately after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on such Purchase Date, and a new offering period shall commence on the next business day following such Purchase Date. The new offering period shall have a duration of twenty four (24) months, unless a shorter duration is established by the Plan Administrator within five (5) business days following the start date of that offering period.
V. ELIGIBILITY
A. Each individual who is an Eligible Associate on the start date of any offering period under the Plan may enter that offering period on such start date or on any subsequent Semi-Annual Entry Date within that offering period, provided he or she remains an Eligible Associate.
B. Each individual who first becomes an Eligible Associate after the start date of an offering period may enter that offering period on any subsequent Semi-Annual Entry Date within that offering period on which he or she is an Eligible Associate.
C. The date an individual enters an offering period shall be designated his or her Entry Date for purposes of that offering period.
D. To participate in the Plan for a particular offering period, the Eligible Associate must complete the enrollment forms prescribed by the Plan Administrator (including a stock purchase agreement and a payroll deduction authorization) and file such forms with the Plan Administrator (or its designate) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date.
2.
VI. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS
A. The payroll deduction authorized by the Participant for purposes of acquiring shares of Common Stock during an offering period may be any multiple of one percent (1%) of the Base Salary paid to the Participant during each Purchase Interval within that offering period, up to a maximum of ten percent (10%). The deduction rate so authorized shall continue in effect throughout the offering period, except to the extent such rate is changed in accordance with the following guidelines:
(i) The Participant may, at any time during the offering period, reduce his or her rate of payroll deduction to become effective as soon as possible after filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The Participant may not, however, effect more than one (1) such reduction per Purchase Interval.
(ii) The Participant may, prior to the commencement of any new Purchase Interval within the offering period, increase the rate of his or her payroll deduction by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator. The new rate (which may not exceed the ten percent (10%) maximum) shall become effective on the start date of the first Purchase Interval following the filing of such form.
B. Payroll deductions shall begin on the first pay day following the Participant's Entry Date into the offering period and shall (unless sooner terminated by the Participant) continue through the pay day ending with or immediately prior to the last day of that offering period. The amounts so collected shall be credited to the Participant's book account under the Plan, but no interest shall be paid on the balance from time to time outstanding in such account. The amounts collected from the Participant shall not be held in any segregated account or trust fund and may be commingled with the general assets of the Corporation and used for general corporate purposes.
C. Payroll deductions shall automatically cease upon the termination of the Participant's purchase right in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
D. The Participant's acquisition of Common Stock under the Plan on any Purchase Date shall neither limit nor require the Participant's acquisition of Common Stock on any subsequent Purchase Date, whether within the same or a different offering period.
VII. PURCHASE RIGHTS
3.
installments over the remainder of such offering period, upon the terms set forth below. The Participant shall execute a stock purchase agreement embodying such terms and such other provisions (not inconsistent with the Plan) as the Plan Administrator may deem advisable.
Under no circumstances shall purchase rights be granted under the Plan to any Eligible Associate if such individual would, immediately after the grant, own (within the meaning of Code Section 424(d)) or hold outstanding options or other rights to purchase, stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate.
4.
(i) A Participant may, at any time prior to the next scheduled Purchase Date in the offering period, terminate his or her outstanding purchase right by filing the appropriate form with the Plan Administrator (or its designate), and no further payroll deductions shall be collected from the Participant with respect to the terminated purchase right. Any payroll deductions collected during the Purchase Interval in which such termination occurs shall, at the Participant's election, be immediately refunded or held for the purchase of shares on the next Purchase Date. If no such election is made at the time such purchase right is terminated, then the payroll deductions collected with respect to the terminated right shall be refunded as soon as possible.
(ii) The termination of such purchase right shall be irrevocable, and the Participant may not subsequently rejoin the offering period for which the terminated purchase right was granted. In order to resume participation in any subsequent offering period, such individual must re- enroll in the Plan (by making a timely filing of the prescribed enrollment forms) on or before his or her scheduled Entry Date into that offering period.
(iii) Should the Participant cease to remain an Eligible Associate for any reason (including death, disability or change in status) while his or her purchase right remains outstanding, then that purchase right shall immediately terminate, and all of the Participant's payroll deductions for the Purchase Interval in which the purchase right so terminates shall be immediately refunded. However, should the Participant cease to remain in active service by reason of an approved unpaid leave of absence, then the Participant shall have the right, exercisable up until the last business day of the Purchase Interval in which such leave commences, to (a) withdraw all the payroll deductions collected to date on his or her behalf for that Purchase Interval or (b) have such funds held for the purchase of shares on his or her behalf on the next scheduled Purchase Date. In no event, however, shall any further payroll deductions be collected on the Participant's behalf during such leave. Upon the Participant's return to active service, his or her payroll deductions under the Plan shall automatically resume at the rate in effect at the time the leave began, unless the Participant withdraws from the Plan prior to his or her return.
5.
The Corporation shall use its best efforts to provide at least ten
(10)-days prior written notice of the occurrence of any Corporate Transaction,
and Participants shall, following the receipt of such notice, have the right to
terminate their outstanding purchase rights prior to the effective date of the
Corporate Transaction.
VIII. ACCRUAL LIMITATIONS
A. No Participant shall be entitled to accrue rights to acquire Common Stock pursuant to any purchase right outstanding under this Plan if and to the extent such accrual, when aggregated with (i) rights to purchase Common Stock accrued under any other purchase right granted under this Plan and (ii) similar rights accrued under other employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Code Section 423) of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate, would otherwise permit such Participant to purchase more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of stock of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates such rights are granted) for each calendar year such rights are at any time outstanding.
6.
B. For purposes of applying such accrual limitations to the purchase rights granted under the Plan, the following provisions shall be in effect:
(i) The right to acquire Common Stock under each outstanding purchase right shall accrue in a series of installments on each successive Purchase Date during the offering period on which such right remains outstanding.
(ii) No right to acquire Common Stock under any outstanding purchase right shall accrue to the extent the Participant has already accrued in the same calendar year the right to acquire Common Stock under one (1) or more other purchase rights at a rate equal to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share on the date or dates of grant) for each calendar year such rights were at any time outstanding.
C. If by reason of such accrual limitations, any purchase right of a Participant does not accrue for a particular Purchase Interval, then the payroll deductions which the Participant made during that Purchase Interval with respect to such purchase right shall be promptly refunded.
D. In the event there is any conflict between the provisions of this Article and one or more provisions of the Plan or any instrument issued thereunder, the provisions of this Article shall be controlling.
IX. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN
7.
available for issuance under the Plan shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under the Plan or (iii) the date on which all purchase rights are exercised in connection with a Corporate Transaction. No further purchase rights shall be granted or exercised, and no further payroll deductions shall be collected, under the Plan following such termination.
X. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
The Board may alter, amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan at any time to become effective immediately following the close of any Purchase Interval. However, the Board may not, without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, (i) materially increase the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan or the maximum number of shares purchasable per Participant on any one Purchase Date, except for permissible adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Corporation's capitalization, (ii) alter the purchase price formula so as to reduce the purchase price payable for the shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Plan or (iii) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially modify the requirements for eligibility to participate in the Plan.
XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Corporation.
B. Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any Corporate Affiliate for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Corporate Affiliate employing such person) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person's employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
C. The provisions of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.
8.
E*TRADE Group, Inc. E*TRADE Securities, Inc.
The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
A-1.
(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market or any successor system. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.
(iii) For purposes of the initial offering period which begins at the Effective Time, the Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be equal to the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in the initial public offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
A-2.
A-3.
EXHIBIT 10.12
LEASE
BY AND BETWEEN
PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS,
a California Joint Venture
as "Landlord"
AND
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.,
a California corporation
as "Tenant"
Page ---- 1. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS; SCHEDULES.................................... 1 -------------------------------- 2. PREMISES............................................................ 6 -------- 4. IMPROVEMENTS BY LANDLORD; POSSESSION................................ 23 ------------------------------------ 5. PROJECT SERVICES.................................................... 24 ---------------- 6. TENANT'S COVENANTS.................................................. 26 ------------------ 7. LANDLORD'S RESERVED RIGHTS.......................................... 37 -------------------------- 8. CASUALTY AND UNTENANTABILITY........................................ 38 ---------------------------- 9. CONDEMNATION........................................................ 42 ------------ 10. INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND WAIVER................................... 43 ---------------------------------------- 11. TENANT'S DEFAULT AND LANDLORD'S REMEDIES............................ 45 ---------------------------------------- 12. TERMINATION......................................................... 49 ---------------------------------------- 13. MISCELLANEOUS....................................................... 51 ---------------------------------------- |
Schedule 1 Description of the Premises and Floor Plan Schedule 2 Rules and Regulations Schedule 3 Prospect Green Business Park Common Area Charges Schedule 4 Intentionally Deleted Schedule 5 Work Letter Agreement Schedule 5-A Construction Schedule Schedule 6 Certificate of Acceptance Schedule 7 Base Rent and Management Fee Schedule 8 Parking |
This Lease is made the 21st day of June, 1996, by and between PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a California Joint Venture ("Landlord"), and E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation ("Tenant") on the terms, covenants and conditions set forth below.
1.1.2 "Building" shall mean the two-story office building located at 10951 White Rock Road, Rancho Cordova, California, 95670.
1.1.3 "Project" shall mean, collectively, (i) the Building; (ii) the
parcel of real property on which the Building is situated (the "Land"); (iii)
the other improvements on the Land, including, without limitation, a parking
lot, driveways, lighting and landscaping, which Building, Land and other
improvements are commonly known as Prospect Green II, in the multi-building
project known as Prospect Green Business Park, Rancho Cordova, California; and
(iv) the pro rata share attributed to Prospect Green II for the common area
charges of Prospect Green Business Park (which charges are more particularly
described in Schedule 3 attached) and which pro rata share is thirty-five and
54/100 percent (35.54%)(but which share shall be reduced as and when additional
buildings are developed in Prospect Green Business Park).
1.1.4 "Tenant's Square Footage" shall mean the total Rentable square footage in the Leased Premises for which Base Rent shall be payable, and shall, for the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, consist of only that area of the Leased Premises which has been built-out by Tenant in accordance with Schedule 5 attached and shown as Areas 1A, 1B and 2 on the drawing attached herto as Schedule 1 (the "Initial Space"), but to be not less than Thirty-five Thousand (35,000) Rentable square feet (which Rentable square footage number represents approximately Thirty-one Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-two (31,992) Useable square feet). Such number is subject to change in accordance with Subparagraph 2.4 below, dealing with Tenant's Expansion Obligation and Tenant's Accelerated Timing Option, the final result of which obligation shall be that as of not later than the commencement of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Lease Term, Tenant's Square Footage shall equal the Total Rentable Square Footage of the Building. The actual Rentable area will be calculated by Landlord's representative (and certified by Tenant upon execution, pursuant to Subparagraph 4.2 hereof, of the Certificate of Acceptance in form attached as Schedule 6) using the method for determining Rentable Area as set forth in the "Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings," published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International, approved July 31, 1980 ("BOMA Method"). "Total Rentable Square Footage of the Building" shall mean the actual Rentable area of the Building using the BOMA Method, consisting of Seventy Thousand and Sixty-five (70,065) Rentable square feet. The Total Rentable Square Footage of the Building may be adjusted pursuant to Subparagraph 7.1(c) below. Landlord shall certify to Tenant, using
the "as built" plan of Landlord's architects, the actual Total Rentable Square Footage of the Building and Tenant's Square Footage.
1.1.5 "Lease Commencement Date" shall mean June 24, 1996. "Lease Expiration Date" shall mean June 23, 2006. "Lease Term" shall mean the one hundred twenty (120) month period between Lease Commencement Date and Lease Expiration Date.
1.1.6 "Renewal Options" shall mean Tenant's right to renew this Lease for two (2) additional successive periods of sixty (60) months each. Each such sixty (60) month period shall constitute a "Renewal Term", and shall be entered into on the terms and conditions set forth in Subparagraph 2.3 below. In addition to the Renewal Options, which are exercisable at Tenant's election, Tenant shall have certain obligations to extend the term of this Lease in the event that Tenant exercises its rights under that certain Annex Expansion Option entered into by and between Landlord and Tenant of even date herewith, as more particularly described in Subparagraph 2.5 below.
1.1.7 "Base Rent" shall refer to the basic rental payments payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Schedule 7 attached, and initially shall mean One and 17/100 Dollars ($1.17) per square foot of Tenant's Square Footage per month or approximately Forty Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($40,950) per month for the Initial Space, and shall be adjusted as set forth on Schedule 7 attached hereto. An "Adjustment Date" is a date on which Base Rent shall be adjusted as provided in Schedule 7.
1.1.8 "Tenant's Share" shall mean one hundred percent (100%). "Additional Operating Costs" shall mean those Operating Costs (as defined in Subparagraph 3.4 below) which are not paid directly by Tenant to the supplier, vendor or provider thereof, in accordance with the terms hereof, but which shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as set forth in Section 3 below.
1.1.9 "Security Deposit" shall mean an amount equal to the amount
of the first installment of Base Rent due and payable hereunder or approximately
Forty Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and no/100 Dollars ($40,950). The Security
Deposit shall be tendered by Tenant upon execution of this Lease and shall be
held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of
the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. If there occurs an uncured
Event of Default (as defined in Subparagraph 11.1 below), Landlord may (but
shall not be obligated to) retain, use or apply such Security Deposit for the
payment of Rent or any other sum in default, or for payment of any amount which
Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default,
or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by
reason of Tenant's default. In any such event, then, upon written notice from
Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord sufficient cash to restore the
Security Deposit to its original sum, and Tenant's failure to do so within ten
(10) days after the effective date of such written notice shall constitute an
Event of Default.
1.1.10 "Permitted Purpose" means that Tenant may use the Leased Premises for general office and computer operations and any lawful purpose incidental thereto. Landlord hereby acknowledges
that such purpose is permitted under the development agreement currently applicable to the Project.
1.1.11 "Permitted Parking" shall mean four (4) parking spaces provided to Tenant for each one thousand (1,000) Rentable square feet of the Leased Premises, or two hundred eighty (280) spaces. Landlord agrees that, despite the phased build-out of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to use of all of the parking spaces allocated to the Building, effective as of the Lease Commencement Date. Tenant's Permitted Parking shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 8. Landlord reserves the right to reduce the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant due to the adoption of any local ordinance or regulation imposing air quality/auto emissions restrictions upon employers of more then forty (40) employees.
1.1.12 "Managing Agent" shall mean Lankford & Associates, Inc., 3100 Zinfandel Drive, Suite 160, Rancho Cordova, California 95670, or any other agent specified in writing by Landlord pursuant to the provisions for Notice in this Lease.
1.1.13 Landlord's mailing address: 3100 Zinfandel Drive, Suite 160, Rancho Cordova, California 95670.
1.1.14 Tenant's mailing address: Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303-3317, with a copy to the Leased Premises.
(a) Schedule 1: Description of Leased Premises and Floor Plan.
(b) Schedule 2: Rules and Regulations.
(c) Schedule 3: Prospect Green Business Park Common Area Charges.
(d) Schedule 4: Intentionally Deleted.
(e) Schedule 5: Work Letter Agreement.
(f) Schedule 5-A: Construction Schedule.
(g) Schedule 6: Certificate of Acceptance.
(h) Schedule 7: Base Rent and Management Fee
(i) Schedule 8: Parking.
occupancy to the Lease Commencement Date, Base Rent in the amount of the first installment of Base Rent due and payable by Tenant. A prorated monthly installment shall be paid for the fraction of the month if Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises commences on any day other than the first (1st) day of the month. If Tenant shall occupy the Leased Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date, all covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding on the parties commencing upon the date of such prior occupancy.
such Lease Term shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of the requirement that Tenant timely exercise the Renewal Option in writing.
tenant improvements; provided that such allowance shall be paid in periodic advances at the direction of Landlord, during the course of construction of the tenant improvements for the Secondary Space (as hereinafter provided) or, if construction has not yet commenced on the first day of the thirteenth month of hte Lease Term, then such funds shall be placed in an interest-bearing escrow account designated by Landlord, with instructions that they shall be released only upon the signature of Landlord, following verification of invoices for improvements performed to or for the benefit of the Secondary Space. In the event that not all of such funds are utilized by Tenant for improvements to the Secondary Space, the excess shall be returned to Landlord, along with all interest accrued on said escrowed funds from the date of deposit to the date of withdrawl. Notwithstanding the fact that Tenant shall be responsible for construction of the tenant improvements to the Initial Space in accordance with Schedule 5 attached, Tenant shall be responsible for constuction of the improvements to the Secondary Space but will enter into an agreement with Landlord (as a part of the Work Letter to be executed by and between the parties in connection with the build-out of such Secondary Space, as described in Subparagraph 2.4.2 below) whereby Landlord as owner of the Project shall perform such work for a fee. Such agreement with Landlord shall be on the following basic economic terms: (i) Landlord shall receive a fee of five percent (5%) (of the total cost of the work to be performed), and Landlord's general conditions shall be four percent (4%); (ii) Landlord shall competitively bid all major trades and will permit Tenant to review and approve such bids (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed); and (iii) Tenant shall be responsible for all increases in the cost of the work caused by overruns, change orders, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.
form of Schedule 5 attached, covering Leasehold Improvements to be performed in
such space, which are mutually agreeable to Landlord and Tenant, and including
the terms on which Landlord shall construct such improvements, as described
above. The Expansion Commencement Date shall be the earlier to occur of (i)
Tenant's actual conduct of business in such space, or (ii) the date of
Substantial Completion of such space, as determined in accordance with the Work
Letter Agreement executed by the parties in connection with such space, as
provided above, but in no event later that the first day of the thirteenth
(13th) month, of the Lease Term. Tenant's obligation for payment of Base Rent
for the entire Building shall begin on such date regardless of whether
Substantial Completion has yet been achieved, and regardless of whether Tenant
has delivered written notice of its desire to build out such space.
Lease Term of this Lease shall and must be automatically extended to be co- terminous with the lease to be entered into by the parties for such annex building. Such extended period shall be referred to herein as the "Annex Extension Period" and shall be on the same terms and conditions as this Lease; provided that the Base Rent for such Annex Extension Period shall be increased to ninety-five percent (95%) of Fair Market Rental in accordance with the procedure for determining Fair Market Rental set forth in Subparagraph 3.3 below. Such increase shall be calculated as of that date on which the Lease Term would have expired had the Annex Expansion Option not been exercised by Tenant; provided, however, that notwithstanding such Fair Market Rental calculation, in no event shall Base Rent for such Annex Expansion Period be less than the Base Rent in effect as of the effective date of such calculation.
Tenant shall pay all Rent, without deduction or set off, to Landlord or Managing Agent at a place specified by Landlord.
building which is situated along the Interstate Highway 50 corridor between Watt Avenue and Sunrise Boulevard, in Sacramento County, California, would accept at arm's length, giving appropriate consideration to annual rental rate per square foot, types of escalation clauses, abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during a lease term, brokerage commissions, if any, length of lease term, size and location of premises, building standard work letter and/or tenant improvement allowances, and other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy.
(a) The Fair Market Rental shall be determined by Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenant's Notice of Exercise. If the parties are unable to agree on such Rental, they shall select an appraiser within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) days following the Notice of Exercise. If they are unable to select a single appraiser, each party shall select its own appraiser within ten (10) days thereafter, and the two (2) appraisers shall meet promptly and attempt to determine the Fair Market Rental. If the two (2) appraisers are able to agree, within thirty (30) days after their selection, on a Fair Market Rental that varies five percent (5%) or less (among the two (2) appraisers), their values shall be averaged to arrive at Fair Market Rental. If the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree, within thirty (30) days after their selection, on a Fair Market Rental that varies five percent (5%) or less (as among the two (2) appraisers), the two (2) appraisers shall select a third (3rd) appraiser within ten (10) days following expiration of the thirty (30) days. The third (3rd) appraiser shall in all
events be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either
Landlord or Tenant. If the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on a third
(3rd) appraiser (or if either party should within the time specified fail to
appoint its appraiser), then either party, upon written application with ten
(10) days' prior written notice to the other, may request such appointment be
made by the then presiding judge of the Superior Court of the County of
Sacramento acting pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Section 1281.6.
(b) The determination of a majority of the appraisers shall be binding upon the parties and shall be made not later than thirty (30) days following selection of the third (3rd) appraiser. If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set the Fair Market Rental within the stipulated period of time, the three (3) appraisals shall be added together and their totals divided by three (3); the resulting quotient shall be such Rental; provided, however, if the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal are/is more than seven percent (7%) lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low and/or high appraisal shall be disregarded. If only one (1) appraisal is disregarded, the remaining two (2) appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by two (2); the resulting quotient shall be the Fair Market Rental. If both the low appraisal and the high appraisal are disregarded, the middle appraisal shall be the Fair Market Rental. Each party shall bear the cost of the appraisers selected by it; the expenses of the third (3rd) appraiser shall be borne one- half (1/2) by Landlord and one-half (1/2) by Tenant.
or expenses (with the exception of certain maintenance costs specifically
provided in Subparagraph 5.1.2.1 below) of any nature whatsoever in connection
with the ownership and operation of the Project. Each of the foregoing costs and
charges to be paid by Tenant shall be part of Operating Costs as hereinafter
defined, and shall be paid in one of three ways, as follows: (1) directly by
Tenant to the supplier, vendor or provider thereof ("Tenant's Direct Costs");
(2) monthly payment from Tenant to Landlord of Tenant's Share - in this case,
one hundred percent (100%) - of certain of the Additional Operating Costs,
calculated by Landlord on an annual basis and billed 1/12 per month ("Monthly
Additional Operating Costs"); and (3) Additional Operating Costs payable upon
demand from Landlord to Tenant ("Demand Additional Operating Costs"). The
Operating Costs are defined below, along with a more specific description of the
manner of payment of the same, as follows:
3 attached); insurance premiums and (to the extent used) deductibles for all insurance being carried by Landlord against the Project or its operation; maintenance, repairs and replacements; refurbishing and repainting; cleaning, janitorial and other services, equipment, tools, materials and supplies; air conditioning, heating and elevator service; property management fees in the amounts set forth on Schedule 7 attached; security; resurfacing and restripping of walks, drives and parking areas; signs, directories and markers; exterior cleaning of the Building; landscaping; and snow and rubbish removal. Operating Costs shall not include expenses for legal services, real estate brokerage and leasing commissions, Landlord's net income taxes, income tax accounting, interest, depreciation, general corporate overhead, or capital improvements to the Building or Project except for capital improvements installed for the purpose of reducing or controlling expenses (and, in such case, to the extent of such savings or reduction in expenses; provided, however, that Landlord's statement as to such reduction or savings shall be presumed contolling on the issue and Tenant shall have the burden of disproving such statement), or required by any governmental or other authority having jurisdiction over the Project, which shall be amortized by Landlord in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. In computing Additional Operating Costs for purposes of Subparagraph 3.4.2 below, Landlord's estimate of Operating Costs shall be used, and for purposes of Subparagraph 3.4.3 below, Landlord's actual Operating Costs for any calendar year shall be used.
(i) all real property taxes and assessments (including debt service on amortizing bonds);
(ii) insurance premiums and deductibles (to the extent used);
(iii) fees and other charges (such as traffic, parking or air quality mitigation charges and child care fees) imposed by governmental authorities having or asserting jurisdiction over the Project; and
(iv) any and all taxes payable (a) upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenant's equipment,
fixtures and other personal property located in the Leased Premises or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Leased Premises by Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements is in Tenant or Landlord; (b) upon or measured by the monthly Rental payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax, unless paid as an Operating Cost; (c) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof; and (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Leased Premises.
Each of the foregoing shall be additional Rent hereunder and, unless this Lease provides otherwise, shall be due and payable not later than thirty (30) days after demand therefor.
(i) janitorial services for the Leased Premises in accordance with specifications (both as to frequency and scope of service) commensurate with similar class A buildings in the same
vacinity as the Building and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion;
(ii) electrical, gas, water and other utility charges for provision of light, general electrical power and water supplied to the Leased Premises (including sewer and waste removal), which shall be separately metered and billed to Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense;
(iii) telephone installation and service supplied to the Leased Premises;
(iv) routine, periodic elevator maintenance service and HVAC systems service in accordance with specifications (both as to scope and frequency) commensurate with similar Class A buildings in the vacinity of the Building, and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; and
(v) routine, periodic pest control service in accordance with specifications (both as to frequency and scope of service) commensurate with similar Class A buildings in the vacinity of the Building, and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. If the foregoing costs are not timely paid by Tenant and Landlord is required to pay them, they shall be additional Rent hereunder. Should Tenant fail to provide adequate janitorial, pest control, elevator or HVAC systems services and/or timely pay for such services or those utility charges separately billed to Tenant, then, in addition to Landlord's remedies hereunder for an Event of Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to assume responsibility for such costs (including the right to make arrangements for janitorial, pest control, elevator and/or HVAC
systems services to the Leased Premises) and to charge Tenant for the same.
possible following the establishment of the Lease Commencement Date in accordance with the terms of this subparagraph 4.2, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter in the form attached as Schedule 6, acknowledging the Lease Commencement Date and certifying that the Leasehold Improvements have been substantially completed and that Tenant has examined and accepted the Leased Premises. Tenant hereby authorizes an officer of Tenant who receives the keys, cardkeys, or other security devices to the Leased Premises on behalf of Tenant to execute and deliver such letter in Tenant's name. If Tenant fails to deliver such letter, Tenant shall conclusively be deemed to have made such acknowledgment and certification effective as of the date of Substantial Completion, as certified by Landlord's architect, in accordance with Schedule 5 attached.
the tenant improvements), including, without limitation, those portions of the systems lying outside the Building. All of the foregoing shall be at the expense of Landlord unless the need for such maintenance and/or repair is caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect fault or omission of any duty of Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost of such maintenance and/or repairs, within twenty (20) days following Landlord's demand therefor. Landlord shall also maintain the parking area and the other portions of the Land, including the landscaped portions thereof; however, the cost of such maintenance shall be included by Landlord as an Operating Cost for purposes of computing Additional Operating Costs as provided in Subparagraph 3.4 above.
preventative maintenance services on the HVAC Equipment and the elevator, and Landlord shall be entitled to reasonably approve the nature and extent of such maintenance services. All of the foregoing shall be at the cost and expense of Tenant unless the need for such repair and/or maintenance is caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, fault or omission of any duty by Landlord, its agents, employees or invitees, in which case Landlord shall to Tenant the reasonable cost of the same within twenty (20) days of Landlord' approval of such costs.
Green Business Park, of which the Project is a part) and all building, zoning, fire and other governmental laws, ordinances, rules or regulations applicable to the Leased Premises and all requirements of the carriers of insurance covering the Project. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of any notice it receives from an insurance carrier pertaining to the Leased Premises insofar as such notice sets forth an alleged failure to meet the carrier's requirements, and Tenant shall have ten (10) days thereafter to remedy any failure to so comply; provided, however, that such compliance shall not increase Tenant's insurance requirements hereunder.
(b) Tenant further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold
harmless Landlord, or any partner, officer or director of Landlord, against any
and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs and expenses (including without
limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, expert witness fees and
post-judgment collection costs) which Landlord may sustain at any time as a
result of, arising out of, or in any way connected with a breach of Subparagraph
6.1.3(a). Additionally, Tenant agrees to cease the activity which amounts to
such breach immediately upon receipt of written notice from Landlord or any
regulatory or governmental agency that, such activity is in violation of any
governmental laws, ordinances, regulations or rules. Tenant shall give notice to
Landlord of any hazardous substances that come to be located on the Leased
Premises pursuant to Health & Safety Code section 25359.7.
shall prompty notify Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Any such alterations or improvements by Tenant shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, at Tenant's expense, by a licensed contractor reasonably approved by Landlord in conformity with plans and specifications reviewed by Landlord. Tenant shall obtain all necessary governmental approvals and permits. On any alterations or improvements requiring Landlord's prior written approval, at Landlord's option, Tenant shall contract with Landlord for the construction of such alterations or improvements, but only if Landlord's price for such work is the lowest of the qualified written bids submitted to Tenant in a competitive bid process. In the case of any alterations, whether or not Landlord's approval is required hereunder, Tenant shall give Landlord no less than ten (10) business days' notice prior to commencement of construction of any kind so that Landlord may post a notice of nonresponsibility on the Leased Premises.
amount prescribed by applicable California statute then in effect as security for the lien being discharged.
Project, providing bodily injury, broad form property damage with a maximum One Thousand Dollar ($1,000.00) deductible, unless otherwise approved by Landlord, as follows:
(a) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) with respect to bodily injury or death to any one (1) person;
(b) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) with respect to bodily injury or death arising out of any one (1) occurrence;
(c) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) with respect to property damage or other loss arising out of any one (1) occurrence;
(d) Fire and extended casualty insurance covering Tenant's trade fixtures, merchandise and other personal property in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of their actual replacement cost or highest insurable value;
(e) Workers' compensation insurance in at least the statutory amounts; and
(f) Business interruption insurance equal to all Rent and other sums due hereunder for a period of not less than twelve (12) months. Should Tenant be unable to procure such business interruption insurance at a resonable cost, then Landlord shall be entitled to procure comparable coverage and include the cost thereof as an Operating Cost.
which is determined to be adequate by Landlord in the exercise of reasonable business judgment.
Leased Premises, a certificate or certificates evidencing such insurance.
the majority of the outstanding voting stock of a corporate Tenant, or by change in ownership of a controlling partnership interest in a partnership Tenant, shall constitute an assignment for purposes of this Paragraph.
assignee or subtenant, the terms of the proposed assignment or subletting, the nature of the proposed subtenant's or assignee's business, and such information as to the assignee's or subtenant's financial responsibility and general reputation as Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord may also consider the amount of square feet of the Leased Premises proposed to be subleased and the number of employees the subtenant anticipates it will utilize the subleased premises.
direct Lease with any prospective sublessee or assignee. Such fifteen (15) day period shall commence upon Tenant's delivery to Landlord of written notice of the terms of the proposed assignment or sublease and financial statements for the proposed assignee or sublessee. If Landlord exercises its right to cancel this Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession of all, or the applicable portion, of the Leased Premises which is the subject of this right to cancel, as the case may be, not later than the date on which the proposed sublease or assignment term would commence. If this lease is cancelled as to a portion of the Premises only, the Rent after the date of cancellation shall be reduced proportionately on a square footage basis.
as noted, (b) the amount, if any, of Prepaid Rent and Deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord (and not returned to Tenant), (c) the nature and kind of concessions, rental or otherwise, if any, which Tenant has received or is entitled to receive, (d) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations due to be performed under this Lease and that there are no defenses, counterclaims, deductions or offsets outstanding or other excuses for Tenant's performance under this Lease as of such date, and (e) any other fact reasonably requested by Landlord or such proposed lender or purchaser. Should Tenant fail to deliver such estoppel certificate within such ten (10)-day period, then (i) the truth of the statements in the document submitted to Tenant for execution shall be conclusively presumed, and (ii) Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to immediately declare an Event of Default and pursue all remedies provided under Subparagraph 11.2 below.
replant, subdivide or make other changes in the legal status of the land
underlying the Leased Premises, the Building or the Project as Landlord shall
deem appropriate in its sole discretion; provided such changes do not materially
interfere with Tenant's use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Purpose;
(b) enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times following twenty-four (24)
hours' prior notice to Tenant (or such shorter period as is reasonable under the
circumstances, giving Tenant sufficient opportunity to arrange for a
representative of Tenant to accompany Landlord), and at any time in the event of
an emergency, to inspect, alter or repair the Leased Premises or the Building
and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection, reletting, sale or
improvement of the Leased Premises or the Building; (c) add to or take away from
the Project any building or portion thereof, in which event Total Square Footage
of the Building shall be adjusted accordingly; (d) install and maintain signs on
and in the Building and the Project; and (e) make such rules and regulations as,
in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, may be needed from time to time for the
safety of the tenants, the care and cleanliness of the Leased Premises, the
Building and the Project and the preservation of good order therein.
they were prior to the destruction; provided that Tenant shall assign to Landlord all insurance proceeds applicable to personal property and/or improvements for which Landlord shall have such restoration responsibility.
hereunder, then Tenant shall be responsible for payment of one hundred percent (100%) of all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such restoration (including, without limitation, all financing costs), until such time as the amount incurred by Landlord is equal to ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the Building, after which Landlord shall be responsible for payment of all additional costs. All such amounts payable by Tenant shall be amortized by Landlord and reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord over the shorter of (i) the useful life of such restored improvements, or (ii) the remainder of the Lease Term or Renewal Term then in effect.
the date of the casualty until the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy by Tenant. If part of the Leased Premises are untenantable, and this Lease is not terminated, then as of the date of the casualty, Rent shall be prorated on a per diem basis and partially abated in accordance with the part of the Leased Premises which is usable by Tenant until the damaged part is ready for Tenant's occupancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any damage was proximately caused by an act or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, then, in such event, Tenant agrees that (i) Rent shall not abate or be diminished during the term of this Lease; (ii) Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease in any case; and (iii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the full cost of any repair and restoration, such sums to be Additional Rent hereunder. Furthermore, in no case shall Landlord have any obligation to repair and/or restore any improvements, alterations or additions made by or on behalf of Tenant which are not improvements paid for by Landlord pursuant to any work letter agreement entered into by the parties pursuant to this Lease.
Term or Renewal Tterm then in effect, for an additional period of three (3) years, on terms reasonably acceptable to both parties.
Landlord, except to the extent such damage is caused by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing waiver shall inure only to the benefit of Landlord and its agents, and the exception to such waiver for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct shall inure only to the benefit of Tenant and its agents and to no other party.
Lease. Tenant will not seek recourse against the individual partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents of Landlord or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its contractors, agents or employees for any consequential damages or damages for loss of profits, except and only to the extent of any amounts recovered by Landlord from third parties which is directly attributed to and designated as compensation for such consequential damages or lost profits of Tenant, which amounts shall also be limited to Landlord's interest in the Leased Premises.
Tenant of such violation or failure; (c) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or file a petition for bankruptcy or other reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief; (d) have a proceeding filed against Tenant seeking any relief mentioned in (c) above which is not discharged within ninety (90) days thereafter; (e) have a trustee, receiver or liquidator appointed for Tenant or a substantial part of its property; (f) abandon or vacate the Leased Premises for more than six (6) consecutive months; or (g) default under any other space lease within the Building or Project.
No act by Landlord allowed by this Paragraph shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease. After Tenant's Default and for as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Leased Premises, if Tenant obtains Landlord's consent Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublet its interest in this Lease, but Tenant shall not be released from liability.
(a) The worth, at the time of the award, of the unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of termination of this Lease;
(b) The worth, at the time of the award, of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned after the date of termination of this Lease until the time of the award exceeds the amount of the loss of Rent that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;
(c) The worth, at the time of the award, of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of the loss of Rent that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;
(d) Any other amount, and court costs, necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant's Default, including, without limitation, any unamortized brokerage commissions attributable to this Lease, or any unamortized costs of tenant improvements as set forth on Schedule 5 attached hereto.
"The worth, at the time of the award," as used in Subparagraph (a) and
(b) of this Subparagraph 11.2.2 is to be computed by allowing interest at the
maximum rate allowed by applicable usury law at that time. "The worth, at the
time of the award," as referred to in Subparagraph (c) of this Subparagraph
11.2.2 is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award, plus one percent
(1%).
without any liability to Tenant, and further may charge the cost of any such disposition to Tenant.
timely vacate, shall commence on the date specified in such sixty (60) day notice.
the fullest extent permitted by law, the same as if such stricken term never had been contained herein.
In the event of any transfer in lieu of foreclosure or termination of a lease in which Landlord is lessee or the foreclosure of any Superior Instrument, or sale of the Property pursuant to any Superior Instrument, Tenant shall attorn to such
purchaser, transferee or lessor and recognize such party as landlord under this Lease. The agreement of Tenant to attorn contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive any such foreclosure sale, termination of Landlord's interest, or transfer.
by both parties. Failure to exercise any right in one or more instance shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to strict performance or as an amendment to or modification of this Lease.
"Unavoidable delay" shall mean any and all delay beyond Landlord's reasonable control, including without limitation, delays caused by Tenant; governmental restrictions, regulations, controls, preemptions or delays; orders of civil, military or
naval authorities; strikes, labor disputes, lock-outs, shortages of labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor;
Acts of God; fire, earthquake, floods, explosions or other casualties; extreme weather conditions or other actions of the elements; enemy action, civil commotion, riot or insurrection.
biphenyls or other hazardous substances. (As used in this Section 13.13, the term "hazardous substances" shall mean those substances included within the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous materials," "toxic substances" or "solid waste" under applicable local, state or federal law (the "Environmental Laws") or which are now regulated under the Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, asbestos. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any claims, demands, actions, liabilities and expenses incurred by Tenant as a direct result of Landlord's willful breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.
13.16.1 Tenant anticipates that it shall install a special security system for the Leased Premises. The parties shall coordinate the access under such system and Landlord's rights hereunder to enter into the Leased Premises in the event of after-hours and/or emergency access requirements.
13.16.2 Landlord and Tenant shall address Tenant's need for special electrical systems during the process of approval of the Leasehold Improvements provided by Schedule 5 attached.
13.16.3 Tenant's preliminary plans for the Leased Premises include an emergency generator and a diesel storage tank, each of which is hereby approved by Landlord subject to Tenant's obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals, and subject to Landlord's approval of the final placement/location of the same.
SUBMISSION OF THIS INSTRUMENT FOR EXAMINATION OR SIGNATURE BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RESERVATION OF OR OPTION FOR LEASE, AND IT IS NOT EFFECTIVE AS A LEASE OR OTHERWISE UNTIL EXECUTION AND DELIVERY BY BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT.
This Lease is executed as of the 21st day of June, 1996.
LANDLORD:
PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a
California Joint Venture
By: L&T PROSPECT PARTNERS, L.P., a
California limited partnership,
Managing Venturer
By: LANKFORD & ASSOCIATES, INC.,
a Colorado corporation,
General Partner
By: /s/ David S. Taylor --------------------------- David S. Taylor, Executive Vice President |
TENANT:
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.,
a California corporation
By: /s/ Kathy Levinson ---------------------------- Kathy Levinson, Senior Vice President By: /s/ Stephens Richards -------------------------------- Stephens Richards, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Office |
Where Tenant is a corporation, this Lease shall be signed by a President or Vice President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Tenant. Any other signatories shall require a certified corporate resolution.
SCHEDULE 1
The Leased Premises is the entire Building, the floor plans for which are as shown on the drawing attached hereto as a part of Schedule 1; however, for purposes of calculating Base Rent, the Leased Premises shall initially consist of the areas shown as Areas 1A, 1B and 2 on the drawing attached hereto, the Rentable square footage of which shall be calculated as provided in Subparagraph 1.1 of this Lease. The foregoing calculation notwithstanding, the initial square footage for purposes of determining Base Rent shall be not less than thirty-five thousand (35,000) Rentable square feet. Effective as of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Lease Term, for purposes of determining Base Rent, the Leased Premises shall, whether or not Tenant has built-out all of the Building, be deemed to be the entire Rentable square footage of the Building, or seventy thousand sixty-five (70,065) Rentable square feet, which shall be the addition of the areas shown as areas 3 and 4 on the drawing attached hereto as a part of Schedule 1.
[ARTWORK OF PHASE 1B, PHASE 2, PHASE 3, PHASE 4]
SCHEDULE 2
Except as otherwise provided in any provision of the Lease, as provided in Subparagraph 1.2, the following Rules and Regulations shall apply:
1. The sidewalks, entrances, halls, corridors, elevators and stairways of the Building and Project shall not be obstructed or used as a waiting or lounging place by Tenants, and their agents, servants, employees, invitees, licensees and visitors.
2. In case of invasion, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building.
3. Tenant shall not alter any lock, or install new or additional locks or bolts on any door without the prior written approval of Landlord. In the event of such alteration or installation approved by Landlord, the Tenant making such alteration shall supply Landlord with a key for any such lock or bolt. Each Tenant, upon the expiration or termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys and access cards in any such Tenant's possession for all locks and bolts in the Building.
4. Intentionally Deleted.
5. No iron safe or other heavy or bulky object shall be delivered to or removed from the Building, except by experienced safe men, movers or riggers approved in writing by Landlord. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires.
6. The walls, partitions, skylights, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light into passageways or into any other part of the Building shall not be covered or obstructed.
7. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and water apparatus shall not be used for any purposes other than for those for which they were constructed or installed, and no sweepings, rubbish, chemicals, or other unsuitable substances shall be thrown or placed therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from violation(s) of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.
8. No sign, name, placard, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Building or Project without the prior written approval of Landlord. All signs or letterings on doors, or otherwise approved by Landlord shall be inscribed, painted or affixed at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant, by a person approved by Landlord.
2-1
9. No signalling, telegraphic or telephonic instruments or devices, or other wires, instruments or devices, shall be installed without the prior written approval of Landlord. Such installations, and the boring or cutting for wires, shall be made at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant and under control and direction of Landlord. Landlord retains, in all cases, the right to require (i) the installation and use of such electrical protecting devices that prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity into or through the Building, (ii) the changing of wires and of their installation and arrangement underground or otherwise as Landlord may direct, and (iii) compliance on the part of all using or seeking access to such wires with such rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto. All such wires must be clearly tagged at the distribution boards and junction boxes and elsewhere in the Building, with the purpose for which said wires are used, and the name of the company operating same.
10. Tenant, their agents, servants or employees, shall not (a) go on the roof of the Building, (b) use any additional method of heating or air conditioning in the Leased Premises, (c) bring in or keep in or about the Leased Premises any vehicles or animals of any kind, (e) install any radio or television antenna or any other devise or item on the roof, exterior walls, windows or window sills of the Building (except in connection with the Tenant Improvements approved by Landlord), (f) place objects against glass partitions, doors or windows which would be unsightly from the exterior of the Building, (g) use any Leased Premises: (1) for lodging or sleeping, (2) for a kitchen an/or cooking area, except in compliance with all applicable law and all insurance policies applicable to the Leased Premises), (3) for any manufacturing, storage or sale of merchandise or property of any kind; and (h) cause or permit unusual or objectionable odor to be produced or permeate from the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, duplicating or printing equipment fumes. Tenant, its agents, servants and employees, invitees, licensees, or visitors shall not permit the operation of any musical or sound producing instruments or device which may be heard outside the Leased Premises, Building or garage facility, or which may emit electrical waves which will impair radio or television broadcast or reception from or into the Building. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be entitled to operate a cafeteria for the use of its employees and business guests.
11. Tenants shall not store or use in any Leased Premises any (a) other, naphtha, phosphorous, benzol, gasoline, benzine, petroleum, crude or refined earth or coal oils, flashlight power, kerosene or camphene, (b) any other flammable, combustible, explosive or illuminating fluid, gas or material of any kind, and (c) any other fluid, gas or material of any kind having an offensive odor, without the prior written consent of Landlord.
12. No canvassing, soliciting, distribution of hand bills or other written material, or peddling shall be permitted in the Building or the Project, and Tenants shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in prevention and elimination of same.
2-2
13. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of all accidents to or defects in air conditioning equipment, plumbing, electrical facilities or any part of appurtenances of Leased Premises.
14. Intentionally Deleted.
15. No curtains, blinds, shades, screens, awnings or other coverings or projections of any nature shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any door, window or wall of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant at the Project which, in Landlord's opinion, tends to impair the reputation of Landlord or of the Building, or its desirability as an office building for prospective tenants who require the highest standards of integrity and respectability, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
17. Wherever the word "Tenant" occurs, it is understood and agreed that it shall also mean Tenant's associates, employees, agents and any other person entering the Building or Leased Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to assure compliance by all such parties with rules and regulations.
18. Landlord reserves the right to make reasonable amendments, modifications and additions to the rules and regulations heretofore set forth, and to make additional reasonable rules and regulations, as in Landlord's sole judgement may from time to time be needed for the safety, care, cleanliness and preservation of good order of the Building.
19. Tenant shall not do anything in the Leased Premises, or bring or keep anything herein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or rate of insurance, or which shall conflict with the Regulations of the Fire Department or the fire laws or with any insurance policy on the Building or any part thereof, or with any rules or ordinances established by Municipal Authority.
20. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at Landlord's office. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from Landlord, and no employee will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.
21. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant, to change the name and the street address of the Building which the Premises are a part. Landlord will pay for all reasonable costs incurred by Tenant as a result of changing the street address of the Building unless the change is requested by an authorized governmental agency.
2-3
22. No Tenant shall obtain for use upon the Leased Premises ice, drinking water, towel or other similar service or accept barbering or bootblacking services on the Leased Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to provide bottled water service of its choice.
LANDLORD:
PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a
California Joint Venture
By: L&T PROSPECT PARTNERS, L.P., a
California limited partnership,
Managing Venturer
By: LANKFORD & ASSOCIATES, INC.,
a Colorado corporation,
General Partner
By: /s/ David S. Taylor --------------------------- David S. Taylor, Executive Vice President WITNESS: |
TENANT:
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.,
a California corporation
WITNESS:
__________________________ By: /s/ Kathy Levinson ----------------------------- Kathy Levinson, __________________________ Senior Vice President By: /s/ Stephen Richards ----------------------------- Stephen Richards, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Office 2-4 |
SCHEDULE 3
The common area charges for Prospect Green Business Park are comprised of all costs relating to the common green and grove areas (including the amphitheater), located in the area shown on the drawing attached hereto as a part of Schedule 3 (the "Common Area"), as follows: landscaping; utilities (including, without limitation, water for irrigation and electricity for outdoor lighting); maintenance, repair and refurbishment of the walkways, sidewalks, amphitheater, light fixtures and poles, and misting/fogging machines and apparatuses; rubbish and snow removal; insurance (and deductibles, to the extent utilized), real property taxes and assessments; equipment, tools, materials and supplies; maintenance, repair and refurbishment of signs and markers; fees imposed by governmental authorities having or asserting jurisdiction; administrative fees incurred in operation and management of the Common Area; and any other costs incurred in connection with the Common Area.
Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted as correct Landlord's annual notice of Common Area charges (given by Landlord in accordance with Section 3.4 of the attached Lease) unless, within ten (10) days following Tenant's receipt thereof, Tenant shall notify Landlord (in accordance with the terms of the attached Lease) of Tenant's desire to conduct an audit of the records supporting such statement. Thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall arrange a time, during regular business hours, (within thirty (30) days following Tenant's said notice to Landlord), at Landlord's (or Managing Agent's) office when Tenant may cause an impartial, reputable certified public accountant (or other impartial professional auditor or comparable individual or entity whose expertise includes the audit contemplated hereby) who is reasonably acceptable to Landlord) to audit the accounts and records supporting the annual statement in question (which shall be restricted to records for Common Area charges, should such statement include other matters). Such audit shall be restricted (a) to verification that (i) such books and records are being maintained in accordance with GAAP and (ii) the statements delivered to Tenant were prepared in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and (b) to only the time period covered by such statement (unless a problem is found, and then earlier years can be reviewed as to that problem only). Tenant shall not be entitled to make photocopies of any account ledgers or back-up documentation. Landlord's employees shall cooperate with Tenant in providing books and records for on- premises review; provided that such audit shall not exceed one (1) business day in duration. The cost of such audit shall be borne by Tenant. Tenant shall, during the pendency of such audit, pay the amounts specified in such statement. Tenant hereby covenants to hold in confidence all information obtained from any such audit. Should Tenant have any questions or concerns following such audit, the parties shall meet and confer within a reasonable period of time and attempt to resolve such concerns.
3-1
[ARTWORK OF PROSPECT GREEN II]
SCHEDULE 4
4-1
SCHEDULE 5
PROSPECT GREEN BUSINESS PARK
Sacramento, California
Date: June 21, 1996
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
Four Embarcadero Center
2400 Geng Road
Palo Alto, California 94303-3317
Attention: Mr. Robert Clegg
Re: Suite 100, 10951 White Rock Road, Rancho Cordova, CA
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You (referred to as "Tenant"), and we (referred to as "Landlord") are executing, simultaneously with this Work Letter Agreement, a written lease (the "Lease") pertaining to the space referred to above (the "Leased Premises"). This Work Letter Agreement is attached to the Lease as Schedule 5 and made a part hereof.
To induce Tenant and Landlord, each, to enter into the Lease (which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent that the provisions of this Work Letter Agreement may apply thereto) and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:
1.1 "Base Tenant Improvements" means the Building Standard and other mutually agreed upon Tenant Improvements (as defined in paragraph 1.2 below) items set forth in Exhibit I attached which are supplied, installed and finished by Tenant (in accordance with the construction schedule attached hereto as Schedule 5-A), and which shall be paid for by Landlord as provided for in paragraph 2.3 below. Landlord shall be responsible for payment of the maximum amount of Twenty-eight and No/100 Dollars ($28.00) per Useable square foot of Tenant's Square Footage for construction of the Base Tenant Improvements (the Tenant Improvement Allowance). For the purposes hereof, Useable square footage shall be determined in accordance with the BOMA method.
5-1
1.2 "Building Standard" means the quantity and quality of materials, finishing and workmanship specified by Tenant and approved by Landlord for the Building, as set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof.
1.3 "Construction Documents" means the construction drawings, plans and specifications referred to in paragraphs 2.2 and 2.3 below, to be attached.
1.4 "Extraordinary Tenant Improvements" means any work Tenant requests that it be permitted to do, or requests Landlord to do in connection with the Leased Premises, the cost of which is in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.
1.5 "Leasehold Improvements" means the aggregate of Base Tenant Improvements, as contemplated by the Construction Documents, and Extraordinary Tenant Improvements, if any.
1.6 "Substantial Completion" means that the Leasehold Improvements have been substantially completed according to the Construction Documents, except for items which will not materially affect the use of the Leased Premises and which customarily are deemed to be "punchlist work", as certified by Landlord's architect.
2.1 Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for its approval a preliminary floor plan for the Leased Premises, a copy of which shall be attached to the Lease as part of Schedule 5-A (the "Preliminary Plan") in accordance with the Construction Schedule attached as Schedule 5-A. Tenant shall complete the Base Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Building Standard, but Landlord, its agents, contractors and employees shall have the ongoing, unfettered right to supervise all work being done by or for the the benefit of Tenant in the Building. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written estimate of the cost of completing the Base Tenant Improvements according to the Preliminary Plan (the "Estimate"). The Estimate represents Tenant's good faith estimate of the cost of completing the Base Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall have no liability if the Final Cost (as such term is defined in paragraph 2.3 below) of the Base Tenant Improvements is greater than the Estimate.
2.2 Tenant shall, within the timeframes set forth on the Construction Schedule attached as Schedule 5-A, cause the Consultants (defined below) to prepare and submit to Landlord for approval or disapproval all drawings, plans and specifications necessary to construct the Leasehold Improvements. The following companies shall prepare the drawings, plans and specifications which are to comprise the Construction Documents:
Architectural: Columbus Architecture
Engineering: KPFF Engineering
5-2
Electrical: Nutter Electric
Mechanical: AIRCO Mechanical
(collectively, the "Consultants"). All such consultants shall be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion; and (iii) neither Tenant, nor such consultant shall arrange or conduct any meetings (relevant to the Leased Premises or the Tenant Improvements) with any governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Building without first notifying Landlord, and Landlord shall have the absolute right to participate in all such meetings. The fees and expenses of the Consultants for preparing the initial drawings, plans and specifications which are to comprise the Construction Documents shall be included in the Final Cost (defined in paragraph 2.3 below) and allocated accordingly between Base Tenant Improvements and Extraordinary Tenant Improvements.
2.3 Upon Landlord's approval of the final form of the drawings, plans and specifications in accordance with the timeframes set forth on Schedule 5-A attached,, which when approved by Landlord shall constitute the Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause to be prepared an analysis of the cost of construction of the Leasehold Improvements according to the Construction Documents (the "Final Cost"). An analysis of the cost of Extraordinary Tenant Improvements shall be submitted to Landlord for its approval. That portion of the Final Cost attributable to the Base Tenant Improvements shall be paid for by Landlord (the "Landlord's Share") and that portion of the Final Cost attributable to the construction of the Extraordinary Tenant Improvements shall be paid for by Tenant (the "Tenant's Share"). Within ten (10) business days of receipt of the statement of Final Cost, Landlord shall either approve or disapprove the portion thereof attributed to Base Tenant Improvements, the sole basis for disapproval of which shall be as to items representing a change in specification or a change in cost from the original documents and estimates approved by Landlord. However, if Landlord requires additional information regarding the Final Cost, Tenant shall promptly supply same and Landlord shall have a reasonable additional time period, not to exceed an additional five (5) business days to approve the Final Cost. If Landlord does not approve the Final Cost attributed to the Base Tenant Improvements, it shall promptly notify Tenant thereof; in which case Tenant and Landlord shall use their best efforts to amend the Construction Documents in a manner satisfactory to each. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord's sole obligation is to pay the costs attributable to the construction of the Base Tenant Improvements, and Tenant shall pay all other costs of the construction of the Leasehold Improvements as the Tenant's Share. If the Construction Documents require the construction or installation of additional improvements beyond those regularly provided by Landlord in the core of the building in which the Leased Premises are located (including, without limitation, extra sprinklers, fire hose cabinets and other safety devices), Tenant agrees to pay all costs and expenses arising from the construction and installation of such additional improvements. All costs attributable to changes and variations from the Construction Documents (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the
5-3
Consultants and any increased costs of construction) shall be paid by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to advance any of the Tenant Improvement Allowance until such time as Tenant has provided adequate conditional lien waivers or other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord to insure that neither the Building nor the Project is or shall be the subject of a lien claim.
3.1 The following provisions shall apply to the construction of the Leasehold Improvements:
(a) All work involved in the completion of the Leasehold \ Improvements shall be carried out by Tenant and its agents and contractors under the supervision of Landlord (which supervision shall be at no cost to Tenant). Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents and contractors to promote the efficient and expeditious completion of the Leasehold Improvements; and
/s/ /s/ ---------------------- ---------------------- Tenant Landlord |
(b) Tenant agrees to construct the Base Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents, and in compliance with all the applicable provisions of this Work Letter Agreement and the Lease, including, the covenant to keep the Project free from all liens and encumbrances.
3.2 If Tenant requests any changes in the Leasehold Improvements from the work as reflected in the Construction Documents, each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, and Tenant shall bear the cost resulting from such changes.
3.3 Tenant shall have no authority to commence construction of any work in the Leased Premises until (a) Landlord has approved the construction of the Base Tenant Improvements as required by the provisions hereof, and (b) Landlord shall have received evidence of Tenant's ability to pay Tenant's Share, such evidence to be in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord.
4.1 Tenant shall notify Landlord when it believes that Substantial Completion has been achieved, and thereafter the Lease Commencement Date shall be established as set forth in the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter Agreement, the Lease Commencement Date shall not be extended for any delay in Substantial Completion to the extent that such delay is caused by any act or omission attributable to Tenant, including without limitation:
5-4
(a) Tenant's request for any Extraordinary Tenant Improvements or for any changes in the work that is reflected in the final plans and specifications for such Improvements;
(b) Tenant's failure to furnish promptly, information concerning Tenant's requirements pertaining to construction of the Base Tenant Improvements or any other information requested by the Consultants necessary or useful to prepare the initial drawings, plans and specifications which are to comprise the Construction Documents;
(c) Tenant's failure to approve the initial drawings, plans and specifications, which are to comprise the Construction Documents within five (5) days of receipt of said Construction Documents;
(d) Tenant's request for any changes in the Leasehold Improvements from the work as reflected in the Construction Documents.
4.2 In any event, Rent payable under the Lease shall not abate by reason of any delay, expense or other burden arising out of or incurred in connection with the design or construction of the Leasehold Improvements to the extent that such delay, expense or other burden is caused by any act or omission attributable to Tenant (including, without limitation, the acts and omissions referred to in subparagraphs (a) through (d) of paragraph 4.1 above).
5.1 Landlord hereby grants Tenant and Tenant's agents or independent contractors license to enter the Leased Premises prior to the scheduled Lease Commencement Date in order that Tenant may (i) perform the work contemplated by this Work Letter Agreement; and (ii) do other work as may be required by Tenant to make the Leased Premises ready for Tenant's use and occupancy, including training employees; provided that such prior occupancy is in accordance with approvals by the County of Sacramento. As a condition to all such prior entry, Tenant and Tenant's agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall not interfere with Landlord and its agents or with other tenants and occupants of the Building or the Project. If at any time such entry shall cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference, or shall be in violation of any regulations, permits or approvals of the County of Sacramento, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to withdraw and cancel such license upon notice to Tenant. Tenant agrees that any such entry into the Leased Premises shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease, except the covenant to pay periodic Rent. Tenant further agrees that, to the extent permitted by law, Landlord and its principals shall not be liable in any way for any injury or death to any person or persons, loss or damage to any of the Leasehold Improvements or installations made in the Leased Premises or loss or damage to
5-5
property placed therein or thereabout, the same being at Tenant's sole risk.
5.2 In addition to any other conditions or limitations on such license to enter the Leased Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant expressly agrees that none of its agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics, suppliers or invitees shall enter the Leased Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date unless and until each of them shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of insurance coverage, financial responsibility and appropriate written releases of mechanic's or materialmen's lien claims.
6.1 Except as may be provided in the Lease and as herein expressly set forth with respect to the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord has no agreement with Tenant and has no obligation to do any work with respect to the Leased Premises. Any other work in the Leased Premises which may be permitted by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease, including any alterations or improvements as contemplated by Subparagraph 6.1.4 of the Lease, shall be done at Tenant's sole cost and expense and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.
6.2 This Work Letter Agreement shall not be deemed applicable to:
(i) any additional space added to the original Leased Premises at any time,
whether by the exercise of any options under the Lease or otherwise, or (ii) any
portion of the original Leased Premises or any additions thereto in the event of
a renewal or extension of the original Lease Term, whether by exercise of any
options under the Lease or any amendment or supplement thereto. The construction
of any additions or improvements to the Leased Premises not contemplated by this
Work Letter Agreement shall be effected pursuant to a separate work letter
agreement, in the form then being used by Landlord and specifically addressing
the allo cations of costs relating to such construction.
6.3 Any person signing this Work Letter Agreement on behalf of Tenant warrants and represents he/she has authority to do so.
6.4 This Work Letter Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
5-6
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, kindly acknowledge your approval in the space provided below for that purpose and return to us two signed counterparts of this Work Letter Agreement.
Very truly yours,
PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a
California Joint Venture
By: L&T PROSPECT PARTNERS, L.P., a
California limited partnership,
Managing Venturer
By: LANKFORD & ASSOCIATES, INC.,
a Colorado corporation,
General Partner
By: /s/ David S. Taylor ----------------------------------- David S. Taylor, Executive Vice President |
Agreed to and accepted the 21st day of June, 1996.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.,
a California corporation
By: /s/ Kathy Levinson ----------------------------- Kathy Levinson, Senior Vice President By: /s/ Stephen Richards ----------------------------- Stephen Richards, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 5-7 |
5-8
2 x 2 recessed grid acoustic tile or equal.
5-9
SCHEDULE 5-A
TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Design Development: ------------------ 1. Preparation of Construction Documents (Tenant) 4/1/96 2. Preparation of Statement of Final Cost (Tenant) 5/1/96 3. Approval of Construction Documents and Final Cost (Tenant and Landlord) 5/15/96 B. Construction: ------------- 1. Submit Application for Tenant Improvement 4/18/96 Permit 2. Commence Construction 4/22/96 3. Commence Tenant's Fixturing 6/13/96 4. Substantial Completion of Construction 6/18/96 5. Tenant Move-In 6/18/96 |
5A-1
SCHEDULE 6
TENANT: ______________________________________
LOCATION: SUITE ______, PROSPECT GREEN II, PROSPECT GREEN BUSINESS PARK
This letter is to certify that:
1. The above referenced space has been accepted by the Tenant for possession.
2. The subject space is substantially complete in accordance with the plans and specifications used in construction of the demised premises.
3. The subject space can now be used for intended purposes.
Commencement Date ____________________, 19__. Expiration Date ____________________, 19__. Tenant's Total Square Footage ____________________________ |
Executed this ____day of _______________, 19__.
"Tenant"
By:________________________________
Its:_____________________________
By:________________________________
Its:_____________________________
6-1
SCHEDULE 7
Period Monthly * Annual * ------ Initial Term (Months) Base Rent Management Fee - --------------------- --------- -------------- 1 - 24 $1.17 $0.33 25 - 60 $1.22 $0.344 61 - 120 $1.27 $0.358 |
* Per Tenant's Total Rentable Square Feet
7-1
SCHEDULE 8
Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to the use during the term of this Lease the space described in Subparagraph 1.1.11. Tenant agrees to comply with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be made by Landlord from time to time in order to insure the proper operation of the parking facilities. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion to determine whether parking facilities are becoming crowded, and in such event, to allocate specific parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants or to take such other steps necessary to correct such condition, including but not limited to policing and towing, and if Tenant, its agents, officers, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees are deemed by Landlord to be contributing to such condition, to charge to Tenant as Rent that portion of the cost thereof which Landlord reasonably determines to be caused thereby. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, change the location and nature of the reserved parking spaces available to Tenant, if any, provided that after such change, there shall be available to Tenant approximately the same number of reserved spaces as available before such change. Each of Tenant's non-reserved spaces shall be provided at no cost to Tenant.
Tenant acknowledges that a Sacramento County air quality ordinance is pending and, when adopted would require Tenant to encourage on auto emissions reduction by Tenant's employees, and may cause a reduction in the number of parking spaces available to Tenant. Landlord shall provide a transportation manager to assist Tenant in developing a transportation management plan to comply with such ordinance.
TENANT: LANDLORD: E*TRADE GROUP, INC. PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a California Joint Venture By: /s/ Kathy Levinson -------------------------- Kathy Levinson Senior Vice President By: L&T PROSPECT PARTNERS, L.P., a California limited partnership, Managing Venturer By: /s/ Stephen Richards -------------------------- Stephen Richards, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer By: LANKFORD & ASSOCIATES, INC., a Colorado corporation, General Partner By: /s/ David S.Taylor -------------------------- David S. Taylor, Executive Vice President |
EXHIBIT A
SITE PLAN SHOWING ANNEX PROPERTY AND PROSPECT GREEN II
ANNEX EXPANSION OPTION
This ANNEX EXPANSION OPTION (this "Option"), is entered into as of the 21st day of June, 1996, by and between PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS, a California joint venture ("Landlord") and E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation ("Tenant").
RECITALS
A. Landlord currently owns that certain real property labelled as the "Annex Parcel" on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and made a part hereof for all purposes, and described as Lot 2 of that certain Lot Line Adjustment recorded December 26, 1995, in Book 95-12-26, Page 471, of the Official Records of Sacramento County, California (the "Annex Property").
B. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Option, Landlord and Tenant have entered into a lease (the "PGII Lease") whereby Landlord has agreed to lease to Tenant and Tenant has agreed to lease from Landlord a portion of the building known as Prospect Green II which is situated on that certain real property adjacent to the Annex Property and labelled as the "PG II Parcel" on Exhibit A attached hereto.
C. Tenant desires to obtain the right to negotiate for future development of the Annex Property for purposes of meeting Tenant's future needs for additional office space not available in Prospect Green II, and Landlord is willing to afford Tenant such right, on the terms and conditions set forth below.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the foregoing, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. So long as Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of the PGII Lease, Landlord hereby agrees to negotiate in good faith to make available the Annex Property for Tenant's future expansion needs, on the following terms and conditions:
including, without limitation, (i) a tenant improvement allowance in the maximum amount of twenty-eight and no/100 per Useable square foot of area in the building to be constructed on the Annex Property (the "Annex Building") and (ii) a term of ten (10) years; provided, however, that initial Base Rent shall be equal to an eleven percent (11%) return on the cost to Landlord to develop the Annex Building, not to exceed One and 18/100 Dollars ($1.18) per Rentable square foot per month (on a standard triple net basis), and such rental rate shall be adjusted upward during the term to reflect then prevailing market adjustments.
Letter of Intent. In addition, the Additional Premises Lease shall contain substantially the same terms and conditions as provided in this Lease, including without limitation, the representations and warranties as to environmental matters. If Tenant fails to timely deliver the Notice of Exercise, Landlord shall have the right to develop and lease the Annex Property to another party, subject to the Annex First Right of Refusal described below.
with such transferee. If such lease is not consummated, the provisions of the foregoing Annex First Right of Refusal shall again apply to any proposed lease of the Annex Property. If Tenant exercises its rights hereunder and delivers a notice of acceptance but fails to complete the lease of the Annex Property solely due to Tenant's default, then Tenant's rights under the Annex First Right of Refusal shall terminate.
be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Option as of the date first above written.
"LANDLORD"
PROSPECT GREEN PARTNERS,
a California joint venture
By: L&T PROSPECT PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership,
Managing Venturer
By: Lankford & Associates, Inc.,
a colorado corporation,
Managing General Partner
By: /s/ David S. Taylor ------------------------- David S. Taylor, Executive Vice President |
"TENANT"
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.,
a California corporation
By: /s/ Kathy Levinson ---------------------- Kathy Levinson, Senior Vice President By: /s/ Stephen Richards ---------------------- Stephen Richards, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
EXHIBIT 10.13
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made effective this 15th day of March, 1996 (the Effective Date"), by and between E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation ("Company") and CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, a resident of Florida ("Executive").
Executive is serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of Company pursuant to a letter agreement dated April 4, 1996 ("Letter Agreement"). The parties desire to enter into a formal employment agreement with respect to the continued employment of Executive by Company, which shall automatically become effective as of the Effective Date.
In consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
foregoing, with the prior approval of the Board of Directors (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), Executive shall be entitled to serve as director on the governing boards of other for-profit or not-for-profit entities and to retain any compensation and benefits resulting from such service, so long as such service does not unduly interfere with his duties under this Agreement.
(a) An annual salary of $250,000 ("Base Salary") prorated for any partial year of employment, subject to annual review for increases in the light of the size and performance of Company at such time as Company conducts salary reviews for its officers generally. Executive's salary shall be payable semimonthly or in accordance with Company's regular payroll practices in effect from time to time for officers of his level in Company.
(b) Adjustments to the Base Salary as follows: If, at the end of any fiscal quarter during the term of this Agreement, Company's annualized revenues equal or exceed $75,000,000 (which shall be determined by multiplying such fiscal quarter times four) and there is a positive net income at the end of such quarter as reflected on Company's financial statements prepared in the ordinary course of business according to generally accepted accounting principles (but not including any extraordinary income or expense items), the Base Salary will increase automatically to an annualized basis of $320,000, effective on the first day following the close of such quarter. If, at the end of any fiscal quarter during the term of this Agreement, Company's annualized revenues equal or exceed $100,000,000 and there is a positive net income at the end of such quarter, the Base Salary will increase automatically to an annualized basis of $390,000
effective on the first day following the close of such quarter. The adjusted Base Salary, as adjusted in accordance with this subsection (b), shall remain in effect unless and until it is increased upward in accordance with this subsection (b) or unless it is increased as provided in subsection (a) of this Section 3.
(c) Participation as a Level A participant in Company's bonus plan attached as Exhibit "A," with the participation effective date being March 18, 1996, and any subsequent bonus or incentive plans established by Company for its executives (collectively "Bonus Plan"). Executive agrees to assist the Board in developing new bonus or incentive plans for adoption by Company, in which Executive and other management of Company shall be entitled to participate.
(d) Participation in the employee benefit plans maintained by Company and in other benefits provided by Company to senior executives, including retirement (if and when established) and 401K plans, deferred compensation medical and dental, annual vacation, paid holidays, a Fifty Five Percent (55%) rebate on trading commissions for trades through E*Trade accounts, sick leave, and similar benefits, which are subject to change from time to time at the reasonable discretion of Company.
(e) Reimbursement of the dues and costs of appropriate club and professional organization memberships, continuing professional education, and financial counseling.
(f) An Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Stock Option Plan attached as Exhibit "B," the Stock Option Grant attached as Exhibit "C," and the Amendment to the Stock Option Grant attached as Exhibit "D." Company agrees that there will be no change made in any Stock Option during the term of Executive's employment hereunder which adversely affects Executive's rights as established by the foregoing documents, without the prior written consent of Executive. Company further agrees to grant Executive an
additional option of 8,000 Shares ("re-split"), effective May 15, 1996, at the current fair market value (anticipated to be S420.00 per share). This 8,000 Share option shall have substantially the same terms as the existing Stock Option Grant attached as Exhibit C, and with the same vesting schedule as set forth on the Amendment attached as Exhibit D.
(g) A one-time payment of $50,000, in order to cover storage and movement of household goods associated with accepting employment with Company.
(h) Lease of automobile for company use, of a mutually agreeable make and model, and reimbursement of reasonable operating expense.
(i) Reimbursement of all reasonable business-related expenses, including without limitation business-class air travel (international) and first-class air travel (domestic).
(j) Reimbursement of travel, hotel and meal expenses relating to completion of Ph.D. program.
(k) "Gross-up" payments to cover taxes due in the event any of the
benefits described in subsections (e), (h), (i) and (j) above, or in
Section 5(c), are taxable to Executive.
(a) This Agreement and Executive's employment under this Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term ending on December 31, 2001 (the "Initial Term"). This Agreement and Executive's employment shall
automatically continue for successive one-year periods at the end of the Initial Term, unless either party gives written notice to the other of its intent to terminate this Agreement and Executive's employment not less than 180 days prior to the commencement of any such one-year renewal period. In the event such notice to terminate is properly given, this Agreement and Executive's employment shall terminate at the end of the Initial Term or the one-year renewal period during which the notice is given.
(b) This Agreement and Executive's employment may be terminated by either party prior to the end of the Initial Term (or any renewal period) upon 30 days' prior written notice to the other party, provided, that, in the event of such termination, Company shall be obligated to make the payments and provide the benefits described in Section 5 below.
(a) The payment shall be equal to five full years of Executive's
"Current Total Annual Compensation" as defined in subsection (d) of this
Section 5, if: (i) Executive's employment is terminated by Company, other
than for Cause, within three years after any "Change in Control" of Company
as defined in subsection (d) of this Section 5, or at the request of or
pursuant to an agreement with a third party who has taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control, or otherwise in connection with
or in anticipation of a Change in Control; or (ii) Executive elects to
terminate employment for Good Reason within three years after any Change in
Control of Company.
(b) The payment shall be equal to four full years of Executive's Current Total Annual Compensation, if: (i) Executive's employment is terminated by Company, other than for Cause, and such termination is not described in (a) above; or (ii) Executive elects to terminate his employment for "Good Reason," as defined in subsection (d) of this Section 5, and such termination is not described in (a) above.
(c) In addition to the amount payable to Executive under subsection
(a) or (b) of this Section 5, Executive shall be entitled to the following
upon termination for any reason:
(i) The health care (including medical and dental) and life
insurance benefits coverage provided to Executive at his
date of termination shall be continued at the same level
and in the same manner as if his employment had not
terminated (subject to the customary changes in such
coverages if Executive reaches age 65 or similar events),
together with the benefits described in subsections (h),
(j) and (k) of Section 3 beginning on the date of such
termination and ending on the date forty-eight months from
the date of termination, followed by COBRA election rights.
Any additional coverages Executive had at termination,
including dependent coverage, will also be continued for
such period on the same terms. Any costs Executive was paying for such coverages at the time of termination shall continue to be paid by Executive. If the terms of any benefit plan referred to in this section do not permit continued participation by Executive, then Company will arrange for other coverage providing substantially similar benefits at the same contribution level of Executive.
(ii) Reasonable relocation expenses for Executive and his dependents to any location within the continental United States incurred for the purpose of new employment on or within eighteen months of the effective termination date of this Agreement. Such expenses shall include without limitation first-class airfare and other travel for Executive and his family; moving and storage expenses; real estate closing fees and costs upon the sale of his residence and purchase of a new residence; all other expenses reasonably incurred in relocating to a location other than Palo Alto, California or environs; and an amount
equal to Ten Percent (10%) of his Current Total Annual Compensation to cover all incidental relocation expenses.
(iii) Outplacement and financial counseling services selected by Executive, up to a maximum of S30,000 (net of tax, if any).
(iv) A mutually acceptable office, together with secretarial assistance and customary office facilities and services, located at Company (or in lieu thereof reimbursement for same at another location), for up to twelve months following the effective termination date of this Agreement, for the purpose of facilitating Executive's search for new employment.
(d) For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) The "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Company.
(ii) "The Incumbent Board" shall mean the members of the Board as of the date of this Agreement and any person becoming a member of
the Board hereafter whose election, or nomination for election by Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors of Company).
(iii) "Change in Control" shall mean:
(A) The acquisition (other than from Company) by any person, entity or "group," within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or l4(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (excluding, for this purpose, any employee benefit plan of Company or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of Company's then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors: or
(B) The failure for any reason of individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board to continue to constitute at least a majority of the Board; or
(C) Approval by the stockholders of Company of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, in each case, with respect to which the shares of Company voting stock outstanding immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not constitute or become exchanged for or converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company's then
outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of Company or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Company.
(iv) "Good Reason" shall mean:
(A) The assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 above, or any other action by Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities excluding for this purpose any action taken with the consent of Executive and any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by Company promptly after receipt of notice of such action given by Executive;
(B) A reduction in the overall level of Executive's compensation or benefits as provided in Section 3;
(C) Company's requiring Executive to be based at any office or location other than Company's executive offices either in Palo Alto, California or environs, or near Executive's residence in North Palm Beach, Florida or environs, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of Executive's responsibilities;
(D) Any purported termination by Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement; or
(E) Any failure by Company to comply with and satisfy
Section 6 below.
(F) The nomination by the Board of a Chairman (or person serving in a similar capacity) of a person other than the current Chairman or Executive.
For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by Executive shall be conclusive.
(v) "Current Total Annual Compensation" shall be the total of the following amounts: (A) the greater of (i) Executive's Base Salary for the calendar year in which his employment terminates or (ii) such salary for the calendar year prior to the year of such termination; and (B) the greater of (i) any total amount that became payable to Executive under the Bonus Plan during the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which his employment terminates, and (ii) the maximum amount to which Executive would be paid for the calendar year in which his employment terminates as if all Plan criteria had been or are met, regardless of when such amounts are actually to be paid. Any longer term Bonus Plan payments are to be accelerated and included within the meaning of this definition.
(vi) "Disability" shall mean the total and permanent inability of Executive due to illness, accident or other physical or mental incapacity to perform the usual duties of his employment under this Agreement, as determined by a physician selected by Company and
acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative (which agreement as to acceptability shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(vii) The "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(viii) "Cause" shall be defined solely as (i) Executive's defalcation or misappropriation of funds or property of the Company, or the commission of any other illegal act in the course of his employment with Company which, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, has a material adverse financial effect on the Company or on Executive's ongoing abilities to carry out his duties under this Agreement; (ii) Executive's conviction of a felony or of any crime involving moral turpitude, and affirmance of such conviction following the exhaustion of any appeals; (iii) refusal of Executive to substantially perform all of his duties and responsibilities, or Executive's persistent neglect of duty or chronic unapproved absenteeism (other than for a temporary or permanent Disability), which remains uncured following thirty days after written notice of such alleged Cause by the Board of Directors; or (iv) any material and substantial breach by Executive of other terms and conditions of this Agreement, which, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors, has a material adverse financial effect on the Company or on Executive's ongoing abilities to carry out his duties under this Agreement and which remains uncured following thirty days after written notice of such alleged Cause by the Board of Directors.
(e) In addition to the amounts payable under subsection (a), (b) or
(c) of this Section 5, Company shall pay Executive a tax equalization
payment in accordance with this subsection. The tax equalization payment
shall be in an amount which when added to the other amounts payable to
Executive under this Section 5 will place Executive in the same after-tax
position as if the excise tax penalty of Section 4999 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any successor statute of
similar import, did not apply to any of the amounts payable under this
Section 5 including any amounts paid under this subsection (e). The amount
of this tax equalization payment shall be determined by Company's
independent accountants and shall be payable to Executive at the same time
as the payment under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 5.
(a) The rights and benefits of Executive under this Agreement, other than accrued and unpaid amounts due hereunder, are personal to him and shall not be assignable by Executive, except with the prior written consent of Company.
(b) Subject to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section 6, this Agreement shall not be assignable by Company, provided, that with the consent of Executive, Company may assign this Agreement to another corporation wholly owned by it either directly or through one or more other corporations, or to any corporate successor of Company or any such corporation.
(c) Any business entity succeeding to substantially all of the business of Company by purchase, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, shall be bound by and shall adopt and assume this Agreement and Company shall require the assumption
of this Agreement by such successor as a condition to such purchase, merger, consolidation, sale or assets or other similar transaction.
If to Executive; Mr. Christos M. Cotsakos Old Port Cove Lake Point Tower Unit 2053 100 Lakeshore Drive North Palm Beach, Florida 33408 If to Company: The Board of Directors Four Embarcadero Place 2400 Geng Road Palo Alto, California 94303 |
or to such other address or agent as may hereafter be designated by either party hereto. All such notices shall be deemed given on the date personally delivered or mailed.
about the amount of any payment pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement), plus in each case interest at the applicable Federal Rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
(CORPORATE SEAL]
By: /s/ William A Porter -------------------------------------- William A Porter, Founder and Chairman Attest: |
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Christos M. Cotsakos -------------------------------------- Christos M. Cotsakos |
Witnesseth:
EXHIBIT 10.16
BETAHOST
MASTER SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, Subscriber desires to subscribe to a data processing service called BETAHOST(R) offered by BETA Systems, and to have BETAHOST service installed at certain offices of Subscriber;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants exchanged herein, BETA Systems and Subscriber agree as follows:
(a) BETA Systems will provide Subscriber with the BETAHOST services which are set forth, together with their charges, on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
(b) BETAHOST service provided hereunder shall be available on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. On such days BETA Systems shall make diligent efforts to provide all BETAHOST service hereunder from and limited inquiry functions from [*] BETA Systems shall also make reasonable efforts to provide limited inquiry functions on Saturdays and Sundays from [*] except that BETA Systems reserves the right, upon not less than 48 hours notice, to limit or curtail holiday or weekend availability when necessary for system upgrades, adjustments, maintenance, or other operational considerations.
General enhancements to existing BETAHOST service provided hereunder shall be made available to Subscriber at [*] but any new features or services that may be developed by BETA Systems during the term of this Agreement may, at BETA Systems' option, and subject to Subscribers' acceptance, be made available to Subscriber at BETA Systems' then-current prices for such new features or services, and upon
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
such other terms as BETA Systems may reasonably deem appropriate. Enhancements to existing BETAHOST services requested by Subscriber and which benefit less than a majority of BETA Systems' Subscribers at the time such enhancements are put into service may. at BETA Systems option, be billed to such benefiting Subscribers at BETA Systems standard rates for programming. All enhancements to the BETAHOST service, and any new features or services introduced by BETA Systems, shall remain the exclusive proprietary property of BETA Systems. Prior to Subscriber's conversion, BETA Systems will, [*] develop and incorporate into the services to be provided to Subscriber the functionalities and features identified on Schedule B attached hereto, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth thereon.
(a) In connection with Subscriber's initial conversion to the use of BETAHost under this Agreement, BETA Systems shall provide such on-site training and other assistance as BETA Systems and Subscriber jointly deem necessary to assure that Subscriber's personnel are able to make effective use of BETAHOST. On-site training shall take place at such times and places as are mutually agreeable to the parties hereto.
(b) BETA Systems will convert Subscriber's files as necessary to make the same compatible with the services provided to Subscriber hereunder. BETA Systems shall provide Subscriber with such support as BETA Systems and Subscriber jointly deem necessary to effectuate the conversion, and Subscriber will cooperate with BETA Systems in the conversion. BETAHOST service hereunder shall not commence until BETA Systems and Subscriber jointly determine that the conversion and training are sufficiently completed to permit the service to be operational.
(c) All ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BETA Systems in connection with the conversion will be borne [*] Extraordinary out-of-pocket expenses incurred with Subscriber's prior approval by BETA Systems as a result of Subscriber's requests for support will be paid
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Subscriber shall, prior to installation, submit its equipment configuration to BETA Systems for approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) Prior to conversion, Subscriber must exercise reasonable efforts to develop and implement a communications "firewall" between all of Subscriber's in-house networks and BETA Systems' network that is, to the extent reasonably possible, capable of preventing all unauthorized access to BETA Systems' network. Subscriber is liable to BETA Systems for all loss or damage caused by any unauthorized access to BETA Systems' network through Subscriber's network as a result of Subscriber's failure to act as required by this subparagraph. BETA Systems may audit all firewall arrangements from time-to-time upon reasonable notice to Subscriber, but no such audit, nor BETA Systems' failure to audit, relieves Subscriber of its responsibilities or liabilities under this paragraph.
5. Subscriber Date
(a) Subscriber will timely supply BETA Systems, in a form acceptable to BETA Systems, with all data necessary for BETA Systems to Convert Subscriber's data and perform the ongoing services to be provided hereunder. It is the sole responsibility of Subscriber to insure the completeness and accuracy of such data.
(b) BETA Systems acknowledges that all records, data, files and other
input material relating to Subscriber are confidential and shall take such steps
(i) to protect the confidentiality of such records, data, files and other
materials and (ii) to limit access to Subscriber's files and records to
Subscriber and other authorized parties, as it takes to protect its own similar
confidential information.
(c) BETA Systems will take such steps to protect against the loss or alteration of Subscriber's flies, records and data retained by BETA Systems as it takes to protect against the loss or alteration of its own similar data; BETA Systems will maintain backup file(s) containing all of the data, files and records related to Subscriber. Subscriber's file(s), records and data shall be released to Subscriber upon termination of this Agreement or in the event of an occurrence that renders BETA Systems unable to perform hereunder. Provided Subscriber is current on all invoices, BETA Systems will cooperate reasonably in Subscriber's transition to another service provider, and Subscriber will pay such reasonable charges as BETA deconversion charges as set forth in Schedule A.
(d) BETA Systems acknowledges that all records, data, files and other input material relating to Subscriber are the exclusive property of the Subscriber.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES RESULTING FROM EVENTS OR CONDITIONS OUTSIDE OF BETA SYSTEMS' REASONABLE CONTROL. BETA Systems will work diligently to remedy any failure, fault, delay, interruption or loss of telecommunications services resulting from conditions reasonably within its control.
(a) This Agreement will be effective on the date first above written and will terminate on the [*] of the date Subscriber first uses BETAHost to process trades ("the Conversion Date"). BETA Systems or Subscriber shall give the other party [*] written notice of its intent not to renew this Agreement upon its expiration. If such notice is given less than [*] prior to the expiration date, then this Agreement shall remain in effect for [*] from the giving of such notice.
(b) Unless BETA Systems or Subscriber shall have given notice of non- renewal as provided in Paragraph 7(a), in the event that no renewal, continuation or successor agreement is signed by the parties prior to the expiration of this Agreement, this Agreement may be extended automatically for successive periods of [*] until a successor, renewal or continuation agreement is signed by the parties or until Subscriber, upon [*] written notice to BETA Systems, or BETA Systems, [*] written notice to Subscriber, elects to terminate this Agreement. During any period of extension described in this subparagraph 7(b). the charge for the services provided to Subscriber hereunder may, at BETA Systems' option, [*] the current contract rates paid by Subscriber.
(a) Subscriber acknowledges that BETA Systems incurs substantial initial costs in converting and training new subscribers. Subscriber therefore agrees that if Subscriber cancels this Agreement prior to the Conversion Date, Subscriber will pay to BETA Systems the sum of [*] incurred by BETA Systems in connection with Subscriber's conversion since [*] in a single payment due immediately upon Subscriber's receipt of BETA Systems' invoice.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
(b) Should Subscriber cancel this Agreement prior to its termination pursuant to paragraph 7(a), except as otherwise authorized in this Agreement, Subscriber shall pay to BETA Systems a cancellation charge in accordance with the following schedule:
Cancellation Date Charge ----------------- ------ within [*] the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] of the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] of the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] of the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] of the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] of the Conversion Date [*] on or after the [*] [*] |
(c) In addition to termination rights as provided elsewhere herein,
either party may terminate this Agreement in the event that the other party
commits a material breach of this Agreement, provided the breaching party fails
to cure such material breach within [*] its receipt of written notification
thereof from the other party. For purposes of this subparagraph, a "material
breach" is a failure by one party to perform its obligations under this
Agreement that so seriously and adversely affects the other party's ability to
carry on its business that a reasonable person would conclude that the essential
purpose of the Agreement had failed. If a termination of this Agreement pursuant
to this subparagraph is later determined through arbitration to have been
improper, then (i) if Subscriber improperly terminated the Agreement, it will
pay to BETA Systems as liquidated damages and not as a penalty a sum equal to
[*] set forth in subparagraph (b); (ii) if BETA Systems improperly terminated
the Agreement, it will pay to Subscriber [*] as liquidated damages and not as a
penalty, except that if Subscriber elects, and BETA Systems agrees, to reinstate
the services hereunder as if no termination had occurred, the liquidated damage
payment will be [*] All
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
liquidated damages payments are in lieu of all other damages except unpaid fees and charges incurred for service provided under this Agreement, fees and costs provided under paragraph 10, and damages resulting from a breach of paragraph 11.
(d) BETA Systems will provide the following service levels:
1. system and communication line up time from [*] on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
2. [*] system and communication fine up time from [*] Monday through Friday [*] Saturday and Sunday and other times that limited inquiry functionality is available to Subscriber. Scheduled downtime of which Subscriber has received a least [*] is considered system uptime, as long such scheduled downtime does not become excessive. Any scheduled downtime of which Subscriber has not received at [*] least is considered downtime.
3. BETA Systems will have adequate capacity installed at all times to provide reasonable response times and batch processing.
4. Positions & Balances for each trade day will be available
no later than [*] the following day. 5. Confirms print file will be available by [*] on each trade day. |
6. Customer Statements file should be sent to Subscriber's Statement vendor within [*] of BETA Systems' receipt of correct and processable external interface files from Subscriber's other vendors.
7. Requests from Subscriber to add securities to Security Master will be completed within [*] of request.
(e) If BETA Systems' performance falls below the above service levels for a period of [*] or if the service levels set forth in subparagraph S(d) I or 2 fall below [*] Subscriber may, upon [*] prior written notice, seek to terminate this Agreement, without payment of the cancellation charge set forth in paragraph 8(b) Subscriber will comply with the dispute resolution process set forth in paragraph 10(a) before termination of the Agreement. The parties will
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
participate in the mediation process expeditiously and will, subject to the availability of mediators, conclude such proceedings within one month of commencement. Nothing herein prohibits BETA Systems from challenging the propriety of any such termination through the process set forth in paragraph l0(b) or as otherwise permitted in this Agreement.
(f) The parties will agree on development schedules for projects requested by Subscriber. Upon receipt of a development request from Subscriber BETA Systems will provide written confirmation of its receipt of the specifications and an estimate of the time for project completion. Subscriber is responsible for setting priority levels on all requested development projects. For all proprietary and custom work requested by Subscriber, Subscriber will pay the programming charges set forth on Schedule A.
AGREEMENT. IN ALL OTHER CASES, THE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF BETA SYSTEMS TO SUBSCRIBER FOR ALL CLAIMS ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO, AND SUBSCRIBER AGREES NOT TO MAKE ANY CLAIM EXCEEDING, OR THAT WOULD CAUSE BETA SYSTEMS' AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO EXCEED, THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 9(b) DO NOT LIMIT BETA SYSTEMS' LIABILITY TO SUBSCRIBER FOR BETA SYSTEMS' WILLFUL OR RECKLESS WRONGDOING. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT "RECKLESS" WRONGDOING IS UNLAWFUL CONDUCT BY BETA SYSTEMS THAT IS MORE THAN NEGLIGENT: IT MUST EVIDENCE A CONSCIOUS AND KNOWING DISREGARD OF A SUBSTANTIAL AND UNREASONABLE RISK OF HARM TO SUBSCRIBER. IN NO EVENT SHALL BETA SYSTEMS BE LIABLE TO SUBSCRIBER OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES WHICH SUBSCRIBER OR SUCH THIRD PARTY MAY INCUR OR EXPERIENCE ON ACCOUNT OF ENTERING INTO OR RELYING ON THIS AGREEMENT OR UTILIZING BETAHOST, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER BETA SYSTEMS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF BETA SYSTEMS.
(a) Any dispute between the parties arising under or relating to this Agreement that cannot be resolved by the parties themselves shall be submitted to mediation in Denver, Colorado, administered by and conducted in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Mediation of the American Arbitration Association. Each party will bear its own costs in the mediation, including attorneys' fees, and one-half the cost of the mediator.
(b) Any dispute that remains unresolved after mediation will be resolved by final and binding arbitration in Denver, Colorado, before a single arbitrator conducted by and in accordance with the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator shall not be the same person as the mediator. Each party shall bear its own costs in the arbitration, including attorneys' fees, and each party shall bear one-half of the cost of the arbitrator.
(c) The arbitrator shall have the authority to award such damages as are not prohibited by this agreement and may, in addition and in a proper case, declare rights and order specific performance, but only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(d) Any party may apply to a court of general jurisdiction to enforce an arbitrators' award, and if enforcement is ordered, the party against which the order is issued shall pay the costs and expenses of the other party in obtaining such order, including reasonable attorneys' fees.
(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 10(a) and (b) above, any action by BETA to enforce its rights under paragraphs 6(b) or 11 of the Agreement or to enjoin any infringement of the same by Subscriber, and any action by Subscriber to enforce its right under paragraph 5, may be commenced in the state or federal courts of California or Wisconsin, and each party consents to personal jurisdiction and venue in such courts for such actions. Such actions shall be referred promptly to arbitration, and the arbitrator has the authority to continue, modify or lift any temporary or preliminary injunctive relief granted by the court.
(a) Subscriber acknowledges that the software systems utilized by BETA Systems in the provision of BETAHOST service hereunder, including all enhancements thereto, and all screens and formats used in connection therewith, are the exclusive proprietary property of BETA Systems, and Subscriber shall not publish, disclose, display, provide access to or otherwise make available any BETAHOST software or products thereof, or any screens, formats, reports or printouts used, provided, produced or supplied from or in connection therewith, to any person or entity other than an employee of Subscriber without the prior written consent of, and on terms acceptable to, BETA Systems, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Subscriber may disclose to a governmental or regulatory agency or to customers of Subscriber any information expressly prepared for disclosure to such governmental or regulatory agency or to such customers. Except as
required by law, neither party shall disclose Subscriber's use of BETAHOST service in any advertising or promotional materials without the prior written consent to such use, and approval of such materials, by the other. All methods of data access to, or interactive or batch file transfer of, BETAHost data on BETA's mainframe computer must be authorized by BETA Systems, and any unauthorized interactive or batch file transfer of BETAHost data on BETA's mainframe computer via a program automated workstation or computer is explicitly prohibited. BETA Systems acknowledges that Subscriber has filed a registration statement on Form S-1 to effect a public offering. BETA Systems consents to the use of its name and description as it appears in the Form S-1.
(b) Subscriber agrees that it will use the services provided hereunder only in connection with its own brokerage business, and it will not, without the express written permission of BETA Systems, sell, lease, or otherwise provide or make available BETAHOST service to any third party. For purposes of the foregoing, Subscriber's "own brokerage business" shall include Subscriber's affiliates, bona fide correspondents and third-party customers for whom Subscriber provides private label brokerage services, provided that no more than one entity may perform brokerage clearing services using BETAHost at any one time. A person or entity is an "affiliate" of Subscriber for purposes of the this Agreement if it directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Subscriber, where "control" means more than 50% equity ownership and voting control. In all cases, use of BETAHost by Subscriber's affiliates and correspondents is deemed use by Subscriber.
(c) The obligations of this Paragraph 11 shall survive termination of this Agreement. Subscriber understands that the unauthorized publication or disclosure of any of BETA Systems' software or copies thereof, or the unauthorized use of BETAHOST service would cause irreparable harm to BETA Systems for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Subscriber therefore agrees that in the event of such unauthorized disclosure or use, BETA Systems may, at its discretion and at Subscriber's expense, terminate this Agreement, obtain immediate injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, or take such other steps as it deems necessary to protect its rights. If BETA Systems, in its reasonable, good faith judgment, determines that there is a material risk of such unauthorized disclosure or use, it may demand immediate assurances, satisfactory to BETA Systems, that there will be no such unauthorized disclosure or use. In the absence of such assurance, BETA Systems may take such steps as it deems necessary and may, in addition, terminate this Agreement, but only after submitting the controversy to mediation pursuant to paragraph 10(a) Nothing herein prohibits Subscriber from challenging the propriety of any
such termination through the process set forth in paragraph l0(b) or as otherwise permitted in this Agreement. The rights of BETA Systems hereunder are in addition to any other remedies provided by law.
12. Option to Obtain License. At any time after the end of the [*] of the date of Subscriber's conversion to BETAHost [*] as set forth in Paragraph 7(a), provided Subscriber is not then in default of any obligation hereunder, Subscriber may obtain a nontransferable, non-exclusive, perpetual license to use BETA's BETAHost software for its own clearing businesses. To exercise this option Subscriber must (i) provide BETA Systems with at least [*] written notice of such election; (ii) execute and deliver to BETA Systems a License Agreement in the form attached as Schedule C; and (iii) pay to BETA Systems the license fee [*] adjusted as set forth below. Subscriber will receive a credit against the license fee of [*] of all trade charge billings paid by Subscriber to BETA Systems through the date of its election to obtain the license, but such credit shall not exceed [*] . In addition, for each year or partial year of the initial term of this Agreement remaining at the time Subscriber provides notice of its election to obtain a license, Subscriber shall pay to BETA Systems a sum equal to [*] of all service bureau billings for charges set forth in items 3-8 of Schedule A paid by Subscriber to BETA Systems through the date such notice is given. At such time as Subscriber begins to use BETAHost under the license available in this paragraph, this Agreement will terminate except for those provisions that survive as provided herein. Should Subscriber exercise its election to obtain a license to use BETAHost as provided herein, BETA Systems shall provide maintenance service for [*] from Subscriber's first use of the licensed software [*] . Thereafter, Subscriber will purchase maintenance services from BETA Systems for [*] for an annual maintenance fee, payable at the beginning of the year for which the maintenance service is to be provided, of [*] of the net license fee payable by Subscriber set forth above. Such [*] maintenance will entitle Subscriber to all regulatory changes and all enhancements and modifications to BETAHost developed by BETA for general use by BETA's service bureau customers.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
(b) Subscriber may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of BETA Systems, except that either party may, without the other's consent, assign this Agreement to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the assigning party, or to an affiliate of the assigning party that is wholly-owned by an entity that directly or indirectly controls the assigning party, provided further that in no case may Subscriber assign this Agreement to any person or entity if such person or entity, its parent, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, or any other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person or entity, is in the business of providing services similar to BETAHost to customers such as Subscriber. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
(c) Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if served personally, or if sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the address shown below, or such other address as either party may hereafter designate by notice to the other.
To BETA Systems Inc.:
BETA Systems Inc.
350 North Sunny Slope Road
Brookfield, WI 53005
Attn.: Frederic D. Chu
Executive Vice President
To Subscriber:
E*Trade Securities, Inc.
2400 Geng Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Attn: Kathy Levinson
(d) This Agreement shall be applied and construed according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be illegal or unenforceable, then, notwithstanding such finding, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and such provision shall be deemed stricken.
(e) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to alter or limit the interpretation of any provision hereof.
(f) This Agreement, together with all Schedules, Exhibits and amendments hereto, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior discussion and correspondence between them with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by both parties.
(g) This Agreement, all schedules attached hereto, and all terms and conditions herein, are confidential and shall not be disclosed by Subscriber except as required by law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set our hand as of the date first noted above.
BETA SYSTEMS INC.
By: ________________________________________ _________________ Signature Date ________________________________________ Print _________________________________________ Title |
E*TRADE SECURITIES, INC.
By: ________________________________________ _________________ Signature Date ________________________________________ Print _________________________________________ Title |
1. BETAHost SERVICES
Includes computer system services to support
BETAHost Services shall be deemed as currently described by documentation presently held at Subscriber, as well as those enhancements that have been requested and accepted by Subscriber.
BETAHost Services do not include, and Subscriber must make separate arrangements for,
Trade processing counts are based on the actual number of trade executions per day, counted as follows:
Type of Trade: Trade Count:
[*] [*]
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Trade processing charges are based upon the [*] This number is calculated by [*] Trade processing charges are then arrived at by multiplying the [*] by the corresponding charge per trade from the table below, times the number of trading days in that month
[*] of Charge daily trades for the month per trade $[*] $[*] [*] $[*] $[*] $[*] $[*] 4. MINIMUM MONTHLY TRADE PROCESSING -------------------------------- CHARGE ------ Minimum monthly charge for BETAHOST trade processing service. 5. MONEY MARKET SWEEP ACCOUNTS --------------------------- Monthly charge per account, coded for money market sweep processing, with a money balance. Monthly minimum charge 6. IRA ACCOUNTS ------------ Monthly charge per IRA account, with Subscriber as Custodian or an external Custodian, carrying a money balance or security position. 7. SHAREHOLDER ACCOUNTING ---------------------- Monthly charge per account processed through shareholder accounting module. Monthly minimum charge 8. MUTUAL FUND NETWORKING Monthly charge per position per account Monthly minimum charge |
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Monthly charge using the optional BETA OTC Trading System (does not $[*] include NASDAQ Level 1, INSTINET, and other $[*] third party charges). $[*] Monthly communication support charges (includes INSTINET communications and other third party communications). $[*] |
* To Be Determined. These will vary depending upon third-party charges and other variables over which BETA Systems has no control.
Special external interfaces requested by Subscriber are provided subject to additional monthly charges. These charges will consist of three elements: (1) initial programming and testing charge, (2) monthly communication support charge, and (3) monthly application interface charge.
The following network fees have been established, as of the date of this Agreement, to cover actual costs incurred by BETA. Network fees are subject to change at any time, and BETA reserves the right to increase said fees to Subscriber, in conjunction with cost increases incurred by BETA in the provision of network services, on not less than 30 days' prior written notice.
Monthly charge for triangulated connection (2 T-1 lines) $[*] of BETA's Communications Network service to Subscriber's headquarters location. Monthly charge for a single T-l connection to Subscriber's $ back-up data center. $[*] Monthly charge per 9.6 kbps communication line connected $[*] to the BETA Communication Network at any location other than Subscriber's headquarters or back-up data center. Non-recurring charge for installation of a data $[*] communications line in a given location. Dial backup service: Monthly service charge for each 9.6 kbps line in a $[*] location that has dial backup capability. This service is optional. Subscriber is responsible for providing lines for dial backup service. |
**Network fees apply to Subscriber's use of the BETA Communications Network only in the continental United States.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Charges from third parties in connection with the following (and any other similar) services approved by Subscriber shall be billed, according to BETA Systems' standard practice, to Subscriber directly by the third party or, at BETA Systems' option, paid by BETA Systems and reimbursed by Subscriber:
Pricing and Factor Services (e.g.: JJ KENNY Municipal Bond Pricing;Muller/ABSG CMO Prices and Factors)
Postage/Shipping
Information Services and Data Relating to:
.Dividend/Interest Announcements (e.g.: S&P UIT
Dividend Calendar)
.Reorganization Announcements (e.g.: FII Reorg. Files)
.Principal Factor Information
and any other third party service offered by BETA Systems.
Other charges which shall be due to BETA Systems in connection with the delivery of BETAHost services shall be paid by Subscriber at the following rate, and BETA reserves the right to increase said charges to subscriber. Such charges, subject to change at any time include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
Programming charges for CSF Statement $ see "Programming" development below CSF Software: Statement formatting monthly charges, per customer statement page. $[*] Dial-Up Service Charge Programming and Non-Standard Processing and Communications Charges |
Charges for programming, information processing and data transmission not included in the standard BETAHost services may be charged to Subscriber, at BETA Systems option, based upon the actual use of BETA Systems' personnel, equipment.
and facilities at the following rates: Programming $[*] Computer Processing $[*] Tape File Preparation $[*] Standard File Transmission/Upload $[*] Special File Transmissions $[*] |
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Charges from third parties in connection with the following (and other similar) services shall be billed, according to BETA Systems standard practice, to Licensee directly by the third party, or, at BETA Systems option, paid by BETA Systems and reimbursed by Licensee:
Year-end third party tax databases and services (OD file, dividend reallocation file, multi-part tax forms, etc.)
Year-end laser printing, fulfillment, postage and other service.
REMIC Information Tax Reporting
In-house processing of REMIC information tax reporting. Includes:
REMIC Issuers rate input, OD holding period calculations, market
discount fraction and accrued interest calculations, and
information reporting to the IRS. Does not include cost of
printing and mailing of recipient statements or production and
shipping of microfiche.
REMIC Customer Charge per Positions Position $[*] $[*] $[*] 15. DECONVERSION CHARGES -------------------- Charges for service bureau [*] per of Subscriber initial |
deconversion copy of each standard deconversion file, per request, and [*] for each requested re-run.
Charge for deconversion of [*] per standard correspondent clearing correspondents: deconversion file, per request, and [*] for each requested re-run.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
SCHEDULE B
MODIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
1. [*]
2. [*]
3. [*]
4. [*]
5. [*]
Modifications are dependent on mutually agreed upon user business requirement definitions.
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
Schedule C
LICENSE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of_________, l99__, between Beta Systems Inc., 350 North Sunnyslope Road, Third Floor, Brookfield, Wisconsin 53005 (hereinafter called "BETA"), and E*Trade Securities, Inc., 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303 ("Licensee").
WHEREAS, BETA has developed and owns all right, title and interest in certain computer programs, known as BETAHOST(R) ~ programs, by which BETA provides data processing service, known as BETAHOST services, to its subscribers; and
WHEREAS, Licensee is entitled by virtue of the provisions of a certain subscription agreement ("Subscription Agreement") to which BETA and Licensee are parties to obtain a license to use the BETAHost programs;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
[*] Confidential Treatment Requested
(a) For so long as Licensee receives maintenance services from BETA Systems, BETA Systems warrants that the Licensed Programs will substantially conform to their documentation; provided, however, that BETA Systems may void this warranty if Licensee (i) augments or alters the Licensed Software or causes any other person to do so; (ii) fails to maintain its equipment in accordance with BETA Systems' reasonable recommendations; or (iii) fails to install any upgrade, enhancement, fix or release of the Licensed Programs made available by BETA Systems.
(b) Other than as expressly provided above, the Licensed Software provided hereunder is provided "AS IS" and without warranty or guarantee whatsoever, and ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTIES BY SAMPLE OR DEMONSTRATION, ARE DISCLAIMED.
(a) BETA SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO LICENSEE FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION BY BETA ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT OR BETA'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, LICENSEE'S USE OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, OR THE USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON ANY INFORMATION RECEIVED BY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY THROUGH THE USE OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, AND NEITHER LICENSEE, ANY AFFILIATE OF LICENSEE, NOR ANY ASSIGNEE THEREOF SHALL MAKE ANY CLAIM AGAINST BETA OR IT'S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES CONCERNING THE FOREGOING. BETA WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS OR FOR ANY CLAIM OR DEMAND AGAINST LICENSEE BY ANY OTHER PARTY. IN NO EVENT WILL BETA BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF BETA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
(a) Licensee acknowledges that the Licensed Software, including without limitation the Licensed Programs, are highly confidential proprietary information and trade secrets of BETA Systems, the unauthorized disclosure of any part of which would result in serious injury to BETA Systems. Licensee shall take reasonable precautions to maintain the security and confidentiality of the Licensed Software, which precautions shall not be less stringent than those employed, or that reasonably should be employed, by Licensee to protect its own most proprietary information.
(b) This License Agreement and the terms hereof are confidential, and no information concerning the same shall be disclosed without written consent of the parties, except as may be necessary to conform to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Neither party shall disclose Subscriber's use of BETAHOST service in any advertising or promotional materials without the prior written consent to such use, and approval of such materials, by the other.
(a) Licensee recognizes that any unauthorized use, disclosure or application of the Licensed Software by the Licensee or any of Licensee's affiliates or correspondents will result in irreparable harm to BETA or its successor for which there is no adequate remedy at law. Should BETA become aware of any such
unauthorized use, disclosure or application of the Licensed Software, BETA may obtain immediate injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction or take such other steps as it deems necessary to protect its rights, including but not limited to, directing Licensee to cease such unauthorized use, with which direction Licensee shall promptly comply.
(b) In the event that Licensee intentionally and willfully engages in any unauthorized use, disclosure or application of the Licensed Software, or willfully and intentionally permits or causes the unauthorized use, disclosure or application of the Licensed Software, Licensee shall forfeit its rights to use the Licensed Software under this or any other Agreement between Licensee and BETA, together with all payments made under this or any other Agreement, cease all use of the Licensed Software, and return all copies of the Licensed Software, and all documentation, in any form, to BETA or its successor. BETA may, at Licensee's expense, take such lawful steps as it deems necessary to preserve the security of the Licensed Software and prevent Licensee's further use thereof.
(c) The rights of BETA under this Agreement supplement and are not in lieu of any other remedies provided by law or in equity. In addition, Licensee shall be liable for all of BETA's costs and attorneys fees in connection with the pursuit by BETA of any remedy provided or permitted by this Agreement.
(e) Jurisdiction. By entering this Agreement, Licensee agrees to and does hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction of the courts in or for the State of Wisconsin in the event any legal action is commenced by BETA or its successor to enforce any rights arising hereunder.
(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to alter or limit the interpretation of any provision hereof.
(g) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all schedules, exhibits and amendments hereto, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior discussion and correspondence between them with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modifications of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same is in writing and signed by both parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have set our hand as of the date first noted above.
BETA SYSTEMS INC. E*TRADE SECURITIES, INC. By: ___________________________ By: ____________________________ Title:_________________________ Title: _________________________ Date:__________________________ Date: __________________________ |
EXHIBIT 10.17
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
TRADE*PLUS, INC.
and
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
and
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT, dated September 28, 1995 (this "Agreement"), among Trade*Plus, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GAP LP"), and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., a New York limited partnership ("GAP Coinvestment," and together with GAP LP, the "Purchasers").
WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell to the Purchasers, for an aggregate purchase price of $12,300,000, 100,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
(d) all interest rate and currency swaps, caps, collars and similar agreements or hedging devices under which payments are obligated to be made by such Person, whether periodically or upon the happening of a contingency, (e) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, (g) all indebtedness secured by any Lien (other than Liens in favor of lessors under leases other than leases included in clause (f)) on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is non-recourse to the credit of that Person, and (h) any Contingent Obligation of such Person.
ARTICLE 2
ARTICLE 3
The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser, as follows:
authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
(b) To the knowledge of the Company, (i) the Company and its Subsidiary have all licenses, permits, orders or approvals of any Governmental Authority and self-regulating organization, including the NASD (collectively, "Permits") that are material to or necessary for the conduct of the business or proposed business of the Company and its Subsidiary; (ii) such Permits are in full force and effect; and (iii) no violations are or have been recorded in respect of any Permit.
(c) The Subsidiary is registered as a broker-dealer with the Commission, is a duly qualified member in good standing of the NASD and has provided to the Purchasers true and correct copies of all its Form BD filings with the Commission and amendments thereto during the last three years. It is duly qualified and registered as a broker-dealer in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified or registered could have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company, and, to the knowledge of the Company, is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any such jurisdiction.
(d) To the knowledge of the Company, no material expenditure is presently required by the Company or its Subsidiary to comply with any existing Requirement of Law.
(e) To the knowledge of the Company, the property, assets and operations at any time owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiary have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, while so owned or leased.
Company or its Subsidiary, except for such defects in title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company, and such property is not subject to any Lien.
shareholders, except out of the earnings of the Company or its Subsidiary and
(c) neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has increased the compensation of any
of its officers or the rate of pay of any of its employees, except as part of
regular compensation increases in the ordinary course of its business.
meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code); or (b) provides for post-retirement welfare benefits or a "parachute payment" (within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code). The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
(a)(iv) To the knowledge of the Company, other than as set forth on Schedule 3.19(a)(iv), none of the Intellectual Property currently sold to third parties by or used by the company or its Subsidiary infringes upon or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property rights of others.
right of the Company or its Subsidiary to sell or license to third parties or use the Intellectual Property presently sold or licensed to third parties or used by the Company or its Subsidiary.
(c) No former employer of any Company or Subsidiary employee, or current or former employer of any Company or Subsidiary consultant, has made a claim against the Company or its Subsidiary, or, to the knowledge of the Company, against any other Person, that such employee or such consultant is utilizing proprietary information of such employer.
or indirectly, any interest in (excepting less than 1% stock holdings for
investment purposes in securities of publicly held and traded companies), or is
an officer, director, employee or consultant of, any Person which is, or is
engaged in business as, a competitor, lessor, lessee, supplier, distributor,
sales agent or customer of, or lender to or borrower from, the Company; (b)
owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any tangible or intangible
property that the Company or its Subsidiary uses in the conduct of business; or
(c) has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever against, or owes or has
advanced any amount to, the Company or its Subsidiary, except for claims in the
ordinary course of business such as for accrued vacation pay, accrued benefits
under employee benefit plans, and similar matters and agreements existing on the
date hereof.
"Liabilities"), other than (i) Liabilities fully and adequately reflected or reserved against on the Financial Statements, (ii) liabilities not required by GAAP to be set forth on the Financial Statements and (iii) Liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business.
ARTICLE 4
Each of the Purchasers hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
lity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF REASONABLY REQUESTED, SATISFACTORY TO ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."
The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of the Purchased Shares or Conversion Shares which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.
on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with such Purchaser or any action taken by such Purchaser.
ARTICLE 5
ARTICLE 6
The obligation of the Purchasers to purchase the Purchased Shares, to pay the purchase prices therefor at the Closing and to perform any obligations hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waiver by, the Purchasers of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date.
has performed and complied in all material respects with all of the agreements and conditions set forth or contemplated herein that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date.
ARTICLE 7
The obligations of the Company to sell the Purchased Shares and to perform their other obligations hereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waiver by, the Company of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:
Transaction pursuant to Section 25102(f) of the California Corporation Code and a Form D pursuant to the Securities Act, shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and the Company shall have been furnished with appropriate evidence thereof.
ARTICLE 8
appropriate invoices containing reasonable detail, reimburse each indemnified
party for all such expenses (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other
charges of counsel) as they are incurred by such party. The provisions of this
Section 8.2 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights of indemnification
or other remedy to which the company may be entitled.
compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected against an Indemnified Party without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
ARTICLE 9
Until the consummation of an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Purchasers as follows:
(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; and
(b) use its best efforts to file or cause to be filed in a timely manner all reports, applications and licenses that shall be required by a Governmental Authority and that, if not timely filed, would have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company.
(a) as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by a management summary and analysis of the operations of the Company for such fiscal year and by the opinion of a nationally recognized independent certified public accounting firm which report shall not contain a qualification based on the records of the Company, its accounting controls or procedures or the scope of the audit, that such financial statements present fairly the financial
condition as of such date and results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;
(b) commencing with the fiscal period ending on September 30, 1995, as soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each year, the unaudited balance sheet of the Company, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such quarter and for the period commencing on the first day of the fiscal year and ending on the last day of such quarter, all certified by an appropriate officer of the Company as presenting fairly the financial condition as of such date and results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes required by GAAP; and
(c) annual budgets and such other financial and operating data which are customarily prepared by the Company, as the Purchasers reasonably may request.
use its best efforts to cause the Board of Directors and shareholders to approve an amendment of the articles of incorporation of the Company to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock to a number sufficient to permit such conversion.
ARTICLE 10
(a) if to GAP LP or GAP Coinvestment:
c/o General Atlantic Service Corporation
125 East 56th Street
New York, New York 10022
Telecopy: (212) 644-8339
Attention: Stephen P. Reynolds
with a copy to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10019-6064 Telecopy: (212) 757-3990 Attention: Matthew Nimetz, Esq.
(b) if to the Company:
Trade*Plus, Inc.
480 California Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Telecopy: (415) 324-3044
Attention: President
with a copy to:
Jackson, Tufts, Cole & Black 640 California Street, 32nd Floor San Francisco, CA 94108 Telecopy: (415) 392-3494 Attention: Templeton C. Peck, Esq.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier or overnight mail, if delivered by commercial courier service or overnight mail; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if telecopied.
(a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company or the Purchasers in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company or the Purchasers at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by the Company or the Purchasers from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the Purchasers. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other
or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized on the date first above written.
TRADE*PLUS, INC.
By: /s/ William A. Porter ------------------------------- Name: William A. Porter Title: President |
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS,
Its General Partner
By: /s/ William E. Ford ------------------------------- Name: William E. Ford Title: A General Partner |
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
By: /s/ William E. Ford ------------------------------- Name: William E. Ford Title: A General Partner |
Purchaser Preferred Stock Purchase Price - --------- --------------- -------------- GAP LP 87,742 $10,792,266 GAP Coinvestment 12,258 1,507,734 |
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
and
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
and
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
and
RICHARD S. BRADDOCK
and
THE COTSAKOS GROUP
EXHIBIT 10.18
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT, dated April 10, 1996 (this "Agreement"), among E*Trade Group, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and the following purchasers: General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("GAP LP"), GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., a New York limited partnership ("GAP Coinvestment"), Richard S. Braddock ("Braddock") and each member of the Cotsakos Group (as defined herein) (collectively, the "Purchasers").
WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell to the Purchasers, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,847,040, an aggregate of 20,336 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, (g) all indebtedness secured by any Lien (other than Liens in favor of lessors under leases other than leases included in clause (f)) on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is non-recourse to the credit of that Person, and (h) any Contingent Obligation of such Person.
regulation, right, privilege, qualification, license or franchise or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject or pertaining to any or all of the transactions contemplated or referred to herein.
ARTICLE 2
ARTICLE 3
The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers, as follows (except as set forth in Schedules to this Agreement referring specifically to the sections of this Article 3 to which exception is taken and reasonably specifying the extent to which exception is taken, which Schedules, including those referred to in this Article 3, shall be delivered to the Purchasers by the Company within ten days of the date of this Agreement):
conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity relating to enforceability (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
(b) To the knowledge of the Company, (i) the Company and its Subsidiary have all licenses, permits, orders or approvals of any Governmental Authority and self-regulating organization, including the NASD (collectively, "Permits") that are material to or necessary for the conduct of the business or proposed business of the Company and its Subsidiary; (ii) such Permits are in full force and effect; and (iii) no violations are or have been recorded in respect of any Permit.
(c) The Subsidiary is registered as a broker-dealer with the Commission, is a duly qualified member in good standing of the NASD and has provided to the Purchasers true and correct copies of all its Form BD filings with the Commission and amendments thereto during the last three years. It is duly qualified and registered as a broker-dealer in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified or registered could have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company, and, to the knowledge of the Company, is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any such jurisdiction.
(d) To the knowledge of the Company, no material expenditure is presently required by the Company or its Subsidiary to comply with any existing Requirement of Law.
(e) To the knowledge of the Company, the property, assets and operations at any time owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiary have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, while so owned or leased.
other, except that the unaudited financial statements do not contain full footnotes or typical year-end adjustments. The Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition, operating results and cash flows of the Company as of the respective dates and for the respective periods indicated in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments.
ARTICLE 4
Each of the Purchasers hereby, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as follows as to itself:
equitable principles relating to enforceability (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF REASONABLY REQUESTED, SATISFACTORY TO ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."
The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of the Purchased Shares or Conversion Shares which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.
ARTICLE 5
ARTICLE 6
The obligation of the Purchasers to purchase the Purchased Shares, to pay the purchase prices therefor at the Closing and to perform any obligations hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waiver by, the Purchasers of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date.
contemplated herein that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date.
ARTICLE 7
The obligations of the Company to sell the Purchased Shares and to perform their other obligations hereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waiver by, the Company of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:
ARTICLE 8
Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel to all Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been actually threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected against an Indemnified Party without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
ARTICLE 9
Until the consummation of an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Purchasers as follows:
(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; and
(b) use its best efforts to file or cause to be filed in a timely manner all reports, applications and licenses that shall be required by a Governmental Authority and that, if not timely filed, would have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company.
(a) as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
figures for the previous year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by a management summary and analysis of the operations of the Company for such fiscal year and by the opinion of a nationally recognized independent certified public accounting firm which report shall not contain a qualification based on the records of the Company, its accounting controls or procedures or the scope of the audit, that such financial statements present fairly the financial condition as of such date and results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;
(b) commencing with the fiscal period ending on September 30, 1996, as soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each year, the unaudited balance sheet of the Company, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such quarter and for the period commencing on the first day of the fiscal year and ending on the last day of such quarter, all certified by an appropriate officer of the Company as presenting fairly the financial condition as of such date and results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes required by GAAP; and
(c) annual budgets and such other financial and operating data which are customarily prepared by the Company, as the Purchasers reasonably may request.
ARTICLE 10
(a) if to GAP LP or GAP Coinvestment:
c/o General Atlantic Service Corporation
3 Pickwick Plaza
Greenwich, CT 06830 U.S.A.
Telecopy: (203) 622-4099
Attention: Stephen P. Reynolds
with a copy to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019-6064 Telecopy: (212) 757-3990 Attention: Matthew Nimetz, Esq.
(b) if to Braddock:
10 Gracie Square, Apt. 9F New York, NY 10028 Telecopy: (212) 8794010 Attention: Richard S. Braddock
(c) if to the Cotsakos Group:
Old Port Cove
Lake Point Tower #2058
100 Lakeshore Drive
North Palm Beach, FL 33408
Telecopy: (407) 626-1580
Attention: Christos M. Cotsakos
(d) if to the Company:
E*Trade Group, Inc.
Four Embarcadero Place
2400 Geng Road
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Telecopy: (415) 324-3044
Attention: President
with a copy to:
Jackson Tufts Cole & Black, LLP 650 California Street San Francisco, CA 94108-2613 Telecopy: (415) 392-3494 Attention: Templeton C. Peck, Esq.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier or overnight mail, if delivered by commercial courier service or overnight mail; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mall, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if telecopied.
of its rights under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates. The Company may not assign any OF its rights under this Agreement, except to a successor-in-interest to the Company, without the prior written consent of all of the Purchasers. Except as provided in Article 8, no Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of any of the Transaction Documents.
(a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company or the Purchasers in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company or the Purchasers at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by the Company or the Purchasers from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the Purchasers. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized on the date first above written.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
Title:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS, LLC
Its General Partner
Title: A Managing Member
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
Title: A General Partner
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, AS CUSTODIAN FOR SUZANNE R. COTSAKOS UNDER THE CALIFORNIA UNIFORM TRANSFER TO MINORS ACT
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS AND HANNAH B. COTSAKOS, AS TRUSTEES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COTSAKOS REVOCABLE TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 3, l987
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS,
SMITH BARNEY INC.,
ROLLOVER CUSTODIAN
IRA ACCT #60264445-l0-254
Shares of Purchaser Preferred Stock Purchase Price - -------------------------------- --------------- -------------- GAP LP 6,267 $ 877,380 GAP Coinvestment 876 122,640 Braddock 7,143 1,000,020 Christos M. Cotsakos, as 1,000 140,000 Custodian for Suzanne R. Cotsakos under the California Uniform Transfer to Minors Act Christos M. Cotsakos and 3,300 462,000 Hannah B. Cotsakos, as Trustees for the benefit of the Cotsakos Revocable Trust under Agreement Dated September 3, 1987 Christos M. Cotsakos, 1,750 245,000 Smith Barney Inc., Rollover Custodian IRA Acct #60264445-10-254 |
EXHIBIT 10.19
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
among
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
and
SOFTBANK HOLDINGS INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ---- ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS....................................................... 1 1.1 Definitions............................................ 1 1.2 Accounting Terms; Financial Statements................. 4 1.3 Knowledge of the Company............................... 4 ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE OF PREFERRED STOCK.............................. 4 2.1 Purchase and Sale of Preferred Stock................... 4 2.2 Closing................................................ 4 ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.... ................ 5 3.1 Corporate Existence and Power........................... 5 3.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention............... 5 3.3 Governmental Authorization; Third Party Consents........ 5 3.4 Binding Effect.......................................... 5 3.5 Litigation.............................................. 5 3.6 Compliance with Laws.................................... 6 3.7 Capitalization.......................................... 6 3.8 No Default or Breach.................................... 7 3.9 Financial Statements.................................... 7 3.10 No Material Adverse Change; Ordinary Course of Business. 7 3.11 Investment Company...................................... 7 3.12 Private Offering........................................ 7 3.13 Title to Assets......................................... 7 3.14 Intellectual Property................................... 7 3.15 Liabilities............................................. 8 3.16 Broker's, Finder's or Similar Fees...................... 8 3.17 Disclosure in this Agreement and Other Documents........ 8 ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER................... 8 4.1 Existence and Power..................................... 8 4.2 Authorization; No Contravention......................... 8 4.3 Governmental Authorization; Third Party Consents........ 8 4.4 Binding Effect.......................................... 8 4.5 Purchase Entirely for Own Account....................... 9 4.6 Restricted Securities................................... 9 4.7 Further Limitations on Disposition...................... 9 4.8 Disclosure of Information............................... 9 4.9 Investment Experience................................... 9 4.10 Legends................................................. 9 4.11 Broker's, Finder's or Similar Fees...................... 10 4.12 Nature of Transaction................................... 10 ARTICLE 5 BLUE SKY.......................................................... 10 5.1 Corporate Securities Law................................ 10 i. |
Page ---- ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER TO CLOSE............ 11 6.1 Secretary's Certificate................................. 11 6.2 Certificate............................................. 11 6.3 Documents............................................... 11 6.4 Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment......... 11 6.5 Restated Articles of Incorporation...................... 11 6.6 Consents and Approvals.................................. 11 ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO CLOSE....... ..... 12 7.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation...................... 12 7.2 Purchaser's Certificate................................. 12 7.3 Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment......... 12 7.4 California Qualification................................ 12 ARTICLE 8 INDEMNIFICATION................................................... 12 8.1 Indemnification of Purchaser............................ 12 8.2 Indemnification of the Company.......................... 13 8.3 Notification............................................ 13 ARTICLE 9 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................................. 14 9.1 Preservation of Corporate Existence..................... 14 9.2 Financial Statements and Other Information.............. 14 9.3 Inspection.............................................. 14 9.4 Back-Ups of Computer Software........................... 15 9.5 Books and Records....................................... 15 9.6 Conversion of Preferred Stock........................... 15 ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS.................................................... 15 10.1 Lock-Up Period.......................................... 15 10.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties.............. 15 10.3 Notices................................................. 15 10.4 Successors and Assigns.................................. 16 10.5 Amendment and Waiver.................................... 16 10.6 Counterparts............................................ 17 10.7 Headings................................................ 17 10.8 Governing Law........................................... 17 10.9 Severability............................................ 17 10.10 Entire Agreement........................................ 17 10.11 Fees.................................................... 17 10.12 Further Assurances...................................... 17 ii. |
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT, dated June 6, 1996 (this "Agreement"), among E*Trade Group, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and SOFTBANK Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation ("SOFTBANK" or the "Purchaser").
WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell to the Purchaser, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,999,900, an aggregate of 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
1.
2.
3.
Authority or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
4.
ARTICLE 2
ARTICLE 3
The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser, as follows (except as set forth in the attached Schedule of Exceptions which includes a supplemental disclosure entitled "Risk Factors").
5.
to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
(a) To the knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiary are in compliance with all Requirements of Law in all respects.
(b) (i) The Company and its Subsidiary have all licenses, permits, orders or approvals of any Governmental Authority and self-regulating organization, including the NASD (collectively, "Permits") that are material to or necessary for the conduct of the business or proposed business of the Company and its Subsidiary.
(ii) Such Permits are in full force and effect.
(iii) No violations are or have been recorded in respect of any Permit.
6.
(c) The Subsidiary is registered as a broker-dealer with the Commission, is a duly qualified member in good standing of the NASD and has provided to the Purchaser true and correct copies of all its filings with the Commission and amendments thereto during the last three years. It is duly qualified and registered as a broker-dealer in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified or registered could have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company and the Subsidiary, and, to the knowledge of the Company, is in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any such jurisdiction.
(d) To the knowledge of the Company, no material expenditure is presently required by the Company or its Subsidiary to comply with any existing Requirement of Law.
(e) To the knowledge of the Company, the property, assets and operations at any time owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiary have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, while owned or leased.
7.
unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations for the six month period ending March 31, 1996 (the "Financial Statements"). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the unaudited financial statements do not contain full footnotes or typical year-end adjustments. The Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition, operating results and cash flows of the Company as of the respective dates and for the respective periods indicated in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments.
(a) (i) To the knowledge of the Company, the Company or its Subsidiary owns or is licensed or otherwise has the right to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, code secrets, licenses, franchises and other rights, all products, processes and methods, computer software, computer programs and similar intangible assets of the Company and its Subsidiary (collectively, "Intellectual Property") that are necessary for the operation of its business as presently conducted and or contemplated in its business plan.
(ii) To the knowledge of the Company, none of the Intellectual Property currently sold to third parties by or used by the Company or its Subsidiary infringes upon or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property rights of others.
(iii) No litigation is pending and no claim has been made against the Company or its Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, contesting the right of the Company or its Subsidiary to sell or license to third parties or use the Intellectual Property presently sold or licensed to third parties or used by the Company or its Subsidiary.
(b) To the knowledge of the Company, no Person is infringing upon or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property rights of the Company or its Subsidiary.
8.
ARTICLE 4
The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
9.
moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
10.
Purchased Shares, and its investment (including mandatory assessments) does not exceed 10% of its net worth.
"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 144-A PROMULGATED UNDER SUCH ACT, OR, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF REASONABLY REQUESTED, SATISFACTORY TO ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."
The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of the Purchased Shares or Conversion Shares which shall have been transferred in violation of the provisions set forth in this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred in violation of the provisions set forth in this Agreement.
ARTICLE 5
11.
SECURITIES PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT.
ARTICLE 6
The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Purchased Shares, to pay the purchase price therefor at the Closing and to perform any obligations hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Purchaser of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date.
12.
filing of a Notice of Transaction pursuant to Section 25102(f) of the California Corporation Code and a Form D pursuant to the Securities Act, shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, and the Purchaser shall have been furnished with appropriate evidence thereof.
ARTICLE 7
The obligations of the Company to sell the Purchased Shares and to perform its other obligations hereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Company of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date;
ARTICLE 8
13.
14.
ARTICLE 9
Until the consummation of an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (at which time the provisions of this Article 9 shall become null and void), the Company hereby covenants and agrees with the Purchaser as follows:
(a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; and
(b) use its best efforts to file or cause to be filed in a timely manner all reports, applications and licenses that shall be required by a Governmental Authority and that, if not timely filed, would have a material adverse effect on the Condition of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company intends to effect a reincorporation into the State of Delaware prior to and in connection with its initial public offering. Purchaser hereby consents to such reincorporation and further agrees to take all reasonable actions requested by the Company to cause such reincorporation to be consummated.
(a) as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, all in reasonable detail and
15.
accompanied by a management summary and analysis of the operations of the Company for such fiscal year and by the opinion of a nationally recognized independent certified public accounting firm which report shall not contain a qualification based on the records of the Company, its accounting controls or procedures or the scope of the audit, and which report shall state that such financial statements present fairly the financial condition of the Company as of such date and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;
(b) commencing with the fiscal period ending on September 30, 1996, as soon as available, but in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each year, the unaudited balance sheet of the Company, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for such quarter and for the period commencing on the first day of the fiscal year and ending on the last day of such quarter, all certified by an appropriate officer of the Company as presenting fairly the financial condition as of such date and results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes required by GAAP; and
(c) annual budgets and such other financial and operating data which are customarily prepared by the Company, as the Purchaser reasonably may request.
16.
ARTICLE 10
(a) if to SOFTBANK:
SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. 10 Langley Road, Suite 403 Newton Centre, MA 02159-1972 Telecopy: (617) 928-9301 Attention: Charles R. Lax
with a copy to:
Sullivan & Cromwell
125 Broad Street
New York, NY 10004
Telecopy: (212) 558-3588
Attention: Stephen A. Grant, Esq.
(b) if to the Company;
E*Trade Group, Inc.
Four Embarcadero Place
2400 Geng Road
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Telecopy: (415) 324-3044
Attention: President
with a copy to:
Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison
Two Embarcadero Place
2200 Geng Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Telecopy: (415) 496-2885
Attention: Thomas A. Bevilacqua, Esq.
17.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier or overnight mail, if delivered by commercial courier service or overnight mail five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if telecopied.
(a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company or the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company or the Purchaser at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by the Company or the Purchaser from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the Purchaser. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on the Company in any case shall entitle the Company to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
18.
promises, warranties or undertakings other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement, together with the exhibits hereto, and the other Transaction Documents supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
E*TRADE GROUP INC.
Title:
SOFTBANK HOLDINGS INC.
Title:
19.
EXHIBIT 10.20
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
among
TRADE*PLUS, INC.
and
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
and
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
and
THE STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company, GAP LP and GAP Coinvestment are entering into the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated the date hereof (the
WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to restrict the transfer of the Shares (as hereinafter defined) and to provide for first offer and participation rights and for certain other rights under certain conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
employees of GAP. In addition, GAP LP and GAP Coinvestment shall be deemed to be Affiliates of one another.
divorce or separation agreement or a final decree of a court in a divorce action.
laws, including, without limitation, the Securities Act. Upon becoming a party to this Agreement, the Permitted Transferee of a General Atlantic Stockholder shall be substituted for, and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as, the transferring General Atlantic Stockholder hereunder. Upon becoming a party to this Agreement, the Permitted Transferee of a Major Stockholder shall be substituted for, and shall enjoy the same rights and be subject to the same obligations as, the transferring Major Stockholder hereunder. Upon becoming a party to this Agreement, the Permitted Transferee of an Other Stockholder shall be substituted for, and shall be subject to the same obligations as, the transferring Other Stockholder hereunder.
(a) The right of the Company to purchase the Offered
Securities under Section 3.1.2 shall be exercisable by delivering
written notice, prior to the expiration of the 30-day period referred to
in Section 3.1.2, to the Selling Stockholder with a copy to the other
Stockholders. The failure of the Company to respond within such 15-day
period shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Company's rights under this
Section 3.1.
(b) The right of each Major and General Atlantic Stockholder under Section 3.1.3 shall be exercisable by delivering written notice, prior to the expiration of the 45-day period referred to in Section 3.1.3, to the Selling Stockholder with a copy to the Company and the other Stockholders. Each such notice shall state (i) the number of Fully Diluted Shares held by such Major or General Atlantic Stockholder and (ii) the number of Shares that such Major or General Atlantic Stockholder is willing to purchase pursuant to Section 3.1.3. The failure of a Major Stockholder to respond within such 45-day period to the Selling Stockholder shall be deemed to be a waiver of such Major or General Atlantic Stockholder's rights under this Section 3.1.
(c) The rights of a General Atlantic Stockholder under
Section 3.1.4 shall be exercisable by delivering written notice, within
a 45-day period after the giving of the Offering Notice, to the Selling
Stockholder with a copy to the Company and the other Stockholders. Each
such notice shall state (i) the number of Fully Diluted Shares held by
such General Atlantic Stockholder, and (ii) the number of Shares that
such General Atlantic Stockholder desires to sell pursuant to Section
3.1.4. The failure of a General Atlantic Stockholder to respond within
such 45-day period to the Selling Stockholder, shall be deemed to be a
waiver of its rights under this Section 3.1.
is not entered within such six-month period for any reason, then the restrictions provided for herein shall again become effective, and no transfer of such Offered Securities may be made thereafter (other than to a Permitted Transferee) by the Selling Stockholder without again offering the same to the Company and the other Stockholders in accordance with this Section 3.1.
being purchased under this Section 3.2, duly endorsed with a signature guarantee for transfer and accompanied by all requisite transfer taxes, if any, and such Shares shall be free and clear of any Lien (other than that arising hereunder) arising through the action or inaction of the Involuntary Transferee and the Involuntary Transferee shall so represent and warrant, and further represent and warrant that it is the beneficial owner of such Transferred Shares. The Company or each Stockholder, as the case may be, purchasing such Shares shall deliver at closing payment in full in immediately available funds for such Transferred Shares, unless otherwise agreed by the Involuntary Transferee and the Company or such purchasing Stockholder, as the case may be. At such closing, all parties to the transaction shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise necessary or appropriate.
The Board of Directors shall be the ultimate decision making authority in the Company and shall supervise the business activities of the Company.
(a) The management of the Company shall prepare annual operating and capital budgets for the Company and shall submit them in a timely manner to the Board of Directors. The annual operating and capital budgets shall be effective upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors.
(b) The Company shall not issue or become liable for any long term debt in excess of $500,000 without the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors.
(c) The Company shall obtain the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company (which majority shall include the General Atlantic Director) prior to taking any binding action in respect of the following:
(i) The sale, merger or liquidation of the Company, or the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;
(ii) Any change in material accounting methods or policies of the Company; and
(iii) Any material amendment to the Charter Documents or the list of actions set forth in this Section 5.4.
months following the date of expiration of such Offer sell to any other Person the New Securities, but only on terms and conditions that are no more favorable to such Person or less favorable to the Company then those set forth in such Offer. Any New Securities not sold during such six-month period may not be sold by the Company or otherwise disposed of without again being subject to the rights of the General Atlantic Stockholders set forth in this Section 6.2. Any New Securities issued to any General Atlantic Stockholder as contemplated by this Section 6.2 shall be free and clear of all Liens created by the Company (other than those arising hereunder), and upon issuance thereof to the General Atlantic Stockholders against payment of the consideration payable therefor, such New Securities shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.
prior to the end of the period specified in the Preemptive Rights Offer, setting
forth the number of New Securities such General Atlantic Stockholder elects to
purchase. In the case of any such Preemptive Rights Offer, the Company may
during the period of ninety (90) days following the date of expiration of such
Preemptive Rights Offer sell to any other Person all or any part of the New
Securities not covered by the Preemptive Rights Acceptance Notices, but only on
terms and conditions that are no more favorable to such Person or Persons or
less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Preemptive Rights
Offer. If there shall be any New Securities not purchased by any General
Atlantic Stockholder or by any other Person as contemplated by this Section 6.3
during such 90-day period, such securities may not be sold by the Company or
otherwise disposed of without again being subject to the preemptive rights of
the General Atlantic Stockholders set forth in this Section 6.3. Any New
Securities issued to any General Atlantic Stockholder as contemplated by this
Section 6.3 shall be free and clear of all Liens created by the Company (other
than those arising hereunder), and upon issuance thereof to the General Atlantic
Stockholders against payment of the consideration payable therefor, such New
Securities shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.
Shares, (b) second, shares held by other stockholders who have demand registration rights under this or any other agreement with the Company proposed by the Company to be included, (C) third, unissued shares proposed by the Company to be included and (d) fourth, other shares held by other stockholders proposed by the Company to be included in such registration.
stockholders proposed by the Company to be included in such registration.
(a) Except with the consent of a majority of the Board of Directors, any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 7.1 or Incidental Registration pursuant to Section 7.2 must be an underwritten offering.
(c) In the event of an Incidental Registration pursuant to
Section 7.2, the distribution for the account of the Incidental
Stockholders shall be underwritten by the same underwriters, if any, who
underwrite the distribution of the securities for the account of the
Company or the Incidental Stockholder whose securities are covered by
such Registration Statement.
percent (40%) of the expenses of the Initial Public Offering, as adjusted for inflation.
(a) Each holder of Shares included in a Registration Statement hereunder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of Shares during the seven days prior to, and during the ninety (90) day period following, the effective date of such Registration Statement or such longer period as shall be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, but in no event longer than 25 days prior to and 120 days after (except as part of such registration).
(b) The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of its securities for its own account during the ninety (90) day period beginning on the later of (i) the effective date of any Registration Statement in which the General Atlantic or Major Stockholders are participating as a result of a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof and (ii) the commencement of a public distribution of the Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.
THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, HYPOTHECATION, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION (EACH A "TRANSFER") AND VOTING OF ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED SEPTEMBER 28, 1995, AMONG TRADE*PLUS, INC., GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P., GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P. AND THE STOCKHOLDERS NAMED THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE COMPANY'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. THE COMPANY WILL NOT REGISTER THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TRANSFER HAS BEEN MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.
Trade*Plus, Inc.
480 California Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Attention: President
Telecopy: (415) 324-3044
with a copy to:
Jackson, Tufts, Cole & Black 650 California Street, 32nd Floor San Francisco, CA 94108 Attention: Templeton C. Peck, Esq.
Telecopy: (415) 392-3494
(b) if to any of the General Atlantic Stockholders:
c/o General Atlantic Service Corporation
125 East 56th Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Stephen P. Reynolds
Telecopy: (212) 644-8339
with a copy to:
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison 1285 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10019-6064 Attention: Matthew Nimetz, Esq.
Telecopy: (212) 757-3990
(c) if to the Major Stockholders:
c/o Trade*Plus, Inc.
480 California Avenue
Palo Alto, CA 94306
Telecopy: (415) 324-3044
with a copy to:
Jackson, Tufts, Cole & Black
650 California Street, 32nd Floor
San Francisco, CA 94108
Attention: Templeton C. Peck, Esq.
Telecopy: (415) 392-3494
(d) if to any other Stockholder, at its address as it appears on the record books of the Company.
Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 9.1 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier or overnight mail, if delivered by commercial courier service or overnight mail; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if telecopied.
(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies
provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the parties hereto at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by any party from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the General Atlantic Stockholders and by parties holding 50% of the remaining Shares hereunder.
[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Agreement on the date first written above.
TRADE*PLUS, INC.
Title:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS
Its General Partner
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have cause to be executed, this Agreement on the date first written above.
TRADE*PLUS, INC.
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS
Its General Partner
Title: A General Partner
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
Title: A General Partner
Each of the undersigned is a spouse of one of the Stockholders and hereby acknowledges that he or she has read the foregoing Stockholders Agreement and knows its contents. Each of the undersigned is aware that by its provisions, his or her spouse is appointed as agent for any interest that the undersigned may have in the Shares and that such spouse has agreed to sell all of his or her shares in the Company, including the undersigned's community interest therein, if any, on the occurrence of certain events. Each of the undersigned hereby consents to the sale, approves the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement and agrees that those shares and his or her interest in them, if any, are subject to the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement and that he or she will take no action at any time to hinder operation of the Stockholders Agreement on those shares or his or her interest, if any, in them.
Stockholder Number of Shares ----------- ---------------- William A. Porter 63,704 Bernard A. Newcomb 50,804 |
ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND AGREEMENT
The undersigned wishes to receive from ___________ ("Transferor") certain shares or certain options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares (the "Shares") of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, of TRADE*PLUS, INC., a California corporation (the "Company");
The Shares are subject to that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated September __, 1995 (the "Agreement"), among the Company, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., and certain stockholders named therein;
The undersigned has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the undersigned is thoroughly familiar with its terms;
Pursuant to terms of the Agreement, the Transferor is prohibited from transferring such Shares and the Company is prohibited from registering the transfer of the Shares unless and until the recipient of such Shares acknowledges the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby; and
The undersigned wishes to receive such Shares and have the Company register the transfer of such Shares;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Transferor to transfer such Shares to the undersigned and the Company to register such transfer, the undersigned does hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) he has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it, and the undersigned is thoroughly familiar with its terms, (ii) the Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, and (iii) the undersigned does hereby agree fully to be bound thereby as [a "General Atlantic Stock-
holder" ]/2/ [a "Major Stockholder"]/3/ [an "Other Stockholder"]/4/ (as therein defined).
This _________ day of ________________, 19__.
/4/ To be used for all other transfers.
EXHIBIT 10.21
SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 TO STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
The undersigned have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof to purchase an aggregate of _____ shares (the "Shares") of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share, of E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation (the "Company") from the Company;
To the extent hereinafter provided, the Shares are subject to that certain Stockholders Agreement dated September 28, 1995 (the "Agreement"), among the Company, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., and certain other stockholders named therein;
The undersigned has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, and the undersigned is thoroughly familiar with its terms;
The undersigned wishes to purchase the Shares and to become subject to the Agreement, and the stockholders of the Company wish to supplement the Agreement to include the undersigned therein to the extent provided hereinafter, and to have the Company sell such Shares;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged:
1. The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such party has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, and (ii) the Shares to be acquired by such party will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.
2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, it is
agreed that Richard S. Braddock and the undersigned members of the Cotsakos
Group shall have Incidental or "Piggyback" Registration rights pursuant to
Section 7.2 of the Agreement in the same manner as the Major Shareholders (as
defined in the Agreement) and shall be deemed to be Incidental Shareholders for
purposes of Sections 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of the Agreement. For all other sections
of the Agreement, Richard S. Braddock and the Cotsakos Group shall be deemed to
be Other Shareholders (as defined in the Agreement) and to have all rights and
obligations of Other Shareholders under the Agreement as if they were initial
signatories thereto.
3. This Supplement No. 1 shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, except for those provisions of this agreement that by the laws of the State of Delaware are governed by the laws of such state.
4. This Supplement No. 1 shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, heirs, legatees and legal representatives. This Agreement is not assignable except in connection with a transfer of Shares in accordance with this Supplement No. 1.
5. This Supplement No. 1 may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Supplement No. 1 as of the 10th day of April, 1996.
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS, LLC
Its General Partner
By: _____________________________
Name: Stephen P. Reynolds
Title: A Managing Member
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
By: _____________________________
Name: Stephen P. Reynolds
Title: A General Partner
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, AS CUSTODIAN FOR SUZANNE R. COTSAKOS UNDER THE CALIFORNIA UNIFORM TRANSFER TO MINORS ACT
By: _____________________________ Christos M. Cotsakos as custodian for Suzanne R. Cotsakos
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS AND HANNAH B. COTSAKOS, AS TRUSTEES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COTSAKOS REVOCABLE TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 3, l987
By: _____________________________ Hannah B. Cotsakos, as Co-Trustee
By: _____________________________ Christos M. Cotsakos, as Co-Trustee
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS,
SMITH BARNEY INC.,
ROLLOVER CUSTODIAN
IRA ACCT #60264445-l0-254
By: _____________________________
Christos M. Cotsakos
Approved and agreed to by the
Stockholders of the Company holding
in excess of 50% of the outstanding
shares of the Company:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS, LLC
Its General Partner
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title: A Managing Member
GAP COINVESTMENT, L.P.
By: _____________________________________
Name:
Title: A General Partner
Acknowledged:
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
By: _____________________________________ Name:
Title:
EXHIBIT 10.22
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT AND AMENDMENT
The undersigned have entered into one or more of the following
agreements with E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation (the "Company"):
(i) a Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 28, 1995 (the "Agreement"), among
the Company, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners,
L.P., and certain other stockholders named therein (the "Series A Purchasers"),
to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par
value $.15 per share (the "Series A Stock"), of the Company from the Company,
(ii) a Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 10, 1996, among the Company, General
Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Richard S.
Braddock and the Cotsakos Group (the "Series B Purchasers") to purchase an
aggregate of 20,336 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share
(the "Series B Stock"), of the Company from the Company, and/or (iii) a Stock
Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof (the "Series C Agreement"), between the
Company and SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. (the "Series C Purchaser") to purchase an
aggregate of 11,180 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.15 per share
(the "Series C Stock"), of the Company from the Company (the Series A Stock, the
Series B Stock and the Series C Stock are collectively referred to as the
"Shares" and the Series A Purchasers, the Series B Purchasers and the Series C
Purchaser are collectively referred to as the "Purchasers");
WHEREAS, the Series A Purchasers and the Series B Purchasers wish to amend their respective agreements with the Company with respect to the registration rights on the Series A Stock and the Series B Stock held by each and desire and intend that the Series A Stock and the Series B Stock be subject to the Agreement in the manner and to the extent hereinafter provided;
WHEREAS, the Series C Purchaser desires to hold and have registration rights similar to that held by the Series A Purchasers and the Series B Purchasers and desires and intends that the Series C Stock be subject to the Agreement in the manner and to the extent hereinafter provided;
WHEREAS, the undersigned has been given a copy of the Agreement and afforded ample opportunity to read it, together with this Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment, and the undersigned is thoroughly familiar with the terms included therein; and
WHEREAS, the Series C Purchaser wishes to purchase the Series C Stock and to become subject to the Agreement, and the Series A Purchasers and the Series B Purchasers wish to supplement the Agreement to include the Series C Purchaser therein to the extent provided hereinafter, and to have the Company sell such Series C Stock to the Series C Purchaser.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged:
1. The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such party has been given a copy of the Agreement and ample opportunity to read it and is thoroughly familiar with its terms, and (ii) the Shares acquired by such party will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement to the extent set forth or amended herein.
2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, it is agreed that the Series C Purchaser shall have Demand, Incidental and "Piggyback" Registration rights pursuant to Section 7 of the Agreement in the same manner as the Major Shareholders (as defined in the Agreement). For all other sections of the Agreement, the Series C Purchaser shall be deemed to be Other Shareholders (as defined in the Agreement) and to have all rights and obligations of Other Shareholders under the Agreement as if they were initial signatories thereto.
3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, it is agreed that Section 6.1 of the Agreement be amended such that the provisions therein specified shall not apply to any securities or
1.
Shares purchased or offered for sale in open market transactions and shall not apply to any securities otherwise registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, prior to the date of acquisition of such securities or Shares by the Purchasers.
4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, it is agreed that Section 7 of the Agreement be amended such that the provisions therein specified shall apply only to the shares of Common Stock of the Company into which the Shares are converted or to be converted prior to any sale or offer for sale pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Nothing therein or herein shall be interpreted or construed to grant any registration rights with respect to the Shares.
5. For purposes of effecting the sale of Series C Preferred Stock to the Series C Purchaser pursuant to the Series C Agreement only, the General Atlantic Stockholders hereby waive their right to purchase the shares of Series C Preferred Stock offered and sold to the Series C Purchaser.
6. This Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, except for those provisions of this Agreement that by the laws of the State of Delaware are governed by the laws of such state.
8. This Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
9. This Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment constitutes each Shareholder's consent (i) to the Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company to create the Company's Series C Preferred Stock, $.15 par value per share, (ii) to the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Determination of Preferences of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) to the offering and sale of the Series C Preferred Stock, and (iv) the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement entered into by the Company to effect the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock.
[This space is intentionally left blank.]
2.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Stockholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment as of the 6th day of June, 1996.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a California corporation
By: ______________________________________ Name:
Title:
SOFTBANK HOLDINGS INC., a Delaware corporation
By: ______________________________________
Name:
Title:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: GENERAL ATLANTIC PARTNERS, LLC
Its General Partner
GAP COINVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, AS CUSTODIAN FOR SUZANNE R. COTSAKOS UNDER THE CALIFORNIA UNIFORM TRANSFER TO MINORS ACT
[signatures continued on following page]
3.
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, AND HANNAH B. COTSAKOS, AS
TRUSTEES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COTSAKOS
REVOCABLE TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER
3, 1987
CHRISTOS M. COTSAKOS, SMITH BARNEY INC., ROLLOVER
CUSTODIAN IRA ACCOUNT NO. 60254445-10-254
4.
EXHIBIT 10.23
This Agreement is made as of June 7, 1996, by and between George Hayter, a director of E*TRADE GROUP and E*TRADE Group, Inc., located at Four Embarcadero Place, 2400 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 ("E*TRADE Group").
E*TRADE Group understands that the manner and means used by Mr. Hayter to accomplish the consulting tasks are in the sole discretion and control of Mr. Hayter. However, Mr. Hayter will utilize the highest degree of skill and expertise in order to professionally accomplish the consulting tasks in a timely fashion.
1.
(1) information that E*TRADE Group considers to be proprietary and/or confidential and which was previously or is hereafter disclosed or made available to Mr. Hayter by E*TRADE Group, including information relating to E*TRADE Group or its subsidiaries or their businesses that becomes available to Mr. Hayter due to Mr. Hayter's access to E*TRADE Group's property or products; and
(2) information that has been or is created, developed, conceived, reduced to practice or discovered by Mr. Hayter (alone or jointly with others) using any Protected Information or any property or materials supplied to Mr. Hayter by E*TRADE Group; and
(3) information that was or is created, conceived, reduced to practice, discovered, developed by, or made known to, Mr. Hayter (either alone or jointly with others) during the period that Mr. Hayter is retained as a consultant by E*TRADE Group and which is within the scope of the consulting tasks.
By way of illustration but not limitation, Protected Information includes: inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements, trade secrets, know-how, ideas, techniques, designs, processes, formulae, data and software (collectively, "Inventions"); plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling; budgeting and financial information; production and sales information including prices, costs, quantities and information about suppliers and customers; information about business relationships; and information about skills and
2.
compensation of E*TRADE Group's employees and consultants.
3.
insurance premiums, state or federal income taxes, or other taxes and that Mr. Hayter is responsible for paying any applicable federal self-employment tax (in lieu of F.I.C.A.), state and federal income taxes (including estimated tax payments) and other applicable taxes. Mr. Hayter also understands that he will receive no employee benefits of any kind including, for example, vacation or health insurance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date set forth above.
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
By /s/ Christos Cotsakos /s/ George Hayter ------------------------- --------------------------- Name: Christos Cotsakos George Hayter Title: 4. |
EXHIBIT 11.1
E*TRADE GROUP, INC.
STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER-SHARE EARNINGS
NINE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, JUNE 30, -------------------------- ------------------ 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- (in thousands, except per share amounts) Weighted average shares outstanding................... 15,099 15,226 15,741 15,776 15,530 Series A convertible preferred stock......................... -- -- -- -- -- Options and warrants granted prior to June 7, 1995 (on a treasury stock basis)......... 3,076 2,458 2,239 1,173 3,274 Securities issued after June 7, 1995, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 83: Series A convertible preferred................... 4,882 4,882 4,882 4,882 6,000 Series B convertible preferred................... 961 961 961 961 961 Series C convertible preferred................... Stock options................ 2,785 2,785 2,785 2,785 2,785 -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- Shares used to compute per share data.................... 26,803 26,312 26,608 25,577 28,550 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= Net income (loss).............. $ 99 $ 785 $ 2,581 $ 2,150 $ (1,334) ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= Net income (loss) per share.... $ -- $ .03 $ .10 $ .08 $ (.05) ======== ======== ======== ======== ========= |
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
1. E*TRADE Securities, Inc., incorporated in the State of California.
2. E*TRADE Online Ventures, Inc., incorporated in the State of California.
EXHIBIT 23.1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-05525 of E*TRADE Group, Inc. of our report dated November 20, 1995 ( as to Note 10), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
San Francisco, California
July , 1996
The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to the reincorporation of the Company in Delaware, an increase in the number of authorized shares to 50,000,000 and the related exchange of each share of common stock of the Company for 60 shares of common stock of the Delaware Corporation in July 1996. The above consent is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon completion of such exchange of the Company's outstanding common stock described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements and assuming that from July 19, 1996 to the date of such completion, no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or required disclosure therein.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Francisco, California
July 19, 1996
ARTICLE 5 |
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILING AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. |
PERIOD TYPE | 9 MOS | YEAR |
FISCAL YEAR END | SEP 30 1996 | SEP 30 1995 |
PERIOD START | OCT 01 1995 | OCT 01 1994 |
PERIOD END | JUN 30 1996 | SEP 30 1995 |
CASH | 15,408,710 | 9,624,219 |
SECURITIES | 0 | 0 |
RECEIVABLES | 3,232,051 | 2,051,213 |
ALLOWANCES | 0 | 0 |
INVENTORY | 0 | 0 |
CURRENT ASSETS | 21,098,233 | 12,029,686 |
PP&E | 7,459,854 | 2,457,154 |
DEPRECIATION | 1,476,679 | 999,002 |
TOTAL ASSETS | 29,685,184 | 14,163,564 |
CURRENT LIABILITIES | 5,445,459 | 2,971,046 |
BONDS | 0 | 0 |
PREFERRED MANDATORY | 0 | 0 |
PREFERRED | 1,315 | 1,000 |
COMMON | 165,016 | 148,910 |
OTHER SE | 22,213,029 | 10,998,057 |
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY | 29,685,184 | 14,163,564 |
SALES | 13,591,794 | 20,834,586 |
TOTAL REVENUES | 15,149,183 | 23,340,538 |
CGS | 8,011,232 | 12,678,339 |
TOTAL COSTS | 8,095,919 | 12,819,524 |
OTHER EXPENSES | 3,081,013 | 5,813,052 |
LOSS PROVISION | 0 | 0 |
INTEREST EXPENSE | 381,873 | 398,601 |
INCOME PRETAX | 3,590,378 | 4,309,361 |
INCOME TAX | 1,440,000 | 1,728,364 |
INCOME CONTINUING | 2,150,378 | 2,580,997 |
DISCONTINUED | 0 | 0 |
EXTRAORDINARY | 0 | 0 |
CHANGES | 0 | 0 |
NET INCOME | 2,150,378 | 2,580,997 |
EPS PRIMARY | .083 | .096 |
EPS DILUTED | .083 | .096 |